CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING - Above Board Electronics

310

CLAMPS &WORKHOLDING

310

Power Clamps & Accessories

344-356

+11111

Hold Down Clamps

• e fif

Magnets & Magnetic Workholding

366 - 369

312-327

-.rut 4- 328 - 331 (4

Pull Action Latch Clamps ___"fors

or

1 Straight Line Action Clamps

332 c

311

Vises & Accessories

358-361

Setup Clamps

370 - 379

Bar Clamps & C-Clamps

362 - 365

Hold Down Clamps

312 - 327

Magnets & Magnetic Workholding

366 - 369

Power Clamps & Accessories

344 - 356

Pull Action Latch Clamps

328 - 331

Setup Clamps

370 - 379

Squeeze Action Plier Clamps

340 - 341, 362

Straight Line Action Clamps

332 - 339

Vises & Accessories

358 - 361

311

•••*".1

U-Bar, Flanged Base

U-Bar, Straight Base Straight Base E

E G

• tll

d) !IP

I I

A

...r.ii,--- ---4.......

..- PIDO CC‘ -.•• -......., _.,..... - -- D1 I H

Solid Bar

A A

A

Straight Base 'I-

E -.1 I.- B

A

oEsi •••••

Locldng Mechanism

A

Holding Pack Cap. Lbs. Qty.

Solid Bar, Flanged Base

500 375 750 600

F,

rliN CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING

VERTICAL HANDLE HOLD DOWN CLAMPS

Buy One or Buy Bulk&SIVE

Series TC-2002, 2007, 2010

Now you can save valuable space in all your applications without sacrificing holding capacity or clamp performance. The open "U" bar has a knob on the end to prevent the spindle from slipping off the end of the arm. Unique design delivers greater hand clear-ance in the open position, eliminating pinch points and improving safety and ergonomics. Clamp comes complete with ergonomic handle grip, two flanged washers and spindle assembly ("U" bar models only). All "S" bar models supplied with bolt retainer.

TC-2002-S 4.73 3.29 .95 .90 .50 1.06 1.36 1.52 1.93 .22 Solid Flanged 85 75 600 1 TC-2002-S207 5.01 3.39 1.25 .90 - 1.25 1.34 1.76 1.95 .22 S-Bar Flanged 72 90 600 1 TC-2002-SB 5.07 3.29 1.27 .90 .50 .25 1.36 - 1.93 .22 Solid Straight 85 75 600 1 TC-2002-U 4.73 3.29 .95 .90 .50 1.06 1.36 1.52 1.93 .22 U-Bar Flanged 85 75 600 1

TC-2002-U207 5.01 3.39 1.25 .90 .50 1.25 1.34 1.76 1.95 .22 U-Bar Flanged 72 90 600 1 TC-2002-UB 5.07 3.29 1.27 .90 .50 .25 1.36 - 1.93 .22 U-Bar Straight 85 75 600 1 TC-2007-S 7.21 4.81 1.25 1.25 .75 1.25 1.93 1.94 2.88 .28 Solid Flanged 76 65 1,000 1 TC-2007-U 7.21 4.81 1.25 1.25 .75 1.25 1.93 1.94 2.88 .28 U-Bar Flanged 76 65 1,000 1

TC-2007-SB 7.64 4.81 1.68 1.25 .75 .25 1.93 - 2.88 .28 Solid Straight 76 65 1,000 1 TC-2007-UB 7.64 4.81 1.68 1.25 .75 .25 1.93 - 2.88 .28 Solid Straight 76 65 1,000 1 TC-2010-S 9.00 6.09 1.70 1.25 - 1.78 2.53 2.62 3.56 .34 Solid Flanged 83 69 1,400 1 TC-2010-U 9.00 6.09 1.70 1.25 - 1.78 2.53 2.62 3.56 .34 Solid Flanged 83 69 1,400 1

TC-2010-UB 9.612 6.09 2.20 1.25 .25 2.53 - 3.56 .34 U-Bar Straight 83 69 1,400 1

Toggle Lock Plus clamps have a locking release lever for improved safety. Used in applications where there is severe stress or vibration on the clamps, or for over-head installations.

Series TC-2002R, 2007R, 2010R DE-STA-CO.Toggle Lock Plus

Designed with maximum safety and ergonomic benefits as its foundation, these Toggle Lock Plus clamps offer many outstanding features, including:

• Bushings at major pivot points for longer life • Stop point locations at the base for added durability • Greater hand clearance for ease of use • Elimination of pinch points for added safety • Extended handle length for improved ergonomics • Longer clamping arm for greater flexibility U-Bar, Flanged Base • Spindle contacts workpiece in vertical position for less

workpiece marring or movement • Clamping arm completely clears workpiece for easy load/unload • Keeps part locked in place in closed position and keeps the clamp from falling

back down while in open position

Bar

.11=MMM D1 Bar

Typo Base Opening

(degrees) Holding

Cap. Lbs. Pack Qty.

TC-2002-SR 4.73 4.17 .95 .90 .50 1.06 1.36 1.52 1.93 .22 Solid Flanged 85 600 TC-2002-SR207 5.01 3.39 1.25 .90 - 1.25 1.34 1.76 1.95 .22 S-Bar Flanged 75 600

TC-2002-UR 4.73 4.17 .95 .90 .50 1.06 1.36 1.52 1.93 .22 U-Bar Flanged 85 600 TC-2002-UR207 5.01 3.39 1.25 .90 .50 1.25 1.34 1.76 1.95 .22 U-Bar Flanged 75 600 TC-2002-SBR 5.07 4.17 1.27 .90 .50 .25 1.36 - 1.93 .22 Solid Straight 85 600 TC-2002-UBR 5.07 4.17 1.27 .90 .50 .25 1.36 - 1.93 .22 U-Bar Straight 85 600 TC-2007-SR 7.21 5.94 1.25 1.25 .75 1.25 1.93 1.94 2.88 .28 Solid Flanged 76 1,000 TC-2007-UR 7.21 5.94 1.25 1.25 .75 1.25 1.93 1.94 2.88 .28 U-Bar Flanged 76 1,000

TC-2007-SBR 7.64 5.94 1.68 1.25 .75 .25 1.93 - 2.88 .28 Solid Straight 76 1,000 TC-2007-UBR 7.64 5.94 1.68 1.25 .75 .25 1.93 - 2.88 .28 U-Bar Straight 76 1,000 TC-2010-SR 9.00 7.28 1.70 1.25 - 1.78 2.53 2.62 3.56 .34 Solid Flanged 83 1,400 TC-2010-UR 9.00 7.28 1.70 1.25 - 1.78 2.53 2.62 3.56 .34 U-Bar Flanged 83 1,400

Series TC-207, 210 DE-STA-CO. Toggle Lock Plus

These clamps lock in both clamped and unclamped positions. Bolt retainer supplied with solid bar models. Flanged washers supplied with U-bar models. Series 207 accommodates any Vie" or M8 spindle. Series 210 accommodates any %" or M10 spindle.

item Bar Base Bar

Opening No. A B C D E F Type Type (degrees)

TC-207-LR 6.90 1.25 4.58 .75 1.25 .28 Solid Flanged 100 TC-207-UR 6.90 1.25 4.58 .75 1.28 .25 U-Bar Flanged 100 TC-210-SR 8.00 1.68 6.61 1.25 1.75 .33 Solid Flanged 103 TC-210-UR 8.00 1.68 6.61 1.25 1.75 .33 U-Bar Flanged 103

312 312

AA

E

E

D

D1

BH

C C

J

F

G

Straight Base

Solid Bar

U-Bar

Series TC-2002R, 2007R, 2010RDE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus

Designed with maximum safety and ergonomic benefits as its foundation, these Toggle Lock Plus clamps offer many outstanding features, including:

Bushings at major pivot points for longer lifeStop point locations at the base for added durabilityGreater hand clearance for ease of useElimination of pinch points for added safetyExtended handle length for improved ergonomicsLonger clamping arm for greater flexibilitySpindle contacts workpiece in vertical position for less workpiece marring or movementClamping arm completely clears workpiece for easy load/unload Keeps part locked in place in closed position and keeps the clamp from falling back down while in open position

ItemNo. A B C D D1 E F G H J

BarType

BaseType

Bar Opening(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-2002-SR 4.73 4.17 .95 .90 .50 1.06 1.36 1.52 1.93 .22 Solid Flanged 85 600 1TC-2002-SR207 5.01 3.39 1.25 .90 — 1.25 1.34 1.76 1.95 .22 S-Bar Flanged 75 600 1

TC-2002-UR 4.73 4.17 .95 .90 .50 1.06 1.36 1.52 1.93 .22 U-Bar Flanged 85 600 1TC-2002-UR207 5.01 3.39 1.25 .90 .50 1.25 1.34 1.76 1.95 .22 U-Bar Flanged 75 600 1TC-2002-SBR 5.07 4.17 1.27 .90 .50 .25 1.36 — 1.93 .22 Solid Straight 85 600 1TC-2002-UBR 5.07 4.17 1.27 .90 .50 .25 1.36 — 1.93 .22 U-Bar Straight 85 600 1TC-2007-SR 7.21 5.94 1.25 1.25 .75 1.25 1.93 1.94 2.88 .28 Solid Flanged 76 1,000 1TC-2007-UR 7.21 5.94 1.25 1.25 .75 1.25 1.93 1.94 2.88 .28 U-Bar Flanged 76 1,000 1

TC-2007-SBR 7.64 5.94 1.68 1.25 .75 .25 1.93 — 2.88 .28 Solid Straight 76 1,000 1TC-2007-UBR 7.64 5.94 1.68 1.25 .75 .25 1.93 — 2.88 .28 U-Bar Straight 76 1,000 1TC-2010-SR 9.00 7.28 1.70 1.25 — 1.78 2.53 2.62 3.56 .34 Solid Flanged 83 1,400 1TC-2010-UR 9.00 7.28 1.70 1.25 — 1.78 2.53 2.62 3.56 .34 U-Bar Flanged 83 1,400 1

These clamps lock in both clamped and unclamped positions. Bolt retainer supplied with solid bar models. Flanged washers supplied with U-bar models. Series 207 accommodates any 5⁄16" or M8 spindle. Series 210 accommodates any 3⁄8" or M10 spindle. B

LockingMechanism

A

D

E

F

C


ItemNo. A B C D E F

BarType

BaseType


HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-207-LR 6.90 1.25 4.58 .75 1.25 .28 Solid Flanged 100 500 1TC-207-UR 6.90 1.25 4.58 .75 1.28 .25 U-Bar Flanged 100 375 1TC-210-SR 8.00 1.68 6.61 1.25 1.75 .33 Solid Flanged 103 750 1TC-210-UR 8.00 1.68 6.61 1.25 1.75 .33 U-Bar Flanged 103 600 1

U-Bar, Flanged Base

Series TC-2002, 2007, 2010

Now you can save valuable space in all your applications without sacrificing holding capacity or clamp performance. The open "U" bar has a knob on the end to prevent the spindle from slipping off the end of the arm. Unique design delivers greater hand clear-ance in the open position, eliminating pinch points and improving safety and ergonomics. Clamp comes complete with ergonomic handle grip, two flanged washers and spindle assembly ("U" bar models only). All "S" bar models supplied with bolt retainer.

AA

E

E

DD1

F

Straight BaseH

CC

J

G

Solid Bar

B

U-Bar

ItemNo. A B C D D1 E F G H J

BarType

BaseType

Handle Moves

(degrees)


HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-2002-S 4.73 3.29 .95 .90 .50 1.06 1.36 1.52 1.93 .22 Solid Flanged 85 75 600 1TC-2002-S207 5.01 3.39 1.25 .90 — 1.25 1.34 1.76 1.95 .22 S-Bar Flanged 72 90 600 1TC-2002-SB 5.07 3.29 1.27 .90 .50 .25 1.36 — 1.93 .22 Solid Straight 85 75 600 1TC-2002-U 4.73 3.29 .95 .90 .50 1.06 1.36 1.52 1.93 .22 U-Bar Flanged 85 75 600 1

TC-2002-U207 5.01 3.39 1.25 .90 .50 1.25 1.34 1.76 1.95 .22 U-Bar Flanged 72 90 600 1TC-2002-UB 5.07 3.29 1.27 .90 .50 .25 1.36 — 1.93 .22 U-Bar Straight 85 75 600 1TC-2007-S 7.21 4.81 1.25 1.25 .75 1.25 1.93 1.94 2.88 .28 Solid Flanged 76 65 1,000 1TC-2007-U 7.21 4.81 1.25 1.25 .75 1.25 1.93 1.94 2.88 .28 U-Bar Flanged 76 65 1,000 1

TC-2007-SB 7.64 4.81 1.68 1.25 .75 .25 1.93 — 2.88 .28 Solid Straight 76 65 1,000 1TC-2007-UB 7.64 4.81 1.68 1.25 .75 .25 1.93 — 2.88 .28 Solid Straight 76 65 1,000 1TC-2010-S 9.00 6.09 1.70 1.25 — 1.78 2.53 2.62 3.56 .34 Solid Flanged 83 69 1,400 1TC-2010-U 9.00 6.09 1.70 1.25 — 1.78 2.53 2.62 3.56 .34 Solid Flanged 83 69 1,400 1

TC-2010-UB 9.612 6.09 2.20 1.25 — .25 2.53 — 3.56 .34 U-Bar Straight 83 69 1,400 1

U-Bar, Straight Base

U-Bar, Flanged Base

Toggle Lock Plus clamps have a locking release lever for improved safety. Used in applications where there is severe stress or vibration on the clamps, or for over-head installations.

Series TC-207, 210DE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus


FWAHL

SmallO

http://www.aboveboardelectronics.com/design-guide/order-form.php?comments=From+Essentra+Components+Cat+Volume+14

http://www.aboveboardelectronics.com/

T E

DETA•co

A

A A

B

Series TC-202

Steel models furnished with M6 spindle (TC-202208-M) and lock nuts. U-bar models also include flanged washers.

Fixed Bar, Flanged Base Straight Handle

r, •

Fixed Bar, Flanged Base Tee Handle

U-Bar, Straight Base Straight Handle

~DI.

7-

A

Note: Also available as power Model TC-802.

Vertical Handle Hold-Down Clamps

F.

•

MAP-Rare 0J

E G

E

C

ir,

CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING 'N


Series TC-201

Steel models furnished with a low cushion neoprene tipped M5 spindle (TC-305208-M), flanged washers and lock nuts. Stainless models furnished with stainless steel hex head spindle (TC-201943), without neoprene tip.

0 al .oi

U-Bar, Straight Base Straight Handle

it

U-Bar, Flanged Base Straight Handle

U-Bar, Flanged Base Tee Handle

Steel TC-201-U 3.03 .63 2.02 .63 .94 Straight U-Bar Flanged 55 100 100

TC-201-TU 2.25 .63 2.02 .63 .94 Tee U-Bar Flanged 55 100 100 TC-201-UB 3.13 .88 2.02 .63 .16 Straight U-Bar Straight 55 100 100

Stainless Steel TC-201-USS 3.03 .63 2.02 .63 .94 Straight U-Bar Flanged 55 100 100 1


,•,•••••••••

Steel TC-202 4.21 .94 2.31 .50 1.06 Straight Fixed Flanged 65 105 200 1

TC-202-T 2.81 .94 2.31 .50 1.06 Tee Fixed Flanged 65 105 200 1 TC-202-TU 2.81 .94 2.69 .50 1.06 Tee U-Bar Flanged 65 105 200 1 TC-202-B 4.40 1.13 2.31 .50 .25 Straight Fixed Straight 65 105 200 1 TC-202-U 4.21 .94 2.73 .50 1.06 Straight U-Bar Flanged 65 105 200 1

TC-202-UL 4.21 .94 3.27 .50 1.06 Straight U-Bar Flanged 65 105 200 1 TC-202-UB 4.40 1.13 2.73 .50 .25 Straight U-Bar Straight 65 105 200 1

Stainless Steel TC-202-SS 4.21 .94 2.31 .50 1.06 Straight Fixed Flanged 65 105 200 1

TC-202-USS 4.21 .94 2.73 .50 1.06 Straight U-Bar Flanged 65 105 200 1

Solid Bar, U-Bar, U-Bar, Solid Bar, Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Straight Base

Straight Handle Straight Handle Straight Handle Straight Handle

All models have a blue vinyl grip handle. Supplied with spindle assembly.

Item No. A B C D E F G H J K

Bar Type

Base Type

Handle Type

ETC-11011 3.38 2.07 .73 .63 .95 1.00 1.32 1.06 .17 .77 U-Bar Flanged Straight ETC-11012 3.65 2.04 1.00 .63 .14 1.00 - 1.03 .17 .82 U-Bar Straight Straight ETC-11020 4.01 2.50 .98 .51 1.00 .98 1.50 1.28 .21 - Solid Flanged Straight ETC-11021 4.01 2.68 .95 .52 1.03 .98 1.50 1.68 .20 1.08 U-Bar Flanged Straight ETC-11022 4.27 2.68 1.18 .51 .26 .98 - 1.68 .21 1.08 U-Bar Straight Straight ETC-11025 4.23 2.48 1.15 .72 .24 .98 - 1.24 .21 - Solid Straight Straight

Spindle Size

Handle Moves

(degrees)

10-24 x 1.38 Bonded 56 10-24 x 1.38 Bonded 56 1/4-20 x 1.75 Bonded 60 1/4-20 x 1.75 Bonded 60 1/4-20 x 1.75 Bonded 60 1/4-20 x 1.75 Bonded 60

Holding Bar Moves Cap. Pack (degrees) Lbs. Qty.

100 100 100 100 100 200 100 200 100 200 100 200

313 313


Series TC-201

U-Bar, Straight BaseStraight Handle

E

D

11/64 Dia.

A A

BB

C

Steel models furnished with a low cushion neoprene tipped M5 spindle (TC-305208-M), flanged washers and lock nuts. Stainless models furnished with stainless steel hex head spindle (TC-201943), without neoprene tip.


U-Bar, Flanged BaseTee Handle

U-Bar, Flanged BaseStraight Handle

ItemNo. A B C D E

HandleType

BarType

BaseType

Handle Moves(degrees)

Bar Moves(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-201-U 3.03 .63 2.02 .63 .94 Straight U-Bar Flanged 55 100 100 1

TC-201-TU 2.25 .63 2.02 .63 .94 Tee U-Bar Flanged 55 100 100 1TC-201-UB 3.13 .88 2.02 .63 .16 Straight U-Bar Straight 55 100 100 1

Stainless SteelTC-201-USS 3.03 .63 2.02 .63 .94 Straight U-Bar Flanged 55 100 100 1

Series TC-202

U-Bar, Straight BaseStraight Handle

13/64 Dia.

E

D

A A

B B

C

Steel models furnished with M6 spindle (TC-202208-M) and lock nuts. U-bar models also include flanged washers.

Fixed Bar, Flanged BaseTee Handle

Fixed Bar, Flanged BaseStraight Handle


ItemNo. A B C D E

HandleType

BarType

BaseType


Bar Moves(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-202 4.21 .94 2.31 .50 1.06 Straight Fixed Flanged 65 105 200 1

TC-202-T 2.81 .94 2.31 .50 1.06 Tee Fixed Flanged 65 105 200 1TC-202-TU 2.81 .94 2.69 .50 1.06 Tee U-Bar Flanged 65 105 200 1TC-202-B 4.40 1.13 2.31 .50 .25 Straight Fixed Straight 65 105 200 1TC-202-U 4.21 .94 2.73 .50 1.06 Straight U-Bar Flanged 65 105 200 1

TC-202-UL 4.21 .94 3.27 .50 1.06 Straight U-Bar Flanged 65 105 200 1TC-202-UB 4.40 1.13 2.73 .50 .25 Straight U-Bar Straight 65 105 200 1

Stainless SteelTC-202-SS 4.21 .94 2.31 .50 1.06 Straight Fixed Flanged 65 105 200 1

TC-202-USS 4.21 .94 2.73 .50 1.06 Straight U-Bar Flanged 65 105 200 1

U-Bar,Straight Base

Straight Handle

Solid Bar, Straight Base

Straight Handle


U-Bar,Flanged Base

Straight Handle


Straight Handle

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H J K

BarType

BaseType

HandleType

SpindleSize

Handle Moves

(degrees)Bar Moves(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-11011 3.38 2.07 .73 .63 .95 1.00 1.32 1.06 .17 .77 U-Bar Flanged Straight 10-24 x 1.38 Bonded 56 100 100 1ETC-11012 3.65 2.04 1.00 .63 .14 1.00 — 1.03 .17 .82 U-Bar Straight Straight 10-24 x 1.38 Bonded 56 100 100 1ETC-11020 4.01 2.50 .98 .51 1.00 .98 1.50 1.28 .21 — Solid Flanged Straight 1⁄4-20 x 1.75 Bonded 60 100 200 1ETC-11021 4.01 2.68 .95 .52 1.03 .98 1.50 1.68 .20 1.08 U-Bar Flanged Straight 1⁄4-20 x 1.75 Bonded 60 100 200 1ETC-11022 4.27 2.68 1.18 .51 .26 .98 — 1.68 .21 1.08 U-Bar Straight Straight 1⁄4-20 x 1.75 Bonded 60 100 200 1ETC-11025 4.23 2.48 1.15 .72 .24 .98 — 1.24 .21 — Solid Straight Straight 1⁄4-20 x 1.75 Bonded 60 100 200 1

Vertical HandleHold-Down Clamps

CC

HB

AA

E

D

E

F

G

K

Ø J

FWAHL

SmallO



F fCTD.

*Supplied with spindle TC-225208-M Note: Also available as power Model TC-807-L, and as Toggle Lock Plus Model TC-207-LR and TC-207-UR.

Economy Vertical Handle Hold-Down Clamps

Handle Moves Bar Moves Holding Pack

K d • rees • • rees Ca.. Lbs. Item No. A B C 13

TC-229 9.94 7.13 2.06 .88 2.0 1.88 2.75 5.25 1/2-13 .33 2.75 180 115 1,000



Bolt retainers are furnished with solid bar models. Two flanged washers are furnished with U-bar models. Accommodates any 5Ae" or M8 spindle.

Item No. A B C D

Handle Bar Base l•

Handle Moves • • rees

Bar Moves d • roes

Holding Ca.. Lbs.

Pack

Steel TC-207-L 6.89 1.25 5.02 .75 1.25 Straight Solid Flanged 57 99 500 1

TC-207-LB 7.48 1.55 5.02 .75 .25 Straight Solid Straight 57 99 500 1 TC-207-S 6.89 1.25 3.75 .75 1.25 Straight Solid Flanged 57 99 500 1

TC-207-SB 7.48 1.55 3.75 .75 .25 Straight Solid Straight 57 99 500 1 TC-207-U* 6.89 1.25 3.68 .75 1.25 Straight U-Bar Flanged 57 99 375 1

TC-207-UB* 7.48 1.55 3.68 .75 .25 Straight U-Bar Straight 57 99 375 1 TC-207-TU 4.36 1.25 3.75 .75 1.25 Tee U-Bar Flanged 57 99 375 1 TC-207-UL* 6.89 1.25 5.41 .75 1.25 Straight U-Bar Flanged 57 99 375 1

TC-207-ULB* 7.48 1.55 5.41 .75 .25 Straight U-Bar Straight 57 99 375 1 TC-207-TUL 4.36 1.25 5.41 .75 1.25 Tee U-Bar Flanged 57 99 375 1

Stainless Steel TC-207-USS 5.63 1.25 4.38 .75 1.25 Straight U-Bar Flanged 57 99 375 1

U-Bar, U-Bar, Flanged Base Straight Base

Straight Handle Straight Handle


Handle Holding Item Bar Base Handle Spindle Moves Bar Moves Cap. Pack No. A B C D E F G H J K L Type Type Type Size (degrees) (degrees) Lbs. Qty.

ETC-11018 5.60 5.43 1.25 .78 1.25 1.38 1.77 3.75 .27 2.79 - Long U-Bar Flanged Straight 5/113-18 x 2.50 Bonded ETC-11071 5.88 4.59 1.23 .75 1.25 1.38 1.82 2.85 .27 2.05 - U-Bar Flanged Straight 5/.3-18 x 2.50 Bonded ETC-11072 5.93 4.61 1.57 .75 .25 1.38 - 2.85 .27 2.03 - U-Bar Straight Straight 5A8-18 x 2.50 Bonded ETC-11073 4.10 4.60 1.23 .75 1.25 1.38 1.77 2.86 .27 2.10 am U-Bar Flanged Tee 5/.3-18 x 2.50 Bonded ETC-11074 5.90 3.75 1.26 .75 1.25 1.38 1.80 2.24 .27 - - Solid Bar Flanged Straight 5/113-18 x 2.50 Bonded

TC-229

11%1111''

EG EG

0

/rt.

A r

A

U-Bar, Flanged Base

Featuring a unique cam action, these clamps will hold workpieces of inconsistent height. Ideal for castings or forgings. Overall clamping range is 5/16 in. Furnished with 1/2 in. spindle assembly. H

B

OP' DES ""111 TA'CO

314

Solid Bar, Straight Base Straight Handle

U-Bar, Flanged Base Tee Handle

U-Bar, Flanged Base Straight Handle

ar'

Series TC-207


Straight Handle

E B

A A


DESR<0,

•••••

p.m I 7

U-Bar, Flanged Base

Tee Handle

100 500 100 200 100 375 100 375 100 375

60 60 60 60 60

314


Solid Bar, Straight BaseStraight Handle

TC-229

G

A

C

E

D

H

F

K

J

B

I

Featuring a unique cam action, these clamps will hold workpieces of inconsistent height. Ideal for castings or forgings. Overall clamping range is 5⁄16 in. Furnished with 1⁄2 in. spindle assembly.

U-Bar, Flanged Base

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H I J K

Handle Moves


HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-229 9.94 7.13 2.06 .88 2.0 1.88 2.75 5.25 1⁄2-13 .33 2.75 180 115 1,000 1

Economy Vertical HandleHold-Down Clamps

U-Bar, Flanged Base

Tee Handle


Straight Handle


AA

CC

HB

L

E

A A

D

E

F

G

K

Ø J

U-Bar,Straight Base

Straight Handle

U-Bar,Flanged Base

Straight Handle

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H J K L

BarType

BaseType

HandleType

SpindleSize

Handle Moves


HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-11018 5.60 5.43 1.25 .78 1.25 1.38 1.77 3.75 .27 2.79 — Long U-Bar Flanged Straight 5⁄16-18 x 2.50 Bonded 60 100 500 1ETC-11071 5.88 4.59 1.23 .75 1.25 1.38 1.82 2.85 .27 2.05 — U-Bar Flanged Straight 5⁄16-18 x 2.50 Bonded 60 100 200 1ETC-11072 5.93 4.61 1.57 .75 .25 1.38 — 2.85 .27 2.03 — U-Bar Straight Straight 5⁄16-18 x 2.50 Bonded 60 100 375 1ETC-11073 4.10 4.60 1.23 .75 1.25 1.38 1.77 2.86 .27 2.10 3.86 U-Bar Flanged Tee 5⁄16-18 x 2.50 Bonded 60 100 375 1ETC-11074 5.90 3.75 1.26 .75 1.25 1.38 1.80 2.24 .27 — — Solid Bar Flanged Straight 5⁄16-18 x 2.50 Bonded 60 100 375 1

Series TC-207


A A

B B

C

E

D

Bolt retainers are furnished with solid bar models. Two flanged washers are furnished with U-bar models. Accommodates any 5⁄16" or M8 spindle.

*Supplied with spindle TC-225208-MNote: Also available as power Model TC-807-L, and as Toggle Lock Plus Model TC-207-LR and TC-207-UR.

U-Bar, Flanged BaseTee Handle

ItemNo. A B C D E

HandleType

BarType

BaseType

Handle Moves


HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-207-L 6.89 1.25 5.02 .75 1.25 Straight Solid Flanged 57 99 500 1

TC-207-LB 7.48 1.55 5.02 .75 .25 Straight Solid Straight 57 99 500 1TC-207-S 6.89 1.25 3.75 .75 1.25 Straight Solid Flanged 57 99 500 1

TC-207-SB 7.48 1.55 3.75 .75 .25 Straight Solid Straight 57 99 500 1TC-207-U* 6.89 1.25 3.68 .75 1.25 Straight U-Bar Flanged 57 99 375 1

TC-207-UB* 7.48 1.55 3.68 .75 .25 Straight U-Bar Straight 57 99 375 1TC-207-TU 4.36 1.25 3.75 .75 1.25 Tee U-Bar Flanged 57 99 375 1TC-207-UL* 6.89 1.25 5.41 .75 1.25 Straight U-Bar Flanged 57 99 375 1

TC-207-ULB* 7.48 1.55 5.41 .75 .25 Straight U-Bar Straight 57 99 375 1TC-207-TUL 4.36 1.25 5.41 .75 1.25 Tee U-Bar Flanged 57 99 375 1

Stainless SteelTC-207-USS 5.63 1.25 4.38 .75 1.25 Straight U-Bar Flanged 57 99 375 1

FWAHL

SmallO



EG

Solid Bar Flanged Base

Straight Handle

E-.1

Holding

Cap. Pack

Lbs. Qty.

600 750 750

Holding Cap. Lbs.

Item No.

Bar TYPs

Handle Moves Bar Moves Pack Qty. C (degrees) (degrees) A B D E

TC-317-S Solid U-Bar

5.62 TC-317-U 5.62

2.67 6.44 .63 60 185 375 2.67 6.07 .63 60 185 375

_ -- DESTA•co_,•

U-Bar, Flanged Base

U-Bar model furnished with M8 bonded neoprene tipped spindle, flanged washers and lock nuts.

_t E

D 9/32 Dia.

Series TC-317


CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING rliN


Series TC-210

TIESI <C‘ A/0

A

A

21/64 Dia.

F.D.H

U-Bar, Flanged Base Solid Bar, Straight Base Straight Handle Straight Handle

Two flanged washers (TC-235106) furnished with U-bar models and bolt retainer (TC-210114) supplied with solid bar models. Accommodates any % in. or M10 spindle.

Base Type

Handle Moves (degrees)

Bar Moves (degrees)

Holding Cap. Lbs.

Steel TC-210-U* 8.19 1.67 5.53 1.25 1.78 Straight U-Bar Flanged 58 103 600

TC-210-UB* 9.11 2.19 5.53 1.25 .31 Straight U-Bar Straight 58 103 600 TC-210-S 8.19 1.67 5.53 1.25 1.78 Straight Solid Flanged 58 103 750

TC-210-SB 9.11 2.19 5.35 1.25 .31 Straight Solid Straight 58 103 750 TC-210-TU 5.38 1.69 5.35 1.25 1.78 Tee U-Bar Flanged 58 103 600

Stainless Steel TC-210-USS 7.66 1.69 5.35 1.25 1.78 Straight U-Bar Flanged 58 103 600

*Supplied with spindle TC-240208-M.

Note: Also available as power Model TC-810-U, and as Toggle Lock Plus Model TC-210-SR and TC-210-UR.

Economy Vertical Handle Hold-Down Clamps

MINE. RETIE

111 U-Bar,

Flanged Base Straight Handle


Handle Item Bar Base Handle Moves Bar Moves No. A B C D E F G H K Type Type Type (degrees) (degrees)

ETC-11101 7.96 5.65 1.66 1.25 1.80 1.94 2.55 3.56 .31 2.31 U-Bar Flanged Straight %-16 x 3.50 Bonded 58 105 ETC-11104 7.89 5.59 1.26 1.25 1.81 1.94 2.56 3.53 .31 Solid Flanged Straight %-16 x 3.50 Bonded 58 105 ETC-11107 8.46 5.59 2.16 1.25 .31 1.94 3.59 .31 Solid Straight Straight %-16 x 3.50 Bonded 58 105

315 315


Series TC-210

B

21/64 Dia.

B

C

AA

E

D


Two flanged washers (TC-235106) furnished with U-bar models and bolt retainer (TC-210114) supplied with solid bar models. Accommodates any 3⁄8 in. or M10 spindle.

*Supplied with spindle TC-240208-M.Note: Also available as power Model TC-810-U, and as Toggle Lock Plus Model TC-210-SR and TC-210-UR.

Solid Bar, Straight BaseStraight Handle

ItemNo. A B C D E

HandleType

BarType

BaseType


Bar Moves(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-210-U* 8.19 1.67 5.53 1.25 1.78 Straight U-Bar Flanged 58 103 600 1

TC-210-UB* 9.11 2.19 5.53 1.25 .31 Straight U-Bar Straight 58 103 600 1TC-210-S 8.19 1.67 5.53 1.25 1.78 Straight Solid Flanged 58 103 750 1

TC-210-SB 9.11 2.19 5.35 1.25 .31 Straight Solid Straight 58 103 750 1TC-210-TU 5.38 1.69 5.35 1.25 1.78 Tee U-Bar Flanged 58 103 600 1

Stainless SteelTC-210-USS 7.66 1.69 5.35 1.25 1.78 Straight U-Bar Flanged 58 103 600 1

Series TC-317

AB

C

E

D9/32 Dia.

U-Bar model furnished with M8 bonded neoprene tipped spindle, flanged washers and lock nuts.

U-Bar, Flanged Base


ItemNo. A B C D E

BarType


Bar Moves(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-317-S 5.62 2.67 6.44 .63 1 Solid 60 185 375 1TC-317-U 5.62 2.67 6.07 .63 1 U-Bar 60 185 375 1

U-Bar,Flanged Base

Straight Handle

Economy Vertical HandleHold-Down Clamps


Solid BarFlanged Base

Straight Handle


BarType

BaseType

HandleType

SpindleSize

Handle Moves


HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-11101 7.96 5.65 1.66 1.25 1.80 1.94 2.55 3.56 .31 2.31 U-Bar Flanged Straight 3⁄8-16 x 3.50 Bonded 58 105 600 1ETC-11104 7.89 5.59 1.26 1.25 1.81 1.94 2.56 3.53 .31 — Solid Flanged Straight 3⁄8-16 x 3.50 Bonded 58 105 750 1ETC-11107 8.46 5.59 2.16 1.25 .31 1.94 — 3.59 .31 — Solid Straight Straight 3⁄8-16 x 3.50 Bonded 58 105 750 1

CC

HB

AA

E

D

E

F

G

K

Ø J

FWAHL

SmallO



Handle Holding Bar Base Handle Spindle Moves Bar Moves Cap. Pack

K Type Type Type Size (degrees) (degrees) Lbs. Qty. Item No. A B C D E F G

Handle Holding Moves Bar Moves Cap. Pack

(degrees) (degrees) Lbs. Qty. Spind e

Size Item No. A B C D E F G H K Type Type Type

Bar Base Handle

60 140 1,200 ETC-11671 11.87 9.00 3.08 2.00 2.75 2.99 3.75 5.99 .48 4.33 U-Bar Flanged Straight 1/2-13 x 4.50 Plain



Series TC-247

I

U-Bar, Flanged Base

Bolt retainer furnished with solid bar models. Flanged washers furnished with U-bar models. Accommodates any 1/2 in. or M12 spindle.

TC-247-U 8.69 2 6.87 1.25 1.78 Straight U-Bar TC-247-S 8.69 2 6.87 1.25 1.78 Straight Solid


Flanged 67 120 1,000 1 Flanged 67 120 1,000 1

Economy Vertical Handle Hold-Down Action Clamps

"z•

U-Bar, Flanged Base Solid Bar, Flanged Base


31/al Dia

Handle Bar Base Handle Moves Bar Moves Holding Pack Type Type Type (degrees) (degrees) Cap. Lbs. Qty.

TC-267-U 11.88 3.08 TC-267-S 11.88 3.08

2 2

8.92 8.88

°10FSIA<C

•••••


Bolt retainer furnished with solid bar models. Flanged washers furnished with U-Bar models. Accommodates any % in. or M16 spindle.

Series TC-267

ill

72 140 1,200 1 72 140 1,200 1

2.75 U-Bar Solid 2.75

Straight Straight

Flanged Flanged

Item No. A

316

(23J

CSR - ROTE

ft

F

E G

'DF of

AE E G

RAMP RETIE

K

A

C

(".=> H B

E


Buy One or

Buy Bulk&SIVE

E

D

ETC-11471 8.81 6.89 1.95 1.25 1.77 2.00 2.56 4.87 .35 2.98 U-Bar Flanged Straight 1/2-13 x 3.00 Plain ETC-11474 8.81 7.12 2.00 1.25 1.79 2.00 2.56 4.95 .35

70 - Solid Flanged Straight 1/2-13 x 3.00 Plain 70 135 1,000

135 1,000

Economy Vertical Handle Hold-Down Action Clamps

law

U-Bar, Flanged Base

Model has a blue vinyl grip handle. Supplied with spindle assembly.

C

316

Series TC-267

A

B

C

31/64 Dia.

E

D

Bolt retainer furnished with solid bar models. Flanged washers furnished with U-Bar models. Accommodates any 5⁄8 in. or M16 spindle.

ItemNo. A B C D E

HandleType

BarType

BaseType


Bar Moves(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-267-U 11.88 3.08 8.92 2 2.75 Straight U-Bar Flanged 72 140 1,200 1TC-267-S 11.88 3.08 8.88 2 2.75 Straight Solid Flanged 72 140 1,200 1


Series TC-247

A

B

C

11/32 Dia.

E

D

Bolt retainer furnished with solid bar models. Flanged washers furnished with U-bar models. Accommodates any 1⁄2 in. or M12 spindle.


Solid Bar, Flanged BaseU-Bar, Flanged Base

ItemNo. A B C D E

HandleType

BarType

BaseType


Bar Moves(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-247-U 8.69 2 6.87 1.25 1.78 Straight U-Bar Flanged 67 120 1,000 1TC-247-S 8.69 2 6.87 1.25 1.78 Straight Solid Flanged 67 120 1,000 1

Economy Vertical HandleHold-Down Action Clamps

All models have a blue vinyl grip handle. Supplied with spindle assembly.E

B

K

F

D ØJ

E G

C

A

HU-Bar, Flanged Base

Economy Vertical HandleHold-Down Action Clamps

Model has a blue vinyl grip handle. Supplied with spindle assembly.

D

F

E G

K

H

C

BE

A

ØJ

U-Bar, Flanged Base


BarType

BaseType

HandleType

SpindleSize

Handle Moves


HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-11471 8.81 6.89 1.95 1.25 1.77 2.00 2.56 4.87 .35 2.98 U-Bar Flanged Straight 1⁄2-13 x 3.00 Plain 70 135 1,000 1ETC-11474 8.81 7.12 2.00 1.25 1.79 2.00 2.56 4.95 .35 — Solid Flanged Straight 1⁄2-13 x 3.00 Plain 70 135 1,000 1


BarType

BaseType

HandleType

SpindleSize

Handle Moves


HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-11671 11.87 9.00 3.08 2.00 2.75 2.99 3.75 5.99 .48 4.33 U-Bar Flanged Straight 1⁄2-13 x 4.50 Plain 60 140 1,200 1



FWAHL

SmallO



New) ic

Handle Bar Holding Moves Opening Capacity Pack

Bar Type Base Type (degrees) (degrees) Lbs. Qty. dommAMMil

CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING


_L=WZMIgNII

Vertical Handle Hold Down Clamps TC-5105-R, 5110-R, 5105-BR, 5110-BR DE-STA-CO.Toggle Lock Plus

'7.19;c7.

Solid Bar Straight Base

w/Toggle Lock Plus

Features: • High strength forged clamping arm for heavy-duty service • Hardened steel pivot pins and bushings provide long life • Black oxide finish • Large clearance under the clamping bar

New


w/Toggle Lock Plus

11

Holding Bar Base Bar Opening Capacity Pack

F G Type Type (degrees) Lbs. qty.

Vertical Handle Hold-Down Clamps TC-5905, 5910, 5915

New




TC-5905 6.75 4.00 1.51 1.00 1.50 1.50 2.13 2.49 .24 Solid TC-5905-B 6.24 4.00 1.27 - 1.51 - 2.74 - Solid TC-5910 9.27 6.01 1.99 1.50 2.00 2.24 2.76 3.76 .35 Solid

TC-5910-B 8.72 6.01 1.75 - 2.25 - 4.01 - Solid TC-5915 11.25 7.99 3.72 2.00 2.75 2.95 3.88 5.00 .55 Solid

70 135 750 70 135 750 71 132 1,600 71 132 1,600 74 132 2,750

Flanged Straight Flanged Straight Flanged

317

Vertical Handle Hold-Down Clamps TC-5105, 5110




TC-5105 6.54 4.13 TC-5105-B 6.14 4.13 TC-5110 8.70 6.33

TC-5110-B 8.39 6.33

1.00 1.46 1.62 2.24 .26 Solid Flanged 89 700 1 1.00 Solid Straight 89 700 1

1.00 2.00 2.50 2.76 .35 Solid Flanged 74 1,150 1 1.50 Solid Straight 74 1,150 1

1.46 1.62 1.62

1.00 2.00 2.50 2.50

89 89 74 74

2.24

2.76

Flanged Straight Flanged Straight

700 700

1,150 1,150

2.54 2.14 3.37 3.05

.26 Solid - Solid .35 Solid - Solid

TC-5105-R 6.54 4.13 2.54 1.00 TC-5105-BR 6.14 4.13 2.14 TC-5110-R 8.70 6.33 3.37 TC-5110-BR 8.39 6.33 3.05

317


CC

F

A A

E G

ØJDF

B

Solid BarStraight Base


ItemNo. A B C D E F G J

BarType

BaseType


HoldingCapacity

Lbs.PackQty.

TC-5105 6.54 4.13 2.54 1.00 1.46 1.62 2.24 .26 Solid Flanged 89 700 1TC-5105-B 6.14 4.13 2.14 — — 1.00 — — Solid Straight 89 700 1TC-5110 8.70 6.33 3.37 1.00 2.00 2.50 2.76 .35 Solid Flanged 74 1,150 1

TC-5110-B 8.39 6.33 3.05 — — 1.50 — — Solid Straight 74 1,150 1

Vertical Handle Hold-Down ClampsTC-5905, 5910, 5915

C

HH

A A

C

E G

ØJDF

B



ItemNo. A B C D E F G H J Bar Type Base Type

Handle Moves

(degrees)


HoldingCapacity

Lbs.PackQty.

TC-5905 6.75 4.00 1.51 1.00 1.50 1.50 2.13 2.49 .24 Solid Flanged 70 135 750 1TC-5905-B 6.24 4.00 1.27 — — 1.51 — 2.74 — Solid Straight 70 135 750 1TC-5910 9.27 6.01 1.99 1.50 2.00 2.24 2.76 3.76 .35 Solid Flanged 71 132 1,600 1

TC-5910-B 8.72 6.01 1.75 — — 2.25 — 4.01 — Solid Straight 71 132 1,600 1TC-5915 11.25 7.99 3.72 2.00 2.75 2.95 3.88 5.00 .55 Solid Flanged 74 132 2,750 1

Vertical Handle Hold Down ClampsTC-5105-R, 5110-R, 5105-BR, 5110-BRDE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus

CC

F

A A

E G

ØJDF

B


w/ Toggle Lock Plus


w/ Toggle Lock Plus

ItemNo. A B C D E F G J

BarType

BaseType


HoldingCapacity

Lbs.PackQty.

TC-5105-R 6.54 4.13 2.54 1.00 1.46 1.62 2.24 .26 Solid Flanged 89 700 1TC-5105-BR 6.14 4.13 2.14 — — 1.62 — — Solid Straight 89 700 1TC-5110-R 8.70 6.33 3.37 1.00 2.00 2.50 2.76 .35 Solid Flanged 74 1,150 1

TC-5110-BR 8.39 6.33 3.05 — — 2.50 — — Solid Straight 74 1,150 1

Vertical Handle Hold-Down ClampsTC-5105, 5110

Features:High strength forged clamping arm for heavy-duty serviceHardened steel pivot pins and bushings provide long lifeBlack oxide finishLarge clearance under the clamping bar



FWAHL

SmallO






129 129

199 2,500 1 199 4,000 1

Handle Handle Moves Bar Moves Holding Pack Type (degrees) (degrees) Cap. Lbs. Qty.

Base Type

Item No.

10 12 11 12

475 600

1,000 1,600

Bar Max. Moves Holding Pack

F G H J K L MN (degrees) Cap. Lbs. Qty. Item No.

TC-548, 578

Straight Base

Item Handle Bar Base No. A B C Type Type Type

TC-548 9.44 2.25 7.50 Straight Solid Straight TC-578 11.00 2.75 8.63 Straight Solid Straight

TC-518 Holding Capacity: 500 Lbs Handle Moves: 75 Degrees, Bar Moves: 90 Degrees

Flanged Base H B -1

Features a forged hold-down bar and ergonomic plastic grip. Forged hold-down bar can be cut or welded to suit the fixture. Offers twice the normal clearance under the bar as other clamps this size.

Item No. A B C D E F G H

TC-518 6.88 4.28 2.5 1.00 .88 1.50 1.38 2.63

Largest capacity clamps. The "bar-guide' feature provides extra support and improves rigidity and repeatability.

TC-91090

U-Bar, Flanged Base

Front flange mount for mounting flexibility on vertical surfaces. Stainless steel rivets for increased strength. Guide bars allow for more clamp stability. Supplied with two flanged washers. Accommodates any Vie" or M8 spindle. Spindle not included.

Handle Bar Item Moves Moves Holding Pack No. A B C D E F G H J K L (degrees) (degrees) Cap. Lbs. Qty.

TC-91090 7.68 4.72 2.68 .80 1.29 1.32 2.09 2.99 .28 2.40 .33

Series TC-528


Solid Bar, Front Mount Flanged Base

TC-528 TC-528-F Front liFlolaunganged Straight

Cam Action Clamps

Automatically compensates for variations in part thickness. A high to low limit clamping range allows for normal part size varia-tion and eliminates adjustments. Normalized cast steel construc-tion for heavy duty use. Fast, one hand operation. Cam action resists vibration loosening. Accommodates from A" to 'A" part size variation.

318

TC-7-101 5.00 3.13 1.44 .50 1.75 1.25 .75 1.25 .25 TC-7-58 7.00 2.55 1.88 .56 2.25 1.69 1.00 1.62 .31 TC-7-59 8.50 3.50 2.19 .63 2.50 2.06 1.38 1.88 .31 TC-7-60 9.50 4.38 2.50 .88 2.88 2.44 1.62 2.12 .38

LT

H -n.

.25 .22 .50 .13

.34 .28 .50 .13

.39 .34 .63 .19

.44 .41 .75 .25

177 177

1,000 180 1,000 180


60 100 385

613/16 3/4

3/16 ie

215h6 k tA, Front Mounting

Base 527-F Bottom Mounting

Base 527

1,:/32 For

-18 Screws 21/4 11/4

Handle Bar Moves Moves Holding Pack

(degrees) (degrees) Cap. Lbs. Qty. Pack J Qty.

.29

For tough, heavy-duty workholding. Clamp has square, cold drawn steel hold down bar. Pivot points have serrated, hardened bushings. Large Bar opening for greater part clearance.

eltESIA<,

G

318

TC-91090

LK

A

HB

C

J

FD

EG

Front flange mount for mounting flexibility on vertical surfaces. Stainless steel rivets for increased strength. Guide bars allow for more clamp stability. Supplied with two flanged washers. Accommodates any 5⁄16" or M8 spindle. Spindle not included.

U-Bar, Flanged Base


Handle Moves

(degrees)

Bar Moves

(degrees)Holding

Cap. Lbs.PackQty.

TC-91090 7.68 4.72 2.68 .80 1.29 1.32 2.09 2.99 .28 2.40 .33 60 100 385 1

Series TC-528

Front MountingBase 527-F

Bottom MountingBase 527

613/16

215/16423/16

3/4

21/4 11/4

13/323/8

ForScrews

For tough, heavy-duty workholding. Clamp has square, cold drawn steel hold down bar. Pivot points have serrated, hardened bushings. Large Bar opening for greater part clearance.

Solid Bar, Front Mount Flanged Base


TC-548, 578

A

C

B

Largest capacity clamps. The "bar-guide" feature provides extra support and improves rigidity and repeatability.

Straight Base

ItemNo. A B C

HandleType

BarType

BaseType

Handle Moves

(degrees)

Bar Moves

(degrees)Holding

Cap. Lbs.PackQty.

TC-548 9.44 2.25 7.50 Straight Solid Straight 129 199 2,500 1TC-578 11.00 2.75 8.63 Straight Solid Straight 129 199 4,000 1

Cam Action Clamps

Automatically compensates for variations in part thickness. A high to low limit clamping range allows for normal part size varia-tion and eliminates adjustments. Normalized cast steel construc-tion for heavy duty use. Fast, one hand operation. Cam action resists vibration loosening. Accommodates from 1⁄8" to 1⁄4" part size variation.

M D

N

NJ

AEH

C

F

BG

LK

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H J K L M N

Bar Moves

(degrees)

Max. Holding

Cap. Lbs.PackQty.

TC-7-101 5.00 3.13 1.44 .50 1.75 1.25 .75 1.25 .25 .25 .22 .50 .13 10 475 1TC-7-58 7.00 2.55 1.88 .56 2.25 1.69 1.00 1.62 .31 .34 .28 .50 .13 12 600 1TC-7-59 8.50 3.50 2.19 .63 2.50 2.06 1.38 1.88 .31 .39 .34 .63 .19 11 1,000 1TC-7-60 9.50 4.38 2.50 .88 2.88 2.44 1.62 2.12 .38 .44 .41 .75 .25 12 1,600 1

ItemNo.

BaseType

HandleType

Handle Moves


HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-528 Flanged Straight 177 180 1,000 1TC-528-F Front Mount/Flanged Straight 177 180 1,000 1



Features a forged hold-down bar and ergonomic plastic grip. Forged hold-down bar can be cut or welded to suit the fixture. Offers twice the normal clearance under the bar as other clamps this size.

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H J

PackQty.

TC-518 6.88 4.28 2.5 1.00 .88 1.50 1.38 2.63 .29 1

TC-518Holding Capacity: 500 LbsHandle Moves: 75 Degrees, Bar Moves: 90 Degrees

J

GE

DF

C

HB

A

Flanged Base

FWAHL

SmallO



Optimum stability is achieved through Maintenance-free, high quality swivel bushings. Constant use of force when opening and closing. the conical clamping arm and U-profile. Includes an internal bar lock with automatic safety.

Hole arrangement for Item No. KC-320



VERTICAL HANDLE HOLD DOWN CLAMPS ftd

Vertical Hold Down Clamps with Safety Interlock With Flat Foot and Adjustable Clamping Spindle Series 05908

Hole arrangement for Item No. KC-350 and KC-355


N

B


Abk

New

411

-e EE-.14FkLt- °

A

Toggle clamp in the closed locked position

Toggle clamp locking mechanism is released by pulling back on the sides of the paddle grip

Holding Item Capacity Pack No. A C D E F G H M N P Lbs. Qty.

KC-350 162.9 24.7 86.5 5.5 14 7 12 27 38 53.4 M6 x 35 29.0 207 KC-355 191.4 32.7 107.0 6.8 21 9 19 32 45 51.1 M8 x 45 39.0 211 KC-360 230.5 38.7 153.0 9.0 32 8 27 45 64 56.5 M10 x 55 50.0 337 KC-365 249.1 46.7 173.5 8.8 32 10.5 45 63 56.5 M12 x 70 53.0 315

Vertical Hold Down Clamps With Flat Foot and Adjustable Clamping Spindle Series 05908

New)

H

Maintenance-free, high quality swivel bushings. Constant use of force when opening and closing. Optimum stability is achieved through the conical clamping arm and U-profile.

Item No. A C D

KC-300 108.5 19.1 63.5 4.5 16 4.5 14 24 33 KC-305 156.2 24.7 86.5 5.5 14 7 12 27 38 KC-310 183.9 32.7 107.0 6.8 21 9 19 32 45 KC-315 222.9 38.7 153.0 9.0 32 8 27 45 64 KC-320 242.4 46.7 173.5 8.8 32 10.5 45 63

de=MMEMI 22.5 M5 x 25 25 140 43.5 M6 x 35 29 207 41.5 M8 x 45 39 211 47.0 M10 x 55 50 337 47.0 M12 x 70 53 315

319

OD at

H

I G-0•11


DH

01

G -0-1F1-4-E0-1


319


P

C

MK

N

B

J

A

FGE

H

D


GF E

D D

H


F E

D

H




Maintenance-free, high quality swivel bushings. Constant use of force when opening and closing. Optimum stability is achieved through the conical clamping arm and U-profile. Includes an internal bar lock with automatic safety.

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H J M N P

HoldingCapacity

Lbs.PackQty.

KC-350 162.9 24.7 86.5 5.5 14 7 12 27 38 53.4 M6 x 35 29.0 207 1KC-355 191.4 32.7 107.0 6.8 21 9 19 32 45 51.1 M8 x 45 39.0 211 1KC-360 230.5 38.7 153.0 9.0 32 8 27 45 64 56.5 M10 x 55 50.0 337 1KC-365 249.1 46.7 173.5 8.8 32 10.5 — 45 63 56.5 M12 x 70 53.0 315 1

Vertical Hold Down Clamps with Safety InterlockWith Flat Foot and Adjustable Clamping SpindleSeries 05908

P

C

MK

N

B

J

A

D

GFE

H


FGE

HD


Vertical Hold Down ClampsWith Flat Foot and Adjustable Clamping SpindleSeries 05908

GFE

D D

H


F E

D

H




HoldingCapacity

Lbs.PackQty.

KC-300 108.5 19.1 63.5 4.5 16 4.5 14 24 33 22.5 M5 x 25 25 140 1KC-305 156.2 24.7 86.5 5.5 14 7 12 27 38 43.5 M6 x 35 29 207 1KC-310 183.9 32.7 107.0 6.8 21 9 19 32 45 41.5 M8 x 45 39 211 1KC-315 222.9 38.7 153.0 9.0 32 8 27 45 64 47.0 M10 x 55 50 337 1KC-320 242.4 46.7 173.5 8.8 32 10.5 — 45 63 47.0 M12 x 70 53 315 1

FWAHL

SmallO



Buy One or Buy Bulk&SAVE rliN CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING


A

Item No. KC-465

GE _3.

1 E

-01F

Hole arrangement for Hole arrangement for Item No. KC-460

Vertical Hold-Down Clamps With Straight Foot and Adjustable Clamping Spindle Series 05912

Vertical Hold Down Clamps with Safety Interlock With Straight Foot and Adjustable Clamping Spindle Series 05912

h4-P-Nd Hole arrangement for Item

No. KC-450 and KC-455


Holding Item Capacity Pack No. A F G H M N P Lbs. Qty.

KC-450 175.7 37.6 86.5 5.5 14 7 12 10.2 5.2 53.4 M6 x 35 29 207 KC-455 207.6 49.0 107.0 6.8 21 9 19 10.2 5.2 51.1 M8 x 45 39 221 KC-460 254.0 62.3 153.0 9.0 32 8 27 14.1 7.1 56.5 M10 x 55 50 337 KC-465 271.9 69.8 173.5 8.8 32 10.5 14.1 7.1 56.5 M12 x 70 53 315

F E-0.1



F Ii E



MIME ..0=MMMEgi= KC-400 120.3 30.8 KC-405 169.1 37.6 KC-410 200.1 49.0 KC-415 247.4 62.3 KC-420 265.5 69.8

320

63.5 4.5 16 4.5 14 8.1 4.1 22.5 M5 x 25 25 139 1 86.5 5.5 14 7 12 10.2 5.2 43.5 M6 x 35 29 207 1 107.0 6.8 21 9 19 10.2 5.2 41.5 M8 x 45 39 211 1 153.0 9.0 32 8 27 14.1 7.1 47.0 M10 x 55 50 337 1 173.5 8.8 32 10.5 - 14.1 7.1 47.0 M12 x 70 53 315 1

P=)614111 Toggle clamp in the closed locked position

2=*41110 Toggle clamp locldng mechanism is released by pulling back on the sides of the paddle grip

320

B

K

C

N

JH

A

MD

GF

EP


D

GFE

D


F E

D






HoldingCapacity

Lbs.PackQty.

KC-450 175.7 37.6 86.5 5.5 14 7 12 10.2 5.2 53.4 M6 x 35 29 207 1KC-455 207.6 49.0 107.0 6.8 21 9 19 10.2 5.2 51.1 M8 x 45 39 221 1KC-460 254.0 62.3 153.0 9.0 32 8 27 14.1 7.1 56.5 M10 x 55 50 337 1KC-465 271.9 69.8 173.5 8.8 32 10.5 — 14.1 7.1 56.5 M12 x 70 53 315 1

Vertical Hold Down Clamps with Safety InterlockWith Straight Foot and Adjustable Clamping SpindleSeries 05912


Vertical Hold-Down ClampsWith Straight Foot and Adjustable Clamping SpindleSeries 05912

B

K

C

N

JH

A

M

D

GF E

D


DGF

EP


F E

D




HoldingCapacity

Lbs.PackQty.

KC-400 120.3 30.8 63.5 4.5 16 4.5 14 8.1 4.1 22.5 M5 x 25 25 139 1KC-405 169.1 37.6 86.5 5.5 14 7 12 10.2 5.2 43.5 M6 x 35 29 207 1KC-410 200.1 49.0 107.0 6.8 21 9 19 10.2 5.2 41.5 M8 x 45 39 211 1KC-415 247.4 62.3 153.0 9.0 32 8 27 14.1 7.1 47.0 M10 x 55 50 337 1KC-420 265.5 69.8 173.5 8.8 32 10.5 — 14.1 7.1 47.0 M12 x 70 53 315 1

FWAHL

SmallO



DESII‘CO TC-2013-U, 2017-U, 2027-U Flanged Base

.75 1.27

.98 1.95 1.32 2.20

5.88 8.62 9.88

1.65 10-32 2.53 1/4-20 2.86 'Ae-18

71 73 68

295 560 840

TC-2013-U .53 TC-2017-U 1.03 TC-2027-U 1.03

Series TC-5305, 5310 DESprto

L C Flanged Base

Bar Opening Holding Pack

A B C H L L1 M (degrees) Cap. Lbs. Qty. Item No.

295 560 840

TC-2013-UR .53 .70 .75 1.27 5.88 1.65 10-32 70 TC-2017-UR 1.03 1.21 .98 1.95 8.62 2.53 1/4-20 73 TC-2027-UR 1.03 1.21 1.32 2.20 9.88 2.86 'Ae-18 70

OJ F L

F G Bar Base Bar Opening Holding Pack

J Type Type (degrees) Capacity Lbs. Qty. m

No. A


HORIZONTAL HOLD-DOWN CLAMPS

NED

Flanged Base

H

Features: • Robust design offers increased holding capacity over

TC-213-U, 217-U, 227-U • Low arm deflection under load (greater stiffness) • Mounting hole interchangeable with TC-213-U, 217-U, 227-U • Large handle clearance reduces pinch points • Fixed handle pivot provides smooth action

Bar Holding item Opening Cap. Pack No. A C H L L7 M (degrees) Lbs. Qty.

Features: • Solid clamping arm may be modified

to suit requirements • Hardened steel pivot pins and

bushings provide long life • Black oxide finish

Series TC-5305, 5310 DE-STA-CO.Toggle Lock Plus

600 1 600 1

1,300 1 1,300 1


w/Toggle Lock Plus Abb.

New

0

Features: • Solid clamping arm may be modified to

suit requirements • Hardened steel pivot pins and bushings

provide long life • Black oxide finish

321

Horizontal Handle Hold-Down Clamps Series TC-5305, 5310



I)

Cig1arpctos‘ ---,:... - ire,_ _..../

....•

TC-5305 1.51 8.36 .81 2.50 3.15 .98 .35 Solid Flanged 90 TC-5305-B 1.51 8.36 1.12 - - .79 - Solid Straight 90 TC-5310 2.00 11.13 1.00 3.63 4.63 1.50 .41 Solid Flanged 90

TC-5310-B 2.00 11.13 1.31 - - 1.13 - Solid Straight 90


w/Toggle Lock Plus

.35 3.15

4.63

2.50

3.63

.81 1.12 1.00 1.31

90 90 90 90

.98

.79 1.50 1.13

8.36 8.36 11.02 11.02

1.51 1.51 2.00 2.00

Flanged Straight Flanged Straight

600 600

1,300 1,300

Solid Solid

.41 Solid Solid

TC-5305-R TC-5305-BR TC-5310-R

TC-5310-BR

0J/ .-D F

New

) Coe ng \

/

A 1.- • Additional locking lever locks

handle in closed and open positions

• Robust design offers increased holding capacity over TC-213-U, 217-U, 227-U

• Low arm deflection under load (greater stiffness) • Mounting hole interchangeable with TC-213-U, 217-U, 227-U • Large handle clearance reduces pinch points • Fixed handle pivot provides smooth action

Features:

321

TC-2013-U, 2017-U, 2027-UFlanged Base

Features:Robust design offers increased holding capacity over TC-213-U, 217-U, 227-ULow arm deflection under load (greater stiffness)Mounting hole interchangeable with TC-213-U, 217-U, 227-ULarge handle clearance reduces pinch pointsFixed handle pivot provides smooth action

ItemNo. A C H L L1 M


HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-2013-U .53 .75 1.27 5.88 1.65 10-32 71 295 1TC-2017-U 1.03 .98 1.95 8.62 2.53 1⁄4-20 73 560 1TC-2027-U 1.03 1.32 2.20 9.88 2.86 5⁄16-18 68 840 1

Series TC-5305, 5310

Features:Additional locking lever locks handle in closed and open positionsRobust design offers increased holding capacity over TC-213-U, 217-U, 227-ULow arm deflection under load (greater stiffness)Mounting hole interchangeable with TC-213-U, 217-U, 227-ULarge handle clearance reduces pinch pointsFixed handle pivot provides smooth action

ItemNo. A B C H L L1 M


HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-2013-UR .53 .70 .75 1.27 5.88 1.65 10-32 70 295 1TC-2017-UR 1.03 1.21 .98 1.95 8.62 2.53 1⁄4-20 73 560 1TC-2027-UR 1.03 1.21 1.32 2.20 9.88 2.86 5⁄16-18 70 840 1

Horizontal Handle Hold-Down ClampsSeries TC-5305, 5310

Features:Solid clamping arm may be modified to suit requirementsHardened steel pivot pins and bushings provide long lifeBlack oxide finish

CCA

GG

DF

L

ØJ



ItemNo. A L C D F G J

BarType

BaseType


HoldingCapacity Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-5305 1.51 8.36 .81 2.50 3.15 .98 .35 Solid Flanged 90 600 1TC-5305-B 1.51 8.36 1.12 — — .79 — Solid Straight 90 600 1TC-5310 2.00 11.13 1.00 3.63 4.63 1.50 .41 Solid Flanged 90 1,300 1

TC-5310-B 2.00 11.13 1.31 — — 1.13 — Solid Straight 90 1,300 1

Series TC-5305, 5310DE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus

Features:Solid clamping arm may be modified to suit requirementsHardened steel pivot pins and bushings provide long lifeBlack oxide finish

CCA

GG

DF

L

ØJ


w/ Toggle Lock Plus


w/ Toggle Lock Plus

ItemNo. A L C D F G J

BarType

BaseType


HoldingCapacity Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-5305-R 1.51 8.36 .81 2.50 3.15 .98 .35 Solid Flanged 90 600 1TC-5305-BR 1.51 8.36 1.12 — — .79 — Solid Straight 90 600 1TC-5310-R 2.00 11.02 1.00 3.63 4.63 1.50 .41 Solid Flanged 90 1,300 1

TC-5310-BR 2.00 11.02 1.31 — — 1.13 — Solid Straight 90 1,300 1


A

ML

CH

L1

Flanged Base

MOpening

H

AL1

L

B

CFlanged Base

FWAHL

SmallO



Series TC-205

rt

iLle


D I T

C

=


Solid Bar, Left Flanged Base

Solid Bar, Right Flanged Base

B


U-Bar, Flanged Base

U-Bar, Right Flanged Base

A

E G T

Solid Bar, Flanged Base Nylon Spindle

F

U-Bar, Flanged Base U-Bar, Flanged Base

Bonded Spindle Nylon Spindle

EHH All models have a blue handle grip. Supplied with spindle assembly.

High U-Bar, Flanged Base 11/64 x 17/64 Slot

-A-E

10010°-f r ir

B

Handle Bar Holding Item Bar Base Moves Moves Cap. Pack No. A BCD E Type Type (degrees) (degrees) Lbs. Qty.

Stainless Steel TC-206-SS 1.06 .40 2.75 .53 .63 Low U-Bar Flanged 90 90 100 1

TC-206-HSS 1.06 .75 2.75 .53 .63 High U-Bar Flanged 90 90 100 1


HORIZONTAL HOLD-DOWN CLAMPS Buy One or

Buy Bulk&SIVE

F4SIA•Dc AP%

The smallest of the horizontal handle, horizontal bar clamps. Steel models supplied with M4 neoprene tipped spindle assembly (TC-205208-M). Stainless steel models supplied with stainless steel hex head spindle (TC-205943).

Steel TC-205-S .67 .37 2.78 .53 .63 Solid Flanged 80 90 60 1

TC-205-SB .84 .63 2.78 .53 - Solid Straight 80 90 60 1 TC-205-SL .67 .37 2.78 .53 - Solid Left Flanged 80 90 60 1 TC-205-SR .67 .37 2.78 .53 - Solid Right Flanged 80 90 60 1 TC-205-U .67 .31 2.65 .53 .63 U-Bar Flanged 80 90 60 1

TC-205-UB .84 .53 2.65 .53 - U-Bar Straight 80 90 60 1 TC-205-UL .67 .31 2.65 .53 - U-Bar Left Flanged 80 90 60 1 TC-205-UR .67 .31 2.65 .53 U-Bar Right Flanged 80 90 60 1

Stainless TC-205-SSS* .67 .37 2.75 .53 .63 Solid Flanged 80 90 60 1 TC-205-USS* .67 .31 2.66 .53 .63 U-Bar Flanged 80 90 60 1

*Handle does not have vinyl grip.

Economy Horizontal Handle Hold-Down Clamps

M.6412.-RITE

Handle Bar Holding item Bar Base Handle Spindle Moves Moves Cap. Pack No. A B C D E F G H J K Type Type Type Size (degrees) (degrees) Lbs. Qty.

ETC-14051 .70 3.10 .34 .42 .65 .95 .98 .78 .17 .48 U-Bar Flanged Horizontal 8-32 x .75 Nylon

80

90

60 ETC-14054 .73 3.24 .42 .41 .64 .95 .98 .87 .17 Solid Flanged Horizontal 8-32 x .75 Nylon

80

90

60 ETC-14351 2.55 10.40 1.73 1.62 1.60 2.25 2.23 4.29 .31 2.75 U-Bar Flanged Horizontal %-16 x 3.50 Bonded

50

85

750

Series TC-206-SS

eye* f01[5:11ft;

Low U-Bar, Flanged Base

Made of stainless steel. Offers good clearance height under the bar, while maintaining a low profile. Optional high bar provides even more space to clamp for thicker material. Furnished with flanged washers (TC-105906) and stainless steel spindle assembly (TC-205943), two 8-32 jam nuts and one 8-32 x 34" bolt.

322 322

E

D

11/16 x 17/64 Slot

C

A AB B



Solid Bar, Left Flanged Base

Solid Bar, Right Flanged Base

U-Bar, Flanged Base


U-Bar, Right Flanged Base

Series TC-205

The smallest of the horizontal handle, horizontal bar clamps. Steel models supplied with M4 neoprene tipped spindle assembly (TC-205208-M). Stainless steel models supplied with stainless steel hex head spindle (TC-205943).


ItemNo. A B C D E

BarType

BaseType


Bar Moves(degrees)

HoldingCap.Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-205-S .67 .37 2.78 .53 .63 Solid Flanged 80 90 60 1

TC-205-SB .84 .63 2.78 .53 — Solid Straight 80 90 60 1TC-205-SL .67 .37 2.78 .53 — Solid Left Flanged 80 90 60 1TC-205-SR .67 .37 2.78 .53 — Solid Right Flanged 80 90 60 1TC-205-U .67 .31 2.65 .53 .63 U-Bar Flanged 80 90 60 1

TC-205-UB .84 .53 2.65 .53 — U-Bar Straight 80 90 60 1TC-205-UL .67 .31 2.65 .53 — U-Bar Left Flanged 80 90 60 1TC-205-UR .67 .31 2.65 .53 — U-Bar Right Flanged 80 90 60 1

StainlessTC-205-SSS* .67 .37 2.75 .53 .63 Solid Flanged 80 90 60 1TC-205-USS* .67 .31 2.66 .53 .63 U-Bar Flanged 80 90 60 1

Economy Horizontal HandleHold-Down Clamps

All models have a blue handle grip. Supplied with spindle assembly.

C C

HB E

A A

K

D

F

ØJ

E G


BarType

BaseType

HandleType

SpindleSize

Handle Moves

(degrees)

Bar Moves

(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-14051 .70 3.10 .34 .42 .65 .95 .98 .78 .17 .48 U-Bar Flanged Horizontal 8-32 x .75 Nylon 80 90 60 1ETC-14054 .73 3.24 .42 .41 .64 .95 .98 .87 .17 — Solid Flanged Horizontal 8-32 x .75 Nylon 80 90 60 1ETC-14351 2.55 10.40 1.73 1.62 1.60 2.25 2.23 4.29 .31 2.75 U-Bar Flanged Horizontal 3⁄8-16 x 3.50 Bonded 50 85 750 1

U-Bar, Flanged BaseNylon Spindle

Solid Bar, Flanged BaseNylon Spindle

U-Bar, Flanged BaseBonded Spindle

Made of stainless steel. Offers good clearance height under the bar, while maintaining a low profile. Optional high bar provides even more space to clamp for thicker material. Furnished with flanged washers (TC-105906) and stainless steel spindle assembly (TC-205943), two 8-32 jam nuts and one 8-32 x 3⁄4" bolt.

ItemNo. A B C D E

BarType

BaseType

Handle Moves

(degrees)

Bar Moves

(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

Stainless SteelTC-206-SS 1.06 .40 2.75 .53 .63 Low U-Bar Flanged 90 90 100 1

TC-206-HSS 1.06 .75 2.75 .53 .63 High U-Bar Flanged 90 90 100 1

A

C

D

E

B

11/64 x 17/64 Slot

High U-Bar, Flanged Base

Low U-Bar, Flanged Base

Series TC-206-SS


FWAHL

SmallO



.96 .98 .87

E

D

17/64 "ID Dia.

90 500 90 500

C

ow

CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING 'IN


Series TC-213, 217, 227, 237, 245

Safety designed to give more hand clearance between the bar and handle when clamps are in full, open position. Bar guide feature gives extra lateral support and rigidity to hold-down bar at front of base. Steel models are supplied with a neoprene tipped spindle assembly and flanged washers. Stainless Steel models are supplied with a stainless steel hex head spindle assembly. U-bar type.

Handle Bar Holding item Moves Base Moves Cap. Pack No. A B C D E F d=sees A•= d=sees Lbs.

Steel TC-213-U 1.39 .72 4.12 .53 .70 M5 60 Flanged 90 150 1 TC-217-U 1.95 .97 6.56 1.03 1.12 M6 76 Flanged 92 200 1 TC-227-U 2.43 1.30 7.56 1.03 1.22 M8 62 Flanged 92 500 1 TC-237-U 3.20 1.62 10.67 1.63 1.69 M10 63 Flanged 92 750 1 TC-245-U 4.25 2.25 12.33 1.63 1.63 1/2-13 67 Flanged 105 1,000 1

Stainless Steel TC-213-USS 1.36 .75 3.94 .53 .69 10-32 60 Flanged 90 150 1 TC-217-USS 1.97 .97 6.30 1.03 1.15 1/4-20 76 Flanged 92 250 1 TC-227-USS 2.39 1.31 7.24 1.03 1.23 Vie-18 62 Flanged 92 600 1

Series TC-215

Steel models furnished with M6 bonded neoprene spindle (TC-202208-M), jam nuts and flanged washers or bolt retainer. Stainless steel model supplied with stainless steel hex head spindle (TC-202943), without neoprene tip.

Handle Bar Item Bar Base Moves Moves Holding Pack No. A B C D E Type Type (degrees) (degrees) Cap. Lbs. Qty.

Steel

TC-215-S 1.53 1.03 5.50 1 .88 Solid Flanged 70 90 200 1 TC-215-U 1.53 1.03 5.50 1 .88 U-Bar Flanged 70 90 200 1

Stainless Steel

TC-215-USS* 1.53 1.03 5.50 1 .88 U-Bar Flanged 70 90 200 1


U-Bar, Straight Base Bonded Spindle

U-Bar, Flanged Base Bonded Spindle

All models have a blue handle grip. Supplied with spindle assembly. E

Item Handle Bar

Bar Base Moves Moves Holding Pack No. A BCD E F G H J K Type Type Handle Type Spindle Size (degrees) (degrees) Cap. Lbs. Qty.

CC

tx H-4-1

Series TC-225

Steel model furnished with M8 bonded neoprene tipped spindle (TC-225208-M), flanged washers and lock nuts. Stainless steel model supplied with stainless steel hex head spindle (TC-207943), without neoprene tip.

Handle Bar Holding item Bar Base Moves Moves Cap. Pack No. A B C D E Type Type (degrees) (degrees) Lbs. Qty.

Steel

TC-225-U 1.84 1.32 6.70 1 .88 U-Bar Flanged 70 92 500 1 Stainless Steel

TC-225-USS* 1.84 1.32 6.70 1 .88 U-Bar Flanged 70 92 600 1



NM.

U-Bar, Flanged Base Bonded Spindle


U-Bar, Straight Base Bonded Spindle

Holding item Bar Base Handle Spindle Handle Moves Bar Moves Cap. Pack No. A B C D E F G H J K Typo Type Type Size (degrees) (degrees) Lbs. Qty.

323

•=0444.4

U-Bar Flanged Base

.-I

U-Bar Flanged Base

E A

D

C


s • 11111mb

CSR E G rerre -A- T

I-4- F.-1

ETC-14151 1.52 5.90 1.46 1.36 2.29 .21 1.51 U-Bar Flanged Horizontal 1/4-20 x 2.13 Bonded 200 1 2.28 .21 1.33 U-Bar Straight Horizontal 'A-20 x 2.13 Bonded 60 85 200 1

60 85 ETC-14152 1.76 5.90 1.23 .98 xx 1.46

C

U-Bar Flanged Base

Cr- P-DESIA<c‘ 41/

•=1,4444,

-Y- A -js in E G

Y FUTE -A-

65 ETC-14252 2.18 6.88 1.66 .99 xx 1.51 - 2.91 .28 1.42 U-Bar Straight Horizontal Vre-18 x 3.00 Bonded 65 ETC-14251 1.96 6.88 1.31 .99 .89 1.51 1.36 2.91 .28 1.31 U-Bar Flanged Horizontal 5/1e-18 x 3.00 Bonded

f

L

323


BarType

BaseType

HandleType

SpindleSize


Bar Moves(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-14251 1.96 6.88 1.31 .99 .89 1.51 1.36 2.91 .28 1.31 U-Bar Flanged Horizontal 5⁄16-18 x 3.00 Bonded 65 90 500 1ETC-14252 2.18 6.88 1.66 .99 xx 1.51 — 2.91 .28 1.42 U-Bar Straight Horizontal 5⁄16-18 x 3.00 Bonded 65 90 500 1

Series TC-213, 217, 227, 237, 245

E

D

CF Thd.

AA

BB

Safety designed to give more hand clearance between the bar and handle when clamps are in full, open position. Bar guide feature gives extra lateral support and rigidity to hold-down bar at front of base. Steel models are supplied with a neoprene tipped spindle assembly and flanged washers. Stainless Steel models are supplied with a stainless steel hex head spindle assembly. U-bar type. U-Bar

Flanged Base

ItemNo. A B C D E F

Handle Moves

(degrees)BaseType

Bar Moves

(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-213-U 1.39 .72 4.12 .53 .70 M5 60 Flanged 90 150 1TC-217-U 1.95 .97 6.56 1.03 1.12 M6 76 Flanged 92 200 1TC-227-U 2.43 1.30 7.56 1.03 1.22 M8 62 Flanged 92 500 1TC-237-U 3.20 1.62 10.67 1.63 1.69 M10 63 Flanged 92 750 1TC-245-U 4.25 2.25 12.33 1.63 1.63 1⁄2-13 67 Flanged 105 1,000 1

Stainless SteelTC-213-USS 1.36 .75 3.94 .53 .69 10-32 60 Flanged 90 150 1TC-217-USS 1.97 .97 6.30 1.03 1.15 1⁄4-20 76 Flanged 92 250 1TC-227-USS 2.39 1.31 7.24 1.03 1.23 5⁄16-18 62 Flanged 92 600 1

Series TC-225

C

17/64Dia.

D

E

AB



U-BarFlanged Base

Series TC-215

AB

C

D

E

Steel models furnished with M6 bonded neoprene spindle (TC-202208-M), jam nuts and flanged washers or bolt retainer. Stainless steel model supplied with stainless steel hex head spindle (TC-202943), without neoprene tip.


U-BarFlanged Base

ItemNo. A B C D E

BarType

BaseType

Handle Moves

(degrees)

Bar Moves

(degrees)Holding

Cap. Lbs.PackQty.

SteelTC-215-S 1.53 1.03 5.50 1 .88 Solid Flanged 70 90 200 1TC-215-U 1.53 1.03 5.50 1 .88 U-Bar Flanged 70 90 200 1

Stainless SteelTC-215-USS* 1.53 1.03 5.50 1 .88 U-Bar Flanged 70 90 200 1

ItemNo. A B C D E

BarType

BaseType

Handle Moves

(degrees)

Bar Moves

(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-225-U 1.84 1.32 6.70 1 .88 U-Bar Flanged 70 92 500 1

Stainless SteelTC-225-USS* 1.84 1.32 6.70 1 .88 U-Bar Flanged 70 92 600 1

C C

HB E

A A

K

D

F

ØJ

E G


U-Bar, Straight BaseBonded Spindle

U-Bar, Flanged BaseBonded Spindle


BarType

BaseType Handle Type Spindle Size

Handle Moves

(degrees)

Bar Moves

(degrees)Holding

Cap. Lbs.PackQty.

ETC-14151 1.52 5.90 .96 .98 .87 1.46 1.36 2.29 .21 1.51 U-Bar Flanged Horizontal 1⁄4-20 x 2.13 Bonded 60 85 200 1ETC-14152 1.76 5.90 1.23 .98 xx 1.46 — 2.28 .21 1.33 U-Bar Straight Horizontal 1⁄4-20 x 2.13 Bonded 60 85 200 1


C C

HB E

A A

K

D

F

ØJ

E G


U-Bar, Straight BaseBonded SpindleU-Bar, Flanged Base

Bonded Spindle



FWAHL

SmallO



TC-225-UR,235-UR DE-STA-CO. Toggle Lock Plus

Item No.

Base Handle Moves Bar Move - (degrees) (degree) A D E F Type

Holding Cap. Lbs.

Pack Qty.

TC-225-UR 1.92 .88 1.63

1.32 1.75

1.00 1.63

7.14 10.50 TC-235-UR 2.50

92 70 .27 .33

500 U-Bar U-Bar

Flanged Flanged 92 70 750

150 350 750

.63 M8 170 90 1.16 M8 170 90 1.50 M10 170 90

.63 M8 170 90 200 1.16 Me-18 170 90 350 1.50 %-16 170 90 750

Small compact clamps provide considerable holding capacity in a small size. T-handle can be operated from either side or from behind. All have U-Bar and flanged base. Handles move 170 degrees, bars move 90 degrees. Steel versions supplied with neoprene tipped spindle except TC-309 which comes with slip on neoprene cap. Stainless steel versions supplied with hex head spindle.

Steel TC-305-U 1.38 .50 2.22 .53 TC-307-U 2.40 .87 3.60 .91 TC-309-U 3.55 1.30 5.18 1.38

Stainless Steel TC-305-USS 1.38 .50 2.22 .53 TC-307-USS 2.40 .87 3.60 .91 TC-309-USS 3.55 1.30 5.18 1.38

T

D

Series TC-305, 307, 309

(305) - For #8 Screw (307) - For Screw (309) - For 511e' Screw

F Thd.

B

A

U-Bar Flanged Base


.53

.91 1.38

.66 1.03 1.17 1.72 1.50 2.52

TC-305-UR 1.44 2.25 U-Bar

Flanged Based

Handle Bar Holding Spindle Moves Opening Cap. Pack

Assembly (degrees) (degrees) Lbs. Qty. Flanged Washer C D E F

Item No. A B G H J K

TA

I

TC-102111 TC-305208-M 175 92 150

TC-305-UR, 307-UR DE-STA-Clr Toggle Lock Plus

TC-307-UR 2.44 3.61

These clamps feature a compact locking lever, which locks in the clamped position only. Provided with red vinyl handle grip and flanged washers. Supplied with neoprene-tipped spindle assemblies.

TC-507107 TC-307208-M 175 92 350 .50 .53 .63 1.03 1.00 1.22 .17 .50 .88 .91 1.16 1.72 1.81 1.89 .28 .75

Handle Bar Holding Moves Moves Cap. Pack

(degrees) (degrees) Lbs. Qty. ETC-16051 1.47 2.30 .65 ETC-16071 2.49 3.68 .89 ETC-16091 3.73 5.33 1.31

1.26 .17 .44 1.32 U-Bar Flanged Tee 1.93 .28 .77 2.01 U-Bar Flanged Tee 2.81 .31 1.32 2.48 U-Bar Flanged Tee

10-24 x 1.38 Bonded 5/113-18 x 2.50 Bonded %-16 x 3.50 Bonded

170 90 150 170 90 350 170 90 750

1.03 1.82 2.52

324



Series TC-235


TC-235-USS 2.55 1.75 10.87 1.63 1.63 U-Bar Flanged 55 90 750 1

U-Bar Flanged Base

21/64,,P Dia. E

D


C

U-Bar, Flanged Base M10 Bonded Neoprene

Tipped Spindle

F

LOCKING MECHANISM

Equipped with a locking lever which locks in clamped position only. Large handle pad for greater comfort. TC-225-UR supplied with an M8 neoprene tipped spindle assembly (TC-225208-M) and two washers (TC-507107). TC-235-UR furnished with M10 bonded neoprene tipped spindle (TC-240208-M), flanged washers and jam nuts.

Handle Bar Bar Base Moves Moves Holding Pack

AB C DE Type Type (degrees) (degrees) Cap. Lbs. Qty. Steel

TC-235-U 2.55 1.75 10.87 1.63 1.63 U-Bar Flanged 55 90 750 1 Stainless Steel

E

324

U-BarFlanged Base

Equipped with a locking lever which locks in clamped position only. Large handle pad for greater comfort. TC-225-UR supplied with an M8 neoprene tipped spindle assembly (TC-225208-M) and two washers (TC-507107). TC-235-UR furnished with M10 bonded neoprene tipped spindle (TC-240208-M), flanged washers and jam nuts.

ItemNo. A B C D E F

BarType

BaseType


Bar Moves(degree)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-225-UR 1.92 1.32 7.14 1.00 .88 .27 U-Bar Flanged 70 92 500 1TC-235-UR 2.50 1.75 10.50 1.63 1.63 .33 U-Bar Flanged 70 92 750 1

TC-225-UR,235-URDE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus

LOCKINGMECHANISM

C

BA

D

EF

U-Bar, Flanged BaseM10 Bonded Neoprene

Tipped Spindle

Small compact clamps provide considerable holding capacity in a small size. T-handle can be operated from either side or from behind. All have U-Bar and flanged base. Handles move 170 degrees, bars move 90 degrees. Steel versions supplied with neoprene tipped spindle except TC-309 which comes with slip on neoprene cap. Stainless steel versions supplied with hex head spindle.

ItemNo. A B C D E F


Bar Moves(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-305-U 1.38 .50 2.22 .53 .63 M8 170 90 150 1TC-307-U 2.40 .87 3.60 .91 1.16 M8 170 90 350 1TC-309-U 3.55 1.30 5.18 1.38 1.50 M10 170 90 750 1

Stainless SteelTC-305-USS 1.38 .50 2.22 .53 .63 M8 170 90 200 1TC-307-USS 2.40 .87 3.60 .91 1.16 5⁄16-18 170 90 350 1TC-309-USS 3.55 1.30 5.18 1.38 1.50 3⁄8-16 170 90 750 1

Series TC-305, 307, 309

E

D

B

C

A

(305) - For #8 Screw(307) - For 1/4" Screw(309) - For 5/16" Screw

F Thd.

U-BarFlanged Base



BarType

BaseType

HandleType

SpindleSize

Handle Moves

(degrees)

Bar Moves

(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-16051 1.47 2.30 .65 .53 .66 1.03 1.03 1.26 .17 .44 1.32 U-Bar Flanged Tee 10-24 x 1.38 Bonded 170 90 150 1ETC-16071 2.49 3.68 .89 .91 1.17 1.72 1.82 1.93 .28 .77 2.01 U-Bar Flanged Tee 5⁄16-18 x 2.50 Bonded 170 90 350 1ETC-16091 3.73 5.33 1.31 1.38 1.50 2.52 2.52 2.81 .31 1.32 2.48 U-Bar Flanged Tee 3⁄8-16 x 3.50 Bonded 170 90 750 1

Economy Horizontal T-HandleHold-Down Clamps

FD ØJ

E GL

K

These clamps feature a compact locking lever, which locks in the clamped position only. Provided with red vinyl handle grip and flanged washers. Supplied with neoprene-tipped spindle assemblies.


FlangedWasher

SpindleAssembly

Handle Moves

(degrees)


HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-305-UR 1.44 2.25 .50 .53 .63 1.03 1.00 1.22 .17 .50 TC-102111 TC-305208-M 175 92 150 1TC-307-UR 2.44 3.61 .88 .91 1.16 1.72 1.81 1.89 .28 .75 TC-507107 TC-307208-M 175 92 350 1

TC-305-UR, 307-URDE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus

HB

A

C

FD

GE

J

K

U-BarFlanged Based

A

C

HB

Series TC-235


ItemNo. A B C D E

BarType

BaseType

Handle Moves

(degrees)

Bar Moves

(degrees)Holding

Cap. Lbs.PackQty.

SteelTC-235-U 2.55 1.75 10.87 1.63 1.63 U-Bar Flanged 55 90 750 1

Stainless SteelTC-235-USS 2.55 1.75 10.87 1.63 1.63 U-Bar Flanged 55 90 750 1


C

21/64Dia.

D

E

AB

FWAHL

SmallO



0 °0 1 WO*

0000

STC-HH50 1.79 .84 8.25 1.00 STC-HH70 2.50 1.54

8.25 1.00

1.52 2.24 2.00 25-550 700 1 1.52 2.24 2.75 25-550 700 1

Pages 17, 22, 34, 36, 37

CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING ,' N

AUTO-ADJUST HORIZONTAL HANDLE HOLD DOWN CLAMPS ._,1

Horizontal Toggle Clamps -4- -I.

B y

0 o

Auto-Adjust - The Bessey auto-adjust toggle clamp automatically adjusts to variations in work piece dimensions while maintaining constant clamping force. No more time-consuming manual adjustment of the spindle height to maintain safe and correct clamping force. The removable non-marring plastic cap is included on the '/8" diameter pads. Adjusting Clamping Force - The integrated clamping force adjustment screw can be used to create an actually applied clamping force from 25 to 550 lbs. (max holding capacity 700 lbs.) One Bessey auto -adjust toggle clamp can replace a range of competitive clamps. Adaptable Base Plate - The large (2'/4" x 2'/2") flange base is designed for use with '4" or M6 fasteners. Mounting holes are sized and spaced for easy mounting and versatility. Extra Large Handle - The large 1" x 2'43" handle offers greater user comfort and ease of operation.

-M!M!!!!!!!!MEEIWEMSM Note: Clamping force range is variable and dependent on spindle settings, pressure screw setting, force applied, etc.

...use these knobs with our hold-down clamps.

325 325

FOR QUICK PLUNGER ADJUSTMENTS...

...use these knobs with our hold-down clamps.

Pages 17, 22, 34, 36, 37

Horizontal Toggle Clamps

Auto-Adjust - The Bessey auto-adjust toggle clamp automatically adjusts to variations in work piece dimensions while maintaining constant clamping force. No more time-consuming manual adjustment of the spindle height to maintain safe and correct clamping force. The removable non-marring plastic cap is included on the 7⁄8" diameter pads.Adjusting Clamping Force - The integrated clamping force adjustment screw can be used to create an actually applied clamping force from 25 to 550 lbs. (max holding capacity 700 lbs.) One Bessey auto -adjust toggle clamp can replace a range of competitive clamps.Adaptable Base Plate - The large ( 21⁄4" x 21⁄2") flange base is designed for use with 1⁄4" or M6 fasteners. Mounting holes are sized and spaced for easy mounting and versatility.Extra Large Handle - The large 1" x 21⁄8" handle offers greater user comfort and ease of operation.

Note: Clamping force range is variable and dependent on spindle settings, pressure screw setting, force applied, etc.

B

A

C

G E

D

ItemNo. A B C D E G Opening

ClampingForce Range

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

STC-HH50 1.79 .84 8.25 1.00 1.52 2.24 2.00 25-550 700 1STC-HH70 2.50 1.54 8.25 1.00 1.52 2.24 2.75 25-550 700 1

AUTO-ADJUST HORIZONTAL HANDLE HOLD DOWN CLAMPS

FWAHL

SmallO



Horizontal Hold Down Clamps with Safety Interlock Flat Foot and Adjustable Clamping Spindle Series 05900

New

cpp

D

T

".• Hole arrangement for Item No. KC-150, KC-155, and KC-160

E F


H K /4-

-e-F1

2=11E2416 Toggle clamp in the closed locked position


Horizontal Hold Down Clamps With Flat Foot and Adjustable Clamping Spindle Series 05900

H K -0+1. I-C

D .-0-1

F-N-1 1-4-E-04

Hole arrangement for Item No. KC-110,

KC-115, and KC-120

H

E-0-1 1-*F


T


New


C

rli N CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING

HORIZONTAL HOLD-DOWN CLAMPS Buy One or

Buy Bulk&SIVE


item No. A B C D E F G

KC-150 63.3 25.5 193.3 5.5 26.0 6.5 KC-155 73.9 32.2 230.3 6.2 26.0 9 KC-160 94.8 40.0 286.0 8.8 41.5 9 KC-165 104.9 52.3 321.3 8.5 44.0 10 40

Holding Capacity Pack

H M N P Lbs. Qty.

39 162 44 187 59 270 65 225

28

39

53.4

M6 x 35mm 31

45

51.1

M8 x 45mm 43

59

56.5

M10 x 55mm 42

67

56.5

M12 x 70mm


Item No. A M N P

Holding Capacity Pa

Lbs.

KC-100 29.3 11.7 91.8 4.2 16.0 4 12.74 16.0 24 20.0 M4 x 16 24 56 KC-105 43.4 18.0 126.3 5.5 18.0 4.5 13.5 16.8 27 22.5 M5 x 25 27 124 KC-110 63.2 25.5 186.7 5.5 26.0 6.5 28.0 39 43.5 M6 x 35 39 162 KC-115 73.9 32.2 223.2 6.2 26.0 9 31.0 45 41.5 M8 x 45 44 187 KC-120 94.8 40.0 279.4 8.8 41.5 9 43.0 59 47.0 M10 x 55 59 270 KC-125 104.8 52.3 314.7 8.5 44.0 10 40 42.0 67 47.0 M12 x 70 65 225

326 326

B

N

P

A

C

J

M

H K

F E

D

Hole arrangement for Item No. KC-150, KC-155, and KC-160

GFE

H

D






HoldingCapacity

Lbs.PackQty.

KC-150 63.3 25.5 193.3 5.5 26.0 6.5 — 28 39 53.4 M6 x 35mm 39 162 1KC-155 73.9 32.2 230.3 6.2 26.0 9 — 31 45 51.1 M8 x 45mm 44 187 1KC-160 94.8 40.0 286.0 8.8 41.5 9 — 43 59 56.5 M10 x 55mm 59 270 1KC-165 104.9 52.3 321.3 8.5 44.0 10 40 42 67 56.5 M12 x 70mm 65 225 1

Horizontal Hold Down Clamps with Safety InterlockFlat Foot and Adjustable Clamping SpindleSeries 05900

B

N

P

A

M

J

C

H K

GF E

D

H


F E

D


KC-115, and KC-120

GF E

H

D


GFE

H

D




HoldingCapacity

Lbs.PackQty.

KC-100 29.3 11.7 91.8 4.2 16.0 4 12.74 16.0 24 20.0 M4 x 16 24 56 1KC-105 43.4 18.0 126.3 5.5 18.0 4.5 13.5 16.8 27 22.5 M5 x 25 27 124 1KC-110 63.2 25.5 186.7 5.5 26.0 6.5 — 28.0 39 43.5 M6 x 35 39 162 1KC-115 73.9 32.2 223.2 6.2 26.0 9 — 31.0 45 41.5 M8 x 45 44 187 1KC-120 94.8 40.0 279.4 8.8 41.5 9 — 43.0 59 47.0 M10 x 55 59 270 1KC-125 104.8 52.3 314.7 8.5 44.0 10 40 42.0 67 47.0 M12 x 70 65 225 1

Horizontal Hold Down ClampsWith Flat Foot and Adjustable Clamping SpindleSeries 05900


FWAHL

SmallO



Horizontal Hold Down Clamps with Safety Interlock With Straight Foot and Adjustable Clamping Spindle Series 05904

New,

K (e)

C F•1 GE


[4 p


2==041114 Toggle clamp in the closed locked position


INE=MMMI RE MI Holding Capacity

Pack Lbs. Qty.

FH-E G


-ED

f B

K

C

IMMENIM%li




KC-250 74.3 37.0 193.7 5.5 26.0 6.5 14.1 9.1 53.4 M6 x 35 39 162 KC-255 88.2 46.5 230.3 6.2 26.0 9 14.1 9.1 51.1 M8 x 45 44 187 KC-260 114.4 59.6 286.4 8.8 41.5 9 16.2 9.2 56.5 M10 x 55 59 270 KC-265 128.4 75.9 321.3 8.5 44.0 10 40 16.2 9.2 56.5 M12 x 70 65 225

Horizontal Hold Down Clamps With Straight Foot and Adjustable Clamping Spindle Series 05904

< New

E


-0-1 1 1--D E p )1


KC-210, and KC-215

F


KC-200 51.8 26.0 125.7 5.5 18.0 4.5 13.5 8.1 4.1 22.5 M5 x 25 27 124 KC-205 74.2 37.0 186.8 5.5 26.0 6.5 14.1 9.1 43.5 M6 x 35 39 162 KC-210 88.2 46.5 273.5 6.2 26.0 9 14.1 9.1 41.5 M8 x 45 44 187 KC-215 114.4 59.6 279.3 8.8 41.5 9 16.2 9.2 47.0 M10 x 55 59 270 KC-220 128.4 75.9 314.7 8.5 44.0 10 40 16.2 9.2 47.0 M12 x 70 65 225

327 327

B

N

M

JH

K

A

CF

EP


D

GF E

D






HoldingCapacity

Lbs.PackQty.

KC-250 74.3 37.0 193.7 5.5 26.0 6.5 — 14.1 9.1 53.4 M6 x 35 39 162 1KC-255 88.2 46.5 230.3 6.2 26.0 9 — 14.1 9.1 51.1 M8 x 45 44 187 1KC-260 114.4 59.6 286.4 8.8 41.5 9 — 16.2 9.2 56.5 M10 x 55 59 270 1KC-265 128.4 75.9 321.3 8.5 44.0 10 40 16.2 9.2 56.5 M12 x 70 65 225 1

Horizontal Hold Down Clamps with Safety InterlockWith Straight Foot and Adjustable Clamping SpindleSeries 05904

B

N

M

JH

K

A

C

FD

EP


KC-210, and KC-215

D

GF E

D


GF E

D


Horizontal Hold Down ClampsWith Straight Foot and Adjustable Clamping SpindleSeries 05904



HoldingCapacity

Lbs.PackQty.

KC-200 51.8 26.0 125.7 5.5 18.0 4.5 13.5 8.1 4.1 22.5 M5 x 25 27 124 1KC-205 74.2 37.0 186.8 5.5 26.0 6.5 — 14.1 9.1 43.5 M6 x 35 39 162 1KC-210 88.2 46.5 273.5 6.2 26.0 9 — 14.1 9.1 41.5 M8 x 45 44 187 1KC-215 114.4 59.6 279.3 8.8 41.5 9 — 16.2 9.2 47.0 M10 x 55 59 270 1KC-220 128.4 75.9 314.7 8.5 44.0 10 40 16.2 9.2 47.0 M12 x 70 65 225 1


FWAHL

SmallO



4.00 ETC-12010 1.88 8.40 .75 1.22 1.38 1.72 .28 .60 .12 1.59 Fixed Hook

.39 .63 .75 1.02 1.11 .79

.56 .75 1.25 1.56 1.75 1.00

.75 1.63 1.50 2.38 2.13 1.50

Steel TC-323 1.13 4.00 TC-331 1.96 5.97 TC-341 2.89 7.50

Stainless Steel TC-323-SS 1.13 4.00 .39 .63 .75 1.02 1.11 .79 1.81 .17 .17 .75 .52 .13 .47 360 1 TC-331-SS 1.96 5.97 .56 .75 1.25 1.56 1.75 1.00 1.75 .27 .27 1.00 .69 .17 .66 720 1 TC-341-SS 2.89 7.50 .75 1.63 1.50 2.38 2.13 1.50 2.50 .33 .33 1.75 1.19 .31 .94 2,000 1


HORIZONTAL PULL-ACTION LATCH CLAMPS

Series TC-301, 311

Fixed stop automatically limits handle travel at various clamping positions once the clamp is installed. Red vinyl handle for comfortable operation.

Drawing Holding Pack No. A B D E F G J K N Movement Cap. Lbs. Qty.

Steel

TC-301 1.91 8.40 .75 1.25 1.38 1.75 .28 .56 .12 4.00 375 1 TC-311 2.44 9.52 1.25 1.78 1.91 2.53 .33 .56 .13 3.38 1,200 1

Stainless Steel TC-301-SS 1.91 8.40 .75 1.25 1.38 1.75 .28 .56 .12 4.00 450 1

Economy Pull-Action Latch Clamps

111111.

-71 4t1*-

Economy Pull Action Latch Clamps

.inallalg51.7.411:11111. N D - 0J

r- f K tlw E G

-44-f Y

(4-0

13 375

Item Drawing Holding Pack No. A BCD E F G H Movement J J1 K L NO Cap. Lbs. Qty.

1.81 .17 .17 .75 .52 .13 .47 360 1 1.75 .27 .27 1.00 .69 .17 .66 720 1 2.50 .33 .33 1.75 1.19 .31 .94 2,000 1

p

a All models have a blue handle grip. Clamps are supplied with latch plates.

Holding Q Hook Drawing Cap. Pack

N 0 Min. Max. Size Movement Lbs. r . Item

K No. A M4 M5 M8

1.81 1.75 2.50

360 1 700 1

2,000 1

.44 1.84 2.57

.50 2.53 3.69

.83 4.39 5.37

.17 .80 .55 .13

.28 1.00 .79 .17

.34 1.75 1.17 .31

ETC-12230 1.31 4.18 .40 .62 .76 1.03 1.12 .78 ETC-12310 1.91 6.56 .48 .78 1.25 1.52 1.75 1.01 ETC-12410 2.75 8.48 .76 1.62 1.44 2.39 2.12 1.17

Drawing Holding Pack A B C D E F G H J 0 Movement Cap. Lbs. Qty.

Item No.

4.00 .39 .63 .75 1.02 1.11 .79 .17 .47 1.17 360 5.97 .56 .75 1.25 1.56 1.75 1.00 .27 .68 1.75 700 7.50 .75 1.63 1.50 2.38 2.12 1.50 .33 .94 2.50 2,000

Steel TC-323-R 1.23 TC-331-R 2.08 TC-341-R 2.89

Stainless Steel TC-323-RSS 1.23 4.00 .39 .63 .75 1.02 1.11 .79 .17 .47 1.17 360 TC-331-RSS 2.08 5.97 .56 .75 1.25 1.56 1.75 1.00 .27 .68 1.75 720 TC-341-RSS 2.89 7.50 .75 1.63 1.50 2.38 2.12 1.50 .33 .94 2.50 2,000

All models have a blue handle grip. Item Bar Drawing Holding Pack No. A B D E F G J K NO Type Movement Cap. Lbs. Qty.

Series TC-323, 331, 341

The threaded U-bolt permits easy adjustment and provides a positive connection with the supplied latch plate. Furnished with a thumb control lever.

L

B

i(11 ,r,C1 D H

F> <

A 0 1

Series TC-323-R, TC-331-R, 341-R DE-STA-004° Toggle Lock Plus

Supplied with a locking lever catch which allows clamp to lock in closed position only. The threaded U-bolt provides easy adjustment and a positive connection with the supplied latch plate.

•=)•••••••

328


ir'"-DESPtC0-"4 -•16,

A t E G

A

328

Series TC-301, 311

Fixed stop automatically limits handle travel at various clamping positions once the clamp is installed. Red vinyl handle for comfortable operation.

ItemNo. A B D E F G J K N

DrawingMovement

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-301 1.91 8.40 .75 1.25 1.38 1.75 .28 .56 .12 4.00 375 1TC-311 2.44 9.52 1.25 1.78 1.91 2.53 .33 .56 .13 3.38 1,200 1

Stainless SteelTC-301-SS 1.91 8.40 .75 1.25 1.38 1.75 .28 .56 .12 4.00 450 1

Series TC-323, 331, 341

The threaded U-bolt permits easy adjustment and provides a positive connection with the supplied latch plate. Furnished with a thumb control lever.

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H

DrawingMovement J J1 K L N O

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-323 1.13 4.00 .39 .63 .75 1.02 1.11 .79 1.81 .17 .17 .75 .52 .13 .47 360 1TC-331 1.96 5.97 .56 .75 1.25 1.56 1.75 1.00 1.75 .27 .27 1.00 .69 .17 .66 720 1TC-341 2.89 7.50 .75 1.63 1.50 2.38 2.13 1.50 2.50 .33 .33 1.75 1.19 .31 .94 2,000 1

Stainless SteelTC-323-SS 1.13 4.00 .39 .63 .75 1.02 1.11 .79 1.81 .17 .17 .75 .52 .13 .47 360 1TC-331-SS 1.96 5.97 .56 .75 1.25 1.56 1.75 1.00 1.75 .27 .27 1.00 .69 .17 .66 720 1TC-341-SS 2.89 7.50 .75 1.63 1.50 2.38 2.13 1.50 2.50 .33 .33 1.75 1.19 .31 .94 2,000 1

Series TC-323-R, TC-331-R, 341-RDE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus

Supplied with a locking lever catch which allows clamp to lock in closed position only. The threaded U-bolt provides easy adjustment and a positive connection with the supplied latch plate.

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H J O

DrawingMovement

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-323-R 1.23 4.00 .39 .63 .75 1.02 1.11 .79 .17 .47 1.17 360 1TC-331-R 2.08 5.97 .56 .75 1.25 1.56 1.75 1.00 .27 .68 1.75 700 1TC-341-R 2.89 7.50 .75 1.63 1.50 2.38 2.12 1.50 .33 .94 2.50 2,000 1

Stainless SteelTC-323-RSS 1.23 4.00 .39 .63 .75 1.02 1.11 .79 .17 .47 1.17 360 1TC-331-RSS 2.08 5.97 .56 .75 1.25 1.56 1.75 1.00 .27 .68 1.75 720 1TC-341-RSS 2.89 7.50 .75 1.63 1.50 2.38 2.12 1.50 .33 .94 2.50 2,000 1

FJ

K

ND

E G

B

A

J

K L

JB

DH

C

F

OA

G

EN

J

O

B

CF

D

H

A

GE

Economy Pull ActionLatch Clamps

All models have a blue handle grip.

ØJ

FD

E G

N

K

O A

B

ItemNo. A B D E F G J K N O

BarType

DrawingMovement

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-12010 1.88 8.40 .75 1.22 1.38 1.72 .28 .60 .12 1.59 Fixed Hook 4.00 375 1


All models have a blue handle grip. Clamps are supplied with latch plates.

L

ON

K G

A

E

CH

DF

ØJ

Q

B

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H J K L N O

QMin.

QMax.

HookSize

DrawingMovement

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-12230 1.31 4.18 .40 .62 .76 1.03 1.12 .78 .17 .80 .55 .13 .44 1.84 2.57 M4 1.81 360 1ETC-12310 1.91 6.56 .48 .78 1.25 1.52 1.75 1.01 .28 1.00 .79 .17 .50 2.53 3.69 M5 1.75 700 1ETC-12410 2.75 8.48 .76 1.62 1.44 2.39 2.12 1.17 .34 1.75 1.17 .31 .83 4.39 5.37 M8 2.50 2,000 1


FWAHL

SmallO



4111101°

Flanged Plate Weld-on Type A Type B Type C Type C Type D

Latch plate is not included (except for TC-375-B). All models furnished with a thumb control lever.

G L E

Drawing Holding Pack A B C DE F G H K L NO Movement Cap. Lbs. Qty.

Item No. Type

Item Drawing Holding Pack No. Type A B C D E F G H J K L NO Movement Cap. Lbs. Qty.

Item la Drawing Holding Pack No. A B C D E F G K N Cl Min. Max. Movement Cap. Lbs. Qty.

.75 1,500 1 TC-3051 1.77 8.98 .69 .75 1.38 2.03 1.93 .39 .31 1.99 2.50

3.50 4,000 1 2.19 7,500 1

C

ir,



TC-375, 375-B, 385, 385-L DESTko

TC-375 A TC-375-B* B

TC-385 TC-385-L D

TC-375509 Weld-on TC-385102 Flanged

4.19 9.63 1.38 2.25 2.25 3.44 3.19 2.25 1.75 3.13 .39 1.13 3.50 4.19 9.63 - - 2.81 1.00 1.38 1.75 .88 .39 1.13 3.50 3.63 8.75 1.38 2.25 2.25 3.44 3.19 2.25 2.13 3.13 .47 1.13 2.1875 1.94 9.16 1.38 2.25 2.25 3.44 3.19 2.25 2.13 3.13 .47 1.13 2.1875

Latch Plate For TC.375 Series and TC-385 Series Latch Plate For TC.375 and TC-385 only

4,000 4,000 7,500 7,500

B

*Narrow base

ETC-12750 A 3.96 11.39 1.37 2.24 2.28 3.43 3.21 2.32 .41 1.71 3.14 .39 1.17 6.22 7.21 M10 3.50 4,000 1 ETC-12850 B 3.63 10.18 1.37 2.24 2.26 3.43 3.17 2.32 .41 2.06 3.14 .46 1.08 6.13 7.25 M12 2.19 7,500 1

K? ICILANIM. MOVIE

Type B

---r t•• 11

Type A

Economy Pull Action Latch Clamps I I I I I I I I I 111 1111

Holding Hook Drawing Cap. Pack

K L N 0 Min. Max. Size Movement Lbs. Qty. Item No. Type A

0J


-A- 0

<0,-1 1Y-13-.1 Q

B

1T L E

TC-375-R, 385-R DE-STA-004°Toggle Lock Plus

Flanged Weld-on Type A Type B Plate Type C

(4, or..It...r- rgo.. Y

L E K G A

Heavy duty models. Supplied with a locking lever which locks into the forged steel base in closed position only. Latch plate not included.

TC-375-R A 4.19 9.63 1.28 2.25 2.25 3.44 3.13 2.25 .41 1.75 3.13 .39 1.13 TC-385-R B 3.63 8.75 1.38 2.25 2.25 3.44 3.19 2.25 .41 2.13 3.13 .47 1.13 TC-375509 Weld-on Latch Plate For TC-375 Series and TC-385 Series TC-385102 Flanged Latch Plate For TC-375 and TC-385 only

TC-3051 Applications: Assembly checking and welding fixtures, closure devices

• Safe, single-handed operation for containers and latches for molds. • Innovative controlled motion • Simple setup and adjustment • Clamp hook/arm moves and stays safely out of the way

TC-3051-R DE-STA-004°Toggle Lock Plus

• Secure toggle locking action Applications: Assembly checking and welding fixtures, closure devices

• Safe single handed operation for containers and latches for molds. • Innovative controlled motion • Simple setup and adjustment • Clamp hook/arm moves and stays safely out of the way

IESIMMERMI!!!!!MEREEEI TC-3051-R 1.77 8.98 .69 .75 1.38 2.03 1.93 .39 .31 1.99 2.50 .75 1,500 1

329

SON

A

DRAWING 1.10VEMENT

DRAWING 1.10VEMENT

329

TC-375, 375-B, 385, 385-L

Latch plate is not included (except for TC-375-B). All models furnished with a thumb control lever.

*Narrow base

ItemNo. Type A B C D E F G H K L N O

DrawingMovement

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-375 A 4.19 9.63 1.38 2.25 2.25 3.44 3.19 2.25 1.75 3.13 .39 1.13 3.50 4,000 1TC-375-B* B 4.19 9.63 — — — 2.81 1.00 1.38 1.75 .88 .39 1.13 3.50 4,000 1

TC-385 C 3.63 8.75 1.38 2.25 2.25 3.44 3.19 2.25 2.13 3.13 .47 1.13 2.1875 7,500 1TC-385-L D 1.94 9.16 1.38 2.25 2.25 3.44 3.19 2.25 2.13 3.13 .47 1.13 2.1875 7,500 1

TC-375509 Weld-on Latch Plate For TC-375 Series and TC-385 Series 1TC-385102 Flanged Latch Plate For TC-375 and TC-385 only 1

TC-375-R, 385-RDE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus

Heavy duty models. Supplied with a locking lever which locks into the forged steel base in closed position only. Latch plate not included.

ItemNo. Type A B C D E F G H J K L N O

DrawingMovement

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-375-R A 4.19 9.63 1.28 2.25 2.25 3.44 3.13 2.25 .41 1.75 3.13 .39 1.13 3.50 4,000 1TC-385-R B 3.63 8.75 1.38 2.25 2.25 3.44 3.19 2.25 .41 2.13 3.13 .47 1.13 2.19 7,500 1

TC-375509 Weld-on Latch Plate For TC-375 Series and TC-385 Series 1TC-385102 Flanged Latch Plate For TC-375 and TC-385 only 1

TC-3051

Safe, single-handed operationInnovative controlled motionSimple setup and adjustmentClamp hook/arm moves and stays safely out of the way

ItemNo. A B C D E F G K N Q Min.

Q Max.

DrawingMovement

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-3051 1.77 8.98 .69 .75 1.38 2.03 1.93 .39 .31 1.99 2.50 .75 1,500 1

TC-3051-RDE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus

Secure toggle locking actionSafe single handed operationInnovative controlled motionSimple setup and adjustmentClamp hook/arm moves and stays safely out of the way

ItemNo. A B C D E F G K N Q Min.

Q Max.

DrawingMovement

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-3051-R 1.77 8.98 .69 .75 1.38 2.03 1.93 .39 .31 1.99 2.50 .75 1,500 1

Weld-onType C

GKEL

B

H

C

O

N

FD

A

Type DFlanged Plate

Type A Type B

Flanged Plate

GKEL

B

H

C

O

N

FD

A

J

Type A Type B

57°

M Q

AC

NK

G E

D

BF

DRAWINGMOVEMENT

57°

M Q

AC

NK

G E

D

BF

DRAWINGMOVEMENT

Type C

Economy Pull ActionLatch Clamps


ØJ

L E

H F

K G

B

A

C D

O

ØN

Q

Type BType A

ItemNo. Type A B C D E F G H J K L N O

QMin.

QMax.

HookSize

DrawingMovement

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-12750 A 3.96 11.39 1.37 2.24 2.28 3.43 3.21 2.32 .41 1.71 3.14 .39 1.17 6.22 7.21 M10 3.50 4,000 1ETC-12850 B 3.63 10.18 1.37 2.24 2.26 3.43 3.17 2.32 .41 2.06 3.14 .46 1.08 6.13 7.25 M12 2.19 7,500 1

Applications: Assembly checking and welding fixtures, closure devices for containers and latches for molds.

Applications: Assembly checking and welding fixtures, closure devices for containers and latches for molds.

Weld-onType C


FWAHL

SmallO



N

K

0K ON

C c


11

1D H

All models have a blue handle grip. Item No. A B C D E F G N

ETC-12510 1.45 8.33 .74 94 1.44 1.50 1.99 .24 .30 ETC-12710 2.17 11.46 .96 1.25 1.97 1.86 2.61 .35 .39 ETC-12810 2.62 13.80 1.82 1.13 2.49 2.13 3.30 .41 .47

B

Min. Max. Hook Size

Drawing Movement

1.53 2.70 2.75

3.11 3.44 3.60

M8 M10 M12

4.00 5.38 6.13


375 750

1,000

TC-351-R, 371-R DE-STA-CO. Toggle Lock Plus

C ##

GE 7

..11 H

B


PULL-ACTION LATCH CLAMPS

Buy One or Buy Bulk&SIO/E

Series TC-330, 351, 371, 381

N

GE

0-1

J-hook is threaded for convenient adjustment. Furnished with a thumb control lever.

Item No. A B C D E F G J K N q Min. Q Max.

Drawing Holding Movement Cap. Lbs.

Pack Qty.

Steel TC-330 .90 5.64 .56 .50 1.23 1.00 1.69 .22 .31 .19 1.60 1.85 2.31 200 1 TC-351 1.34 8.56 .75 .75 1.38 1.50 1.94 .20 .38 .31 1.75 2.18 4.00 375 1

TC-351-B* 1.34 8.56 .86 1.50 2.00 .56 .27 .44 .31 1.75 2.18 4.00 375 1 TC-371 2.23 12.00 1.42 1.25 1.94 1.94 2.62 .34 .50 .39 2.02 2.83 5.38 750 1 TC-381 2.71 13.45 1.81 1.13 2.38 2.13 3.38 .41 .63 .47 2.17 3.10 6.13 1,000 1

Stainless Steel TC-330-55 .90 5.64 .56 .50 1.23 1.00 1.69 .22 .31 .19 1.60 1.85 2.31 200 1 TC-351-SS 1.34 8.56 .75 .75 1.38 1.50 1.94 .20 .44 .31 1.75 2.18 4.00 375 1

TC-351-BSS* 1.34 8.56 .86 1.50 - 2.00 .56 .27 .44 .31 1.75 2.18 4.00 375 1 TC-371-SS 2.23 12.00 1.42 1.25 1.94 1.94 2.62 .34 .50 .39 2.02 2.83 5.38 750 1

*Narrow base

Supplied with a locking lever catch which allows the clamp to lock in closed position only. Large handle pad improves operability. J-hook is threaded for adjustment.

Item Drawing Holding Pack No. A Movement Cap. Lbs. Qty.

TC-351-R 1.42 9.10 .75 .75 1.38 1.50 1.94 2.18 .22 .38 .31 4.00 375 TC-371-R 2.25 12.88 1.42 1.25 1.94 1.94 2.62 2.83 .34 .50 .39 5.38 750

MORE ESSENTIAL SOLUTIONS

SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS

LATCH PLATES

CLAMP SPINDLES Page 766 - 769

Page 343

Page 342 - 343

330 330

Economy Pull-ActionLatch Clamps

All models have a blue handle grip. BQ

ØNØK

AC

D

EG

F

ØJ

ItemNo. A B C D E F G J N

QMin.

QMax.

HookSize

DrawingMovement

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-12510 1.45 8.33 .74 .94 1.44 1.50 1.99 .24 .30 1.53 3.11 M8 4.00 375 1ETC-12710 2.17 11.46 .96 1.25 1.97 1.86 2.61 .35 .39 2.70 3.44 M10 5.38 750 1ETC-12810 2.62 13.80 1.82 1.13 2.49 2.13 3.30 .41 .47 2.75 3.60 M12 6.13 1,000 1

Series TC-330, 351, 371, 381

J-hook is threaded for convenient adjustment. Furnished with a thumb control lever.

*Narrow base

B

Q

C A

FD

J

EN

G K

ItemNo. A B C D E F G J K N Q Min. Q Max.

DrawingMovement

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-330 .90 5.64 .56 .50 1.23 1.00 1.69 .22 .31 .19 1.60 1.85 2.31 200 1TC-351 1.34 8.56 .75 .75 1.38 1.50 1.94 .20 .38 .31 1.75 2.18 4.00 375 1

TC-351-B* 1.34 8.56 .86 1.50 — 2.00 .56 .27 .44 .31 1.75 2.18 4.00 375 1TC-371 2.23 12.00 1.42 1.25 1.94 1.94 2.62 .34 .50 .39 2.02 2.83 5.38 750 1TC-381 2.71 13.45 1.81 1.13 2.38 2.13 3.38 .41 .63 .47 2.17 3.10 6.13 1,000 1

Stainless SteelTC-330-SS .90 5.64 .56 .50 1.23 1.00 1.69 .22 .31 .19 1.60 1.85 2.31 200 1TC-351-SS 1.34 8.56 .75 .75 1.38 1.50 1.94 .20 .44 .31 1.75 2.18 4.00 375 1

TC-351-BSS* 1.34 8.56 .86 1.50 — 2.00 .56 .27 .44 .31 1.75 2.18 4.00 375 1TC-371-SS 2.23 12.00 1.42 1.25 1.94 1.94 2.62 .34 .50 .39 2.02 2.83 5.38 750 1

TC-351-R, 371-RDE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus

Supplied with a locking lever catch which allows the clamp to lock in closed position only. Large handle pad improves operability. J-hook is threaded for adjustment.

G

AC

E

N

K

BH

F

DJ

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H J K N

DrawingMovement

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-351-R 1.42 9.10 .75 .75 1.38 1.50 1.94 2.18 .22 .38 .31 4.00 375 1TC-371-R 2.25 12.88 1.42 1.25 1.94 1.94 2.62 2.83 .34 .50 .39 5.38 750 1

MORE ESSENTIALSOLUTIONS

SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWSPage 766 - 769

CLAMP SPINDLESPage 342 - 343

LATCH PLATESPage 343

PULL-ACTION LATCH CLAMPS

FWAHL

SmallO



Series TC-324, 334, 344, 374

E G

B

-0

Latch plate included with all clamps listed below except TC-374. Furnished with a thumb control lever.

ITI


E

ICILZUMIF" RETIE

0J


B

A-Dr4c-cr

Q ON

A I~Op I P H

C DRAwING

oTt- MOVEMENT E G

r

K 0J1


VERTICAL PULL-ACTION LATCH CLAMPS

Item No. A B C D E F G N J J1 K L M N 0 0

Thread Drawing Holding Size Movement Cap. Lbs.

Pack Qty.

Steel TC-324 2.00 3.35 .56 .50 .88 1.00 1.38 1.00 .20 .17 .81 .53 2.69 .14 .19 .63 .91 M4 1.53 500 1 TC-334 2.44 4.25 .81 .75 1.00 1.31 1.56 1.50 .28 .22 1.13 .68 3.69 .25 .35 .69 1.35 M6 2.00 1,000 1 TC-344 3.24 5.35 1.06 1.25 1.44 1.94 2.13 2.13 .34 .34 1.75 1.19 5.31 .31 .50 1.25 1.93 M8 2.50 2,000 1 TC-374 2.67 5.69 .56 1.25 1.50 2.50 2.50 2.72 .41 .25 1.63 1.13 4.94 .39 .56 .75 2.34 M10 1.75 4,000 1

Stainless Steel TC-324-SS 2.00 3.35 .56 .50 .88 1.00 1.38 1.00 .20 .17 .81 .53 2.69 .14 .19 .63 .91 M4 1.53 500 1 TC-334-SS 2.44 4.25 .81 .75 1.00 1.31 1.56 1.50 .28 .22 1.13 .68 3.69 .25 .35 .69 1.35 M6 2.00 1,000 1 TC-344-SS 3.25 5.35 1.06 1.25 1.44 1.94 2.13 2.13 .34 .34 1.75 1.19 5.31 .31 .50 1.25 1.93 M8 2.50 2,000 1

Item 13 Hook Drawing Holding Pack No. A B C D E F G N J K L M N 0 P Min. Max. Size Movement Cap. Lbs. Qty.

ETC-12240 2.22 3.15 .57 .51 .87 1.02 1.39 1.00 .21 .86 .54 3.43 .12 .20 .43 .54 1.20 M4 1.53 500 ETC-12340 2.86 4.71 .81 .75 1.02 1.30 1.56 1.50 .28 1.06 .67 4.36 .23 .25 .64 .54 1.50 M6 2.00 1,000 ETC-12440 3.60 5.25 1.06 1.25 1.47 1.86 2.11 2.13 .35 1.74 1.19 5.75 .31 .50 .79 2.14 3.11 M8 2.50 2,000

Vertical Pull-Action Latch Clamps Series TC-324-R, 334-R, 344-R DE-STA-004°Toggle Lock Plus

• Ergonomic thumb controlled locking lever • Over-center toggle lock mechanism • Durable carbon steel construction • Locks to base

Applications: Ideal for quick clamping for the closure of covers and flaps on rotating or stationary containers, drums, boxes and molds-or any application where the possibility of unintentional opening exists due to vibration or abrupt movement.

Item Drawing Holding Pack No. A B C D E F G N J J1 K L M N 0 P 0 Movement Cap. Lbs. Qty.

TC-324-R 2.07 3.47 .56 .50 .88 1.00 1.38 1.00 .20 .17 .81 .52 3.05 .14 .19 .46 .98 1.53 500 TC-334-R 2.55 4.12 .81 .75 1.00 1.38 1.56 2.13 .28 .22 1.13 .68 3.95 .25 .35 .69 1.40 2.04 1,000 TC-344-R 3.39 5.77 1.06 1.31 1.44 1.94 2.13 3.17 .34 .34 1.75 1.20 5.38 .31 .50 .92 1.99 2.46 2,000

331 331

Series TC-324, 334, 344, 374

Latch plate included with all clamps listed below except TC-374. Furnished with a thumb control lever.

F

GE

B

D J

O

PH

Q

MA

N

C

L

K J

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H J J1 K L M N O P Q

ThreadSize

DrawingMovement

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-324 2.00 3.35 .56 .50 .88 1.00 1.38 1.00 .20 .17 .81 .53 2.69 .14 .19 .63 .91 M4 1.53 500 1TC-334 2.44 4.25 .81 .75 1.00 1.31 1.56 1.50 .28 .22 1.13 .68 3.69 .25 .35 .69 1.35 M6 2.00 1,000 1TC-344 3.24 5.35 1.06 1.25 1.44 1.94 2.13 2.13 .34 .34 1.75 1.19 5.31 .31 .50 1.25 1.93 M8 2.50 2,000 1TC-374 2.67 5.69 .56 1.25 1.50 2.50 2.50 2.72 .41 .25 1.63 1.13 4.94 .39 .56 .75 2.34 M10 1.75 4,000 1

Stainless SteelTC-324-SS 2.00 3.35 .56 .50 .88 1.00 1.38 1.00 .20 .17 .81 .53 2.69 .14 .19 .63 .91 M4 1.53 500 1TC-334-SS 2.44 4.25 .81 .75 1.00 1.31 1.56 1.50 .28 .22 1.13 .68 3.69 .25 .35 .69 1.35 M6 2.00 1,000 1TC-344-SS 3.25 5.35 1.06 1.25 1.44 1.94 2.13 2.13 .34 .34 1.75 1.19 5.31 .31 .50 1.25 1.93 M8 2.50 2,000 1

Vertical Pull-Action Latch ClampsSeries TC-324-R, 334-R, 344-RDE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus

Ergonomic thumb controlled locking leverOver-center toggle lock mechanismDurable carbon steel constructionLocks to base

Applications: Ideal for quick clamping for the closure of covers and flaps on rotating or stationary containers, drums, boxes and molds—or any application where the possibility of unintentional opening exists due to vibration or abrupt movement.

A

M

Q

O

HP

MOVEMENTDRAWING

øN

K øJ1L

CGE

FD J

B

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H J J1 K L M N O P Q

DrawingMovement

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-324-R 2.07 3.47 .56 .50 .88 1.00 1.38 1.00 .20 .17 .81 .52 3.05 .14 .19 .46 .98 1.53 500 1TC-334-R 2.55 4.12 .81 .75 1.00 1.38 1.56 2.13 .28 .22 1.13 .68 3.95 .25 .35 .69 1.40 2.04 1,000 1TC-344-R 3.39 5.77 1.06 1.31 1.44 1.94 2.13 3.17 .34 .34 1.75 1.20 5.38 .31 .50 .92 1.99 2.46 2,000 1



A

Q

M

H

O

Ø N

PL

C

Ø J

K

B

Ø J

E G

D

F

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H J K L M N O P

QMin.

QMax.

HookSize

DrawingMovement

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-12240 2.22 3.15 .57 .51 .87 1.02 1.39 1.00 .21 .86 .54 3.43 .12 .20 .43 .54 1.20 M4 1.53 500 1ETC-12340 2.86 4.71 .81 .75 1.02 1.30 1.56 1.50 .28 1.06 .67 4.36 .23 .25 .64 .54 1.50 M6 2.00 1,000 1ETC-12440 3.60 5.25 1.06 1.25 1.47 1.86 2.11 2.13 .35 1.74 1.19 5.75 .31 .50 .79 2.14 3.11 M8 2.50 2,000 1

VERTICAL PULL-ACTION LATCH CLAMPS

FWAHL

SmallO





STRAIGHT-LINE ACTION CLAMPS

Series TC-601, TC-6001

Type A

rv; ▪ t 40

901 Type B Type C

F

601

0

B

Type C

B

C▪ A

Type A, Type B

601-0

E G

Item Plunger Spindle Thread Holding Pack No. A BCD E F G H J M Travel Size Type Cap. Lbs. Qty.

Internal Thread

Economy Straight-Line Action Clamp

Model has a blue handle grip. Spindle is supplied.

F HDH

CSR FUTIE

H

C

Type E

Steel TC-602 A 3.14

TC-602-MM A 3.14 TC-604 B 4.16

TC-604-MM B 4.16 TC-6004 C 4.12

TC-6004-MM C 4.12

2.44 .37 %-18 2.44 .37 M16 x 1.5 4.78 .44 3/4-16 4.78 .44 M20 x 1.5 5.63 .50 3/4-16 5.63 .50 M20 x 1.5

Smallest of the straight-line toggle clamps. Ideal for electronic applications and similar small fixturing. TC-601 has an 8-32 nylon spindle (TC-105203). TC-601-SS has an 8-32 stainless steel spindle (TC-205943). TC-601-0 and TC-601-OSS have externally threaded'/4-20 plunger tips. TC-601-M has a M4 internal thread. TC-6001, TC-6001-M and TC-6001-SS are heavier duty versions and has 50% greater holding capacity. It is manufactured from heavy gauge material and has a more flexible mounting base to enable side-mounting the clamp. TC-6001-M has a M4 internal thread. TC-6001 and TC-6001-SS have a 8-32 internal thread.

Holding Cap. Lbs.

Pack Qty.

8-32 Tap .63 100 M4 Tap .63 100

'A-20 Thd .63 100 8-32 Tap .63 150 M4 Tap .63 150

8-32 Tap .63 100 1 'A-20 Thd .63 100 1 8-32 Tap .63 150 1 M4 Tap .63 150 1

Steel TC-601

A 1.19 2.62 .50 .63 .63 1.33 1.05 1.29 .17 .25

TC-601-M A 1.19 2.62 .50 .63 .63 1.33 1.05 1.29 .17 .25 -

TC-601-0 B 1.19 2.86 .50 .63 .63 1.33 1.05 1.53 .17 - -

TC-6001

C 1.26 2.63 .50 .63 .63 1.54 1.23 1.10 .19 .28 .43 .28 .19 TC-6001-M C 1.26 2.63 .50 .63 .63 1.54 1.23 1.10 .19 .28 .43 .33 .19

Stainless Steel

TC-601-SS* A 1.19 2.63 .50 .63 .63 1.33 1.05 1.29 .17 .25 -

TC-601-OSS* B 1.19 2.86 .50 .63 .63 1.31 1.05 1.53 .17 - - TC-6001-SS* C 1.26 2.63 .50 .63 .63 1.54 1.23 1.10 .19 .28 .43 .28 .19 TC-6001-MSS C 1.26 2.63 .50 .63 .63 1.54 1.23 1.10 .19 .28 .43 .33 .19

*Handle does not have vinyl grip Note: Also available as power model TC-816. Note 2: TC-601, TC-601-SS and TC-6001-MSS are supplied with a spindle.

ETC-13010 1.57 2.67 .52 .63 .61 1.31 1.07 1.35 .17 .25 .63 8-32 Internal 100

Series TC-602, 604, 624

Fully retractable straight line action clamps mount directly through a member by a jam nut on the work side, or flush by drilling and tapping the member. Locks over-center in extended or retracted position. When flush mounted, plunger completely retracts from work area. An optional base mounting is available for TC-604 as TC-604106, and for TC-624 as TC-624108.

Item

Internal Plunger Holding Pack No. Type A B C Thread Thread Travel Cap. Lbs. Qty.

1/4-20 x % .75 200 1 M6 .75 200 1

5/113-18 x 1 1.50 300 1 M8 1.50 300 1

5/113-18 1.50 450 1 M8 1.50 450 1

TC-624 D 5.62 6.69.62 1-14 %-16 x 1% 2.63 700 1 TC-604106 E Optional Mounting Plate for TC-604 and TC-6004 only 1

Stainless Steel TC-602-SS A 3.14 2.44 .38 %-18 'A-20 x % .75 200 1 TC-604-SS B 4.16 4.78 .44 %-16 5/113-18 x 1 1.50 400 1 TC-624-SS C 5.62 6.69 .62 1-14 %-16 x 1% 2.63 700 1

Plunger 111 tilTravelkc

0 C EgOingri9

1 _, MANI 0


All models have a blue handle grip. Spindles are supplied.

L (FLATS)

111=LAP6111.- FEITIE

Item

Plunger Spindle Base Holding Pack No. A B C D F H J K LTravel Size Typo Cap. Lbs. Qty.

ETC-13020 3.06 2.67 .48 1.03 .37 .81 .58 .26 .94 .75 'A-20 x .63 Through Hole 200 ETC-13040 4.16 4.26 .63 1.28 .43 1.57 .73 .25 1.17 1.50 5/113-18 x 1.00 Through Hole 300 ETC-13240 5.43 6.73 .88 1.86 .63 2.80 1.05 .35 1.59 2.63 %-16 x 1.25 Through Hole 700

332 332

Type A

Type C

Smallest of the straight-line toggle clamps. Ideal for electronic applications and similar small fixturing. TC-601 has an 8-32 nylon spindle (TC-105203). TC-601-SS has an 8-32 stainless steel spindle (TC-205943). TC-601-0 and TC-601-0SS have externally threaded 1⁄4-20 plunger tips. TC-601-M has a M4 internal thread. TC-6001, TC-6001-M and TC-6001-SS are heavier duty versions and has 50% greater holding capacity. It is manufactured from heavy gauge material and has a more flexible mounting base to enable side-mounting the clamp. TC-6001-M has a M4 internal thread. TC-6001 and TC-6001-SS have a 8-32 internal thread.

*Handle does not have vinyl gripNote: Also available as power model TC-816.Note 2: TC-601, TC-601-SS and TC-6001-MSS are supplied with a spindle.

FD

E G

JM

M

601

A

C

601-O

HB

Type A, Type B

FD

M

J

GE

P

O

BH

N

CA

Type CType B

ItemNo. Type A B C D E F G H J M N O P

PlungerType

PlungerTravel

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-601 A 1.19 2.62 .50 .63 .63 1.33 1.05 1.29 .17 .25 — — — 8-32 Tap .63 100 1

TC-601-M A 1.19 2.62 .50 .63 .63 1.33 1.05 1.29 .17 .25 — — — M4 Tap .63 100 1TC-601-0 B 1.19 2.86 .50 .63 .63 1.33 1.05 1.53 .17 — — — — 1⁄4-20 Thd .63 100 1TC-6001 C 1.26 2.63 .50 .63 .63 1.54 1.23 1.10 .19 .28 .43 .28 .19 8-32 Tap .63 150 1

TC-6001-M C 1.26 2.63 .50 .63 .63 1.54 1.23 1.10 .19 .28 .43 .33 .19 M4 Tap .63 150 1Stainless Steel

TC-601-SS* A 1.19 2.63 .50 .63 .63 1.33 1.05 1.29 .17 .25 — — — 8-32 Tap .63 100 1TC-601-0SS* B 1.19 2.86 .50 .63 .63 1.31 1.05 1.53 .17 — — — — 1⁄4-20 Thd .63 100 1TC-6001-SS* C 1.26 2.63 .50 .63 .63 1.54 1.23 1.10 .19 .28 .43 .28 .19 8-32 Tap .63 150 1TC-6001-MSS C 1.26 2.63 .50 .63 .63 1.54 1.23 1.10 .19 .28 .43 .33 .19 M4 Tap .63 150 1

Series TC-601, TC-6001

Series TC-602, 604, 624

Type C Type D

Ø C

B

APlungerTravel

Type E

Fully retractable straight line action clamps mount directly through a member by a jam nut on the work side, or flush by drilling and tapping the member. Locks over-center in extended or retracted position. When flush mounted, plunger completely retracts from work area. An optional base mounting is available for TC-604 as TC-604106, and for TC-624 as TC-624108.

Type BType A

ItemNo. Type A B C Thread

InternalThread

PlungerTravel

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-602 A 3.14 2.44 .37 5⁄8-18 1⁄4-20 x 5⁄8 .75 200 1

TC-602-MM A 3.14 2.44 .37 M16 x 1.5 M6 .75 200 1TC-604 B 4.16 4.78 .44 3⁄4-16 5⁄16-18 x 1 1.50 300 1

TC-604-MM B 4.16 4.78 .44 M20 x 1.5 M8 1.50 300 1TC-6004 C 4.12 5.63 .50 3⁄4-16 5⁄16-18 1.50 450 1

TC-6004-MM C 4.12 5.63 .50 M20 x 1.5 M8 1.50 450 1TC-624 D 5.62 6.69 .62 1-14 3⁄8-16 x 11⁄4 2.63 700 1

TC-604106 E Optional Mounting Plate for TC-604 and TC-6004 only 1Stainless Steel

TC-602-SS A 3.14 2.44 .38 5⁄8-18 1⁄4-20 x 5⁄8 .75 200 1TC-604-SS B 4.16 4.78 .44 3⁄4-16 5⁄16-18 x 1 1.50 400 1TC-624-SS C 5.62 6.69 .62 1-14 3⁄8-16 x 11⁄4 2.63 700 1

EconomyStraight-Line Action Clamp

Model has a blue handle grip. Spindle is supplied.

E G

M

J

FD

Internal Thread

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H J M

PlungerTravel

SpindleSize

ThreadType

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-13010 1.57 2.67 .52 .63 .61 1.31 1.07 1.35 .17 .25 .63 8-32 Internal 100 1

Economy Straight-LineAction Clamp

All models have a blue handle grip. Spindles are supplied. CH

B

A

JL (FLATS)

ØF

K

D

ItemNo. A B C D F H J K L

PlungerTravel

SpindleSize

BaseType

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-13020 3.06 2.67 .48 1.03 .37 .81 .58 .26 .94 .75 1⁄4-20 x .63 Through Hole 200 1ETC-13040 4.16 4.26 .63 1.28 .43 1.57 .73 .25 1.17 1.50 5⁄16-18 x 1.00 Through Hole 300 1ETC-13240 5.43 6.73 .88 1.86 .63 2.80 1.05 .35 1.59 2.63 3⁄8-16 x 1.25 Through Hole 700 1

A

C

HB


FWAHL

SmallO



M

B

C

ir,



(DESTItco

This straight-line action toggle clamp has a large holding capacity for its size. The TC-603 works well in confined areas because of its small size and low height. TC-603 plunger is tapped 5/16-18 x 1" deep for spindle. TC-603-M plunger has a M8x1.25 spindle thread.

-A- Steel

TC-603 3.28 .97 4.71 1.44 1.31 .44 11/4 600 1 D TC-603-M 3.28 .97 4.71 1.44 1.31 .44 11/4 600 1

Stainless Steel TC-603-SS 3.28 .97 4.71 1.44 1.31 .44 11/4 600 1

Note: Also available as Power Model TC-803.


Tf

F Series TC-605

For push and pull clamping. Furnished with red vinyl grip. B

Plunger on TC-605 is tapped 5/16-18 x 1" deep for adjustment item Plunger Holding

Cap. Pack spindle. Base is heat treated for added strength. TC-605-M has No. A B C D E F GM Travel Lbs. Qty.

M8 x 1.25 spindle thread. TC-605 3.16 5.47 .97 1.38 1.63 3.41 2.19 .44 1.25 300 TC-605-M 3.16 5.47 .97 1.38 1.63 3.41 2.19 .44 1.25 300

Economy Straight-Line Action Clamp CSR

aawr- ROTC


Item Plunger Spindle Holding Pack No. A BCD E F G H J M Travel Size Cap. Lbs. Qty.

ETC-13050 3.14 5.45 .98 1.38 1.64 3.55 2.22 1.90 .22 .47 1.25 %e-18 x 1.00 300

F

OM

333

Series TC-603


Item Plunger Spindle No. A B C D E F G H J M Travel Size

ETC-13030 3.34 4.88 .98 1.44 1.32 2.30 1.85 2.03 .23 .43 1.25 Vie-18 x 1.00 600 Straight

D

Handle Type Holding Pack (degrees) Cap. Lbs. Qty.

333

Series TC-603

D

E

A

7/32

F

B

C

This straight-line action toggle clamp has a large holding capacity for its size. The TC-603 works well in confined areas because of its small size and low height. TC-603 plunger is tapped 5⁄16-18 x 1" deep for spindle. TC-603-M plunger has a M8x1.25 spindle thread.


ItemNo. A B C D E F

PlungerTravel

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-603 3.28 .97 4.71 1.44 1.31 .44 11⁄4 600 1

TC-603-M 3.28 .97 4.71 1.44 1.31 .44 11⁄4 600 1Stainless SteelTC-603-SS 3.28 .97 4.71 1.44 1.31 .44 11⁄4 600 1

Series TC-605

For push and pull clamping. Furnished with red vinyl grip. Plunger on TC-605 is tapped 5⁄16-18 x 1" deep for adjustment spindle. Base is heat treated for added strength. TC-605-M has M8 x 1.25 spindle thread.

ItemNo. A B C D E F G M

PlungerTravel

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-605 3.16 5.47 .97 1.38 1.63 3.41 2.19 .44 1.25 300 1TC-605-M 3.16 5.47 .97 1.38 1.63 3.41 2.19 .44 1.25 300 1

F

M

D

E G

A

B

C



FD

ØJ

E G

ØM

A

C

HB


PlungerTravel

SpindleSize

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-13050 3.14 5.45 .98 1.38 1.64 3.55 2.22 1.90 .22 .47 1.25 5⁄16-18 x 1.00 300 1

B

A

C

Ø M

C

A

H

D

E G

Ø JF

M



PlungerTravel

SpindleSize

Handle Type(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-13030 3.34 4.88 .98 1.44 1.32 2.30 1.85 2.03 .23 .43 1.25 5⁄16-18 x 1.00 Straight 600 1



FWAHL

SmallO






CED Sptc0,

For use in confined areas. The ergonomic handle is slanted forward to provide an adequate grip. Clamp locks over-center in both the extended and retracted positions while the locking lever secures the clamp in the extended position only. Plunger is tapped for 5/16-18 adjustment spindle or detail.

M Plunger Holding Pack Travel Cap. Lbs. Qty.

Item No. A

TC-603-R 3.42 4.69 .97 1.44 1.31 2.00 1.86 2.16 .27 .44 1.25 600

M I I -

TC-6015-R and TC-6015-MR - Compact Size DE-STA-CO. Toggle Lock Plus

F DI

1-rT-

E G

J

'

Compact size allows use in confined areas and on small fixtures, where safety is a concern. Features a locking lever which locks in the clamped position only.

Plunger Thread

Plunger Travel

TC-6015-R 1.60 TC-6015-MR 1.60

2.95 2.95

.50

.50 1.75 1.75

.88

.88 2.25 2.25

1.25 1.25

.70

.70 .22 .22

.38

.38 1/4-20 M6

.70

.70

Series TC-620

,

E

0.34 A

OF

"' D ]-.-•

C

B A

TC-620 features a reverse handle action. As handle moves back and down to horizontal lock position, plunger moves forward. Can be positioned for angular clamping by drilling base or may be used without base. TC-620 plungers are tapped %-16 x 1" deep. TC-620-M plunger has M10 thread.

Features an unusual 180 degrees swiveling handle and linkage. Can be mounted in many positions with the handle remaining in an up-right or other convenient position. This feature along with a narrow base permits use where other clamps won't fit. Heat treated base. TC-606 has a diameter plunger tapped 5/16-18 x 1" deep.

B C D E F G Plunger Holding Travel Cap. Lbs.

TC-606 2.62 6.72 .88 1.25 .63 1.75 1.13 .44 1% 450 1

A E G -A- Y

M jar- F D >t< 13.1

1.67 11.70 1.63 1.63 1.67 11.70 1.63 1.63

.62 1% 600

.62 1% 600

E F Pack Qty.

DrSTA•co

B

Item No. A

TC-620 2.25 TC-620-M 2.25

TC-606

334

TC-603-R DE-STA-004° Toggle Lock Plus

C 1

F D

-- E G

A


560 560

334

TC-606

F

GE

DDM

A

HB

C

TC-603-RDE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus

For use in confined areas. The ergonomic handle is slanted forward to provide an adequate grip. Clamp locks over-center in both the extended and retracted positions while the locking lever secures the clamp in the extended position only. Plunger is tapped for 5⁄16-18 adjustment spindle or detail.

FD

E G

J

M

A

C

HB


PlungerTravel

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-603-R 3.42 4.69 .97 1.44 1.31 2.00 1.86 2.16 .27 .44 1.25 600 1

TC-6015-R and TC-6015-MR - Compact SizeDE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus

Compact size allows use in confined areas and on small fixtures, where safety is a concern. Features a locking lever which locks in the clamped position only.

A

DF

J

GE

M

CH

B


PlungerThread

PlungerTravel

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-6015-R 1.60 2.95 .50 1.75 .88 2.25 1.25 .70 .22 .38 1⁄4-20 .70 560 1TC-6015-MR 1.60 2.95 .50 1.75 .88 2.25 1.25 .70 .22 .38 M6 .70 560 1

Series TC-620

E

DØ.34

AB

ØFC

TC-620 features a reverse handle action. As handle moves back and down to horizontal lock position, plunger moves forward. Can be positioned for angular clamping by drilling base or may be used without base. TC-620 plungers are tapped 3⁄8-16 x 1" deep. TC-620-M plunger has M10 thread.

ItemNo. A B C D E F

PlungerTravel

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-620 2.25 1.67 11.70 1.63 1.63 .62 11⁄8 600 1TC-620-M 2.25 1.67 11.70 1.63 1.63 .62 11⁄8 600 1

Features an unusual 180 degrees swiveling handle and linkage. Can be mounted in many positions with the handle remaining in an up-right or other convenient position. This feature along with a narrow base permits use where other clamps won't fit. Heat treated base. TC-606 has a 7⁄16" diameter plunger tapped 5⁄16-18 x 1" deep.

ItemNo. A B C D E F G M

PlungerTravel

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-606 2.62 6.72 .88 1.25 .63 1.75 1.13 .44 11⁄2 450 1


FWAHL

SmallO



Item Plunger Holding Peek No. A BCD E F H M Travel Cap. Lbs. Qty.

1% 850 TC-608 4.04 6.13 1.25 1.63 1.63 2.31 2.25 3.00 .33 .62

MINE. RITE

850 .63 1.65 %-16 x 1.25 Straight

C

ir,



6.02 6.02 6.02

1.38 1.38 1.38

1.63 1.63 1.63

% dia. % dia. % sq.

1% 1% 1%

800 800 800

.51 1.63 5/113-18 x 1.00 800 .28 .35 .63 2.00 %-16 x 1.25 2,500

ETC-13070 3.28 ETC-13300 2.93

6.10 .68 1.38 1.63 1.63 4.30 2.18 1.86 7.06 .88 1.38 1.39 1.63 5.25 2.24 1.82

Item Plunger Plunger Holding Peek No. A B C D E Type Travel Cap. Lbs. Qty.

TC-607 3.59

TC-607-M 3.59 TC-607-SQ 3.59

.69

.69

.69

tarj. --DESTItoc

Compact, low silhouette clamp locks in either extended or retracted position. Available with '/2" round plunger or '/2" square plunger for multiple point locating. TC-607 and TC-607-SQ are drilled and tapped 5/16-18 x 1" deep for spindle and TC-607-M.

Series TC-607

3:12:1:12111Olikreind. 1.9921111111111.11.T.14

Dia.

H B

ICL.46.1•411." - FINTIE


D 1 D1-.1 F

All models have a blue handle grip. Spindle assemblies are supplied.

Item Plunger Spindle Holding Peek No. A B C D D1 E F G H J M Travel Size Cap. Lbs. Qty.

TC-608


D

G t c

H

ETC-13485 4.19 6.41 1.25 1.62 1.63 2.33 2.25 3.13 .33

Item Plunger Holding Peek No. A BCD E F G H J M Travel Cep. Lbs. Qty.

300 300

TC-609 3.25 5.48 .97 1.38 1.62 aso 2.19 1.88 .27 .44 1% TC-609-B 4.28 5.48 1.56 1.38 - aso .25 1.88 .27 .44 1%

Item Plunger Spindle Holding Peek No. A BCD E F G H J M Travel Size Cep. Lbs. Qty.

Locks over-center in either extended or retracted positions. The 1/2" diameter plunger is drilled and tapped 5/16-18 to accept customized fixture or neoprene tipped spindle. Plunger retracts completely to clear the work area. Available with a straight base,TC-609-B or a flanged base TC-609.



E G

A

c c 7 y

609_g

OM

B

Low profile clamp with cast base. Plunger locks over-center in either retracted or extended positions. Plunger is tapped for %-16 adjustment spindle.

0J F

335

Series TC-607

E

ED

9/32" Dia.

B

C

A

Compact, low silhouette clamp locks in either extended or retracted position. Available with 1⁄2" round plunger or 1⁄2" square plunger for multiple point locating. TC-607 and TC-607-SQ are drilled and tapped 5⁄16-18 x 1" deep for spindle and TC-607-M.

ItemNo. A B C D E

PlungerType

PlungerTravel

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-607 3.59 .69 6.02 1.38 1.63 1⁄2 dia. 15⁄8 800 1TC-607-M 3.59 .69 6.02 1.38 1.63 1⁄2 dia. 15⁄8 800 1

TC-607-SQ 3.59 .69 6.02 1.38 1.63 1⁄2 sq. 15⁄8 800 1

TC-608 FD

E

J

M

G

A

C

HB

Low profile clamp with cast base. Plunger locks over-center in either retracted or extended positions. Plunger is tapped for 3⁄8-16 adjustment spindle.


PlungerTravel

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-608 4.04 6.13 1.25 1.63 1.63 2.31 2.25 3.00 .33 .62 15⁄8 850 1

Series TC-609 F

HB

609

609-B 609-BG

CC

A A

M

JD

E G

Locks over-center in either extended or retracted positions. The 1⁄2" diameter plunger is drilled and tapped 5⁄16-18 to accept customized fixture or neoprene tipped spindle. Plunger retracts completely to clear the work area. Available with a straight base,TC-609-B or a flanged base TC-609.


PlungerTravel

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-609 3.25 5.48 .97 1.38 1.62 3.60 2.19 1.88 .27 .44 11⁄4 300 1TC-609-B 4.28 5.48 1.56 1.38 — 3.60 .25 1.88 .27 .44 11⁄4 300 1


All models have a blue handle grip. Spindle assemblies are supplied.

D D1F

E G

Ø M

Ø J

ItemNo. A B C D D1 E F G H J M

PlungerTravel

SpindleSize

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-13070 3.28 6.10 .68 1.38 1.63 1.63 4.30 2.18 1.86 .28 .51 1.63 5⁄16-18 x 1.00 800 1ETC-13300 2.93 7.06 .88 1.38 1.39 1.63 5.25 2.24 1.82 .35 .63 2.00 3⁄8-16 x 1.25 2,500 1



F

D

ØJ

E G

A

H

C

B

ØM


PlungerTravel

SpindleSize

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-13090 4.10 5.00 .85 1.57 1.33 3.27 1.95 1.71 .26 .47 1.25 5⁄16-18 x 1.00 300 1

D

E G

Ø JF

M



PlungerTravel

SpindleSize

Handle Type(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

ETC-13485 4.19 6.41 1.25 1.62 1.63 2.33 2.25 3.13 .33 .63 1.65 3⁄8-16 x 1.25 Straight 850 1



C

B

A

H

B

A

C

Ø M

C

A

H

FWAHL

SmallO




STRAIGHT-LINE ACTION CLAMPS Buy One or

Buy Bulk&SIO/E

TC-630-R DE-STA-004° Toggle Lock Plus

item Plunger Holding Pack No. A BCDME F H J M Travel Cap. Lbs. Qty.

.34 .62 2 2,500 TC-630-R 3.06 7.03 .81 1.38 1.63 1.63 5.03 2.30 2

1131-c1.1 RETIE


Spindle Holding Pack Size Cap. Lbs. Base Type Qty.

Plunger Travel

Item No. A M C D E F G H

4.23

34 .62 1.63 %-16 x 1.25 800

Item Plunger Holding Pack No. A B C D E G H J M Travel Cap. Lbs. Qty.

3 16,000 1 TC-650 4.88 11.25 2.25 2.75 2.25 3.13 6.25 .41 1

„DFSIA•co

Forged alloy steel base designed for heavy duty service. Rugged handle features an ergonomic grip for easy operation. Low silhou-ette, maximum capacity for the size. Plunger locks over-center in extended or retracted position. TC-630 plunger is tapped %-16 x 11/4" deep for adjustment spindle. TC-640 plunger is tapped 1/2-13 x 2" deep for adjustment spindle. TC-630-M has M10 thread.

ISINEW=MITEM TC-630 3.09 .81 7.03 1.38 1.63 .63 2 2,500 1

TC-630-M 3.09 .81 7.03 1.38 1.63 .63 2 2,500 1 TC-640 4.38 1.25 12.66 3.56 2.12 .87 4 7,500 1

Note: Also available as Toggle Lock Plus Model TC-630-R.

Locking lever locks into the rugged forged steel base. Large handle pad for greater comfort. Plunger is tapped %-16 x 11/a" deep to accommodate spindle assembly.

Dr2P1CO

TC-610 features balanced construction for rigid holding and assured long life. Plunger tip is drilled and tapped %-16 x 1" deep for spindle.

Holding item Base Plunger Cap. Pack No. A B C D E F Type Travel Lbs. Qty.

TC-610 4.38 1.70 6.72 1.63 1.63 .63 Flanged 1.63 800 1

Model has a blue handle grip. Spindle assembly supplied.

Largest holding capacity of the straight line action clamps. TC-650 is precision built with forged alloy steel handle and base. Removable pivot pin construction allows easy removal of plunger even after unit is mounted. TC-650 plunger is tapped %-11 x 2" deep.

E G

JOESTIZ 'S.\

TC-610

FT- ID

F

ETC-13100 5.04 6.82 1.75 1.63 1.58 2.25 2.20

TC-650 H-DH

H

B

Series TC-630, 640

4111.1r Plunger

- h` Travel "I

-

sae- _t

-1- -PH

H-D EH

TC-630, 630-M

I

E -0- -0- -0-,

D D

TC-640


336 336

F

E G

DØJ

M

Model has a blue handle grip. Spindle assembly supplied.ItemNo. A B C D E F G H J M

PlungerTravel

SpindleSize

HoldingCap. Lbs. Base Type

PackQty.

ETC-13100 5.04 6.82 1.75 1.63 1.58 2.25 2.20 4.23 .34 .62 1.63 3⁄8-16 x 1.25 800 Flanged 1


Series TC-630, 640

D E

ø.34

EF

TC-630, 630-M

A

C

PlungerTravel

D

ø.41

E

B

F

D

TC-640

Forged alloy steel base designed for heavy duty service. Rugged handle features an ergonomic grip for easy operation. Low silhou-ette, maximum capacity for the size. Plunger locks over-center in extended or retracted position. TC-630 plunger is tapped 3⁄8-16 x 11⁄4" deep for adjustment spindle. TC-640 plunger is tapped 1⁄2-13 x 2" deep for adjustment spindle. TC-630-M has M10 thread.

Note: Also available as Toggle Lock Plus Model TC-630-R.

ItemNo. A B C D E F

PlungerTravel

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-630 3.09 .81 7.03 1.38 1.63 .63 2 2,500 1TC-630-M 3.09 .81 7.03 1.38 1.63 .63 2 2,500 1

TC-640 4.38 1.25 12.66 3.56 2.12 .87 4 7,500 1

TC-630-R DE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus

F

J

C

B

A

H

M

GE

D D

Locking lever locks into the rugged forged steel base. Large handle pad for greater comfort. Plunger is tapped 3⁄8-16 x 11⁄4" deep to accommodate spindle assembly.

ItemNo. A B C D D1 E F G H J M

PlungerTravel

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-630-R 3.06 7.03 .81 1.38 1.63 1.63 5.03 2.30 2 .34 .62 2 2,500 1

TC-610

A

C

F

B

D.34

E

TC-610 features balanced construction for rigid holding and assured long life. Plunger tip is drilled and tapped 3⁄8-16 x 1" deep for spindle.

ItemNo. A B C D E F

BaseType

PlungerTravel

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-610 4.38 1.70 6.72 1.63 1.63 .63 Flanged 1.63 800 1

TC-650 D

B

H

C

A

GE

J

M

Largest holding capacity of the straight line action clamps. TC-650 is precision built with forged alloy steel handle and base. Removable pivot pin construction allows easy removal of plunger even after unit is mounted. TC-650 plunger is tapped 5⁄8-11 x 2" deep.


ItemNo. A B C D E G H J M

PlungerTravel

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-650 4.88 11.25 2.25 2.75 2.25 3.13 6.25 .41 1 3 16,000 1


CC

H

ØJB

A A

FWAHL

SmallO



I] 1) D < New Flanged Base Straight Base

Features: • Reverse action allows the handle to stay out of the work zone • Hardened steel pivot pins and bushings provide long life • Black oxide finish with hardened plungers

Tr

C

PLUNGER

-

PLUNGER TRAVEL L

Series TC-5130, 5131, 5133

S

oro

H-

Series TC-5130, 5131, 5133 DE-STA-004°Toggle Lock Plus

.38

.38 2.99 2.99

2.52 2.52

2.99 2.99

.41

.41

.34

.34

2.52 2.52

1.73 1.73

2.52 2.52

.30

.30

.38

.38

2.31 2.31

1.87 1.87

2.31 2.31

1.75 1.75

1.1- 3 1.13

1.7- 5 1.75

1.38 1.38 1.14 1.14 1.38 1.38 .87 .87

1.38 1.38 1.14 1.14

11.11 11.11 11.11 11.11 7.37 7.37 7.37 7.37 12.89 12.89 12.89 12.89

1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.13 3.13 3.13 3.13

Flanged Flanged Straight Straight Flanged Flanged Straight Straight Flanged Flanged Straight Straight

5,800 5,800 5,800 5,800 2,500 2,500 2,500 2,500 4,600 4,600 4,600 4,600

TC-5130-R 3.63 TC-5130-MR 3.63 TC-5130-BR 3.40

TC-5130-MBR 3.40 TC-5131-R 3.15

TC-5131-MR 3.15 TC-5131-BR 2.91

TC-5131-MBR 2.91 TC-5133-R 4.22

TC-5133-MR 4.22 TC-5133-BR 3.98

TC-5133-MBR 3.98

.75

.75

.75

.75

.75

.75 - .75 - .75 .41 .75 .41 .75 - .75 - .75

F

Inline Toggle Clamp Auto-Adjust

.141iLlari=5

0 o 0 D *-

C

A

IB

C

ip?

CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING 'IN


TC-5130 am 11.11 1.38 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 .38 .41 .75 Flanged 1.75 5,800 1

TC-5130-M am 11.11 1.38 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 .38 .41 .75 Flanged 1.75 5,800 1 TC-5130-B 3.40 11.11 1.14 - - - - - - .75 Straight 1.75 5,800 1

TC-5130-MB 3.40 11.11 1.14 - - - - - - .75 Straight 1.75 5,800 1

TC-5131 3.15 7.37 1.10 1.13 1.87 1.73 2.52 .30 .34 .51 Flanged 1.00 2,500 1

TC-5131-M 3.15 7.37 1.10 1.13 1.87 1.73 2.52 .30 .34 .51 Flanged 1.00 2,500 1 TC-5131-B 2.91 7.37 .87 - - - - - - .51 Straight 1.00 2,500 1

TC-5131-MB 2.91 7.37 .87 - - - - - - .51 Straight 1.00 2,500 1

TC-5133 4.22 12.89 1.38 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 .38 .41 .75 Flanged 3.13 4,600 1

TC-5133-M 4.22 12.89 1.38 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 .38 .41 .75 Flanged 3.13 4,600 1 TC-5133-B 3.98 12.89 1.14 - - - - - - .75 Straight 3.13 4,600 1

TC-5133-MB 3.98 12.89 1.14 - - - - - - .75 Straight 3.13 4,600 1

if."411110

New

Flanged Base

Straight Base w/ Toggle Lock Plus w/Toggle Lock Plus

Holding Item

Base Plunger Capacity Pack No. A

M Type Travel Lbs. Qty.

Auto-Adjust - The Bessey auto-adjust toggle clamp automatically adjusts to variations in work piece dimensions while maintaining constant clamping force. No more time-consuming manual adjustment of the spindle height to maintain safe and correct clamping force. The removable non-marring plastic cap is included on the 7/8" diameter pads. Adjusting Clamping Force - The integrated clamping force adjustment screw can be used to create an actually applied clamping force from 25 to 550 lbs. (max holding capacity 700 lbs.) One Bessey auto -adjust toggle clamp can replace a range of competitive clamps. Adaptable Base Plate - The large (2'/4" x 2'/2") flange base is designed for use with '/4" or M6 fasteners. Mounting holes are sized and spaced for easy mounting and versatility. Extra Large Handle - The large 1" x 2'43" handle offers greater user comfort and ease of operation.

Item Clamping Holding Pack No. A B C D E F G Opening Force Range Cap. Lbs. Qty.

STC-IHH25 1.80 1.45 9.39 1.00 1.52 1.00 2.24 1.00 25-550

700


337 337

New

Features:Reverse action allows the handle to stay out of the work zoneHardened steel pivot pins and bushings provide long lifeBlack oxide finish with hardened plungers

Inline Toggle ClampAuto-Adjust

Auto-Adjust - The Bessey auto-adjust toggle clamp automatically adjusts to variations in work piece dimensions while maintaining constant clamping force. No more time-consuming manual adjustment of the spindle height to maintain safe and correct clamping force. The removable non-marring plastic cap is included on the 7⁄8" diameter pads.Adjusting Clamping Force - The integrated clamping force adjustment screw can be used to create an actually applied clamping force from 25 to 550 lbs. (max holding capacity 700 lbs.) One Bessey auto -adjust toggle clamp can replace a range of competitive clamps.Adaptable Base Plate - The large ( 21⁄4" x 21⁄2") flange base is designed for use with 1⁄4" or M6 fasteners. Mounting holes are sized and spaced for easy mounting and versatility.Extra Large Handle - The large 1" x 21⁄8" handle offers greater user comfort and ease of operation.


ItemNo. A B C D E F G Opening

ClampingForce Range

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

STC-IHH25 1.80 1.45 9.39 1.00 1.52 1.00 2.24 1.00 25-550 700 1

Series TC-5130, 5131, 5133

AA

LPLUNGERTRAVEL

ØM

ØJ

E G

HDF

CC

Straight BaseFlanged Base

ItemNo. A L C D E F G H J M

BaseType

PlungerTravel

HoldingCapacity

Lbs.PackQty.

TC-5130 3.63 11.11 1.38 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 .38 .41 .75 Flanged 1.75 5,800 1TC-5130-M 3.63 11.11 1.38 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 .38 .41 .75 Flanged 1.75 5,800 1TC-5130-B 3.40 11.11 1.14 — — — — — — .75 Straight 1.75 5,800 1

TC-5130-MB 3.40 11.11 1.14 — — — — — — .75 Straight 1.75 5,800 1TC-5131 3.15 7.37 1.10 1.13 1.87 1.73 2.52 .30 .34 .51 Flanged 1.00 2,500 1

TC-5131-M 3.15 7.37 1.10 1.13 1.87 1.73 2.52 .30 .34 .51 Flanged 1.00 2,500 1TC-5131-B 2.91 7.37 .87 — — — — — — .51 Straight 1.00 2,500 1

TC-5131-MB 2.91 7.37 .87 — — — — — — .51 Straight 1.00 2,500 1TC-5133 4.22 12.89 1.38 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 .38 .41 .75 Flanged 3.13 4,600 1

TC-5133-M 4.22 12.89 1.38 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 .38 .41 .75 Flanged 3.13 4,600 1TC-5133-B 3.98 12.89 1.14 — — — — — — .75 Straight 3.13 4,600 1

TC-5133-MB 3.98 12.89 1.14 — — — — — — .75 Straight 3.13 4,600 1

Series TC-5130, 5131, 5133DE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus

Straight Basew/ Toggle Lock Plus

Flanged Basew/ Toggle Lock Plus


BaseType

PlungerTravel

HoldingCapacity

Lbs.PackQty.

TC-5130-R 3.63 11.11 1.38 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 .38 .41 .75 Flanged 1.75 5,800 1TC-5130-MR 3.63 11.11 1.38 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 .38 .41 .75 Flanged 1.75 5,800 1TC-5130-BR 3.40 11.11 1.14 — — — — — — .75 Straight 1.75 5,800 1

TC-5130-MBR 3.40 11.11 1.14 — — — — — — .75 Straight 1.75 5,800 1TC-5131-R 3.15 7.37 1.38 1.13 1.87 1.73 2.52 .30 .34 .75 Flanged 1.00 2,500 1

TC-5131-MR 3.15 7.37 1.38 1.13 1.87 1.73 2.52 .30 .34 .75 Flanged 1.00 2,500 1TC-5131-BR 2.91 7.37 .87 — — — — — — .75 Straight 1.00 2,500 1

TC-5131-MBR 2.91 7.37 .87 — — — — — — .75 Straight 1.00 2,500 1TC-5133-R 4.22 12.89 1.38 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 .38 .41 .75 Flanged 3.13 4,600 1

TC-5133-MR 4.22 12.89 1.38 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 .38 .41 .75 Flanged 3.13 4,600 1TC-5133-BR 3.98 12.89 1.14 — — — — — — .75 Straight 3.13 4,600 1

TC-5133-MBR 3.98 12.89 1.14 — — — — — — .75 Straight 3.13 4,600 1

A

C

B

FG E

D


FWAHL

SmallO



Holding Base Plunger Capacity Pack Type Travel Lbs. Qty. H

Plunger Plunger Holding Pack A B C D E F G H J M Thread Travel Cap. Lbs. Qty.

Item No.

.39

.55

.75

M6 M8 M12

98 1.50 1.97

550 1,100 1,650

PLUNGER TRAVEL

Straight Base

DESTA•co ."" or.

4New>



Series TC-5150

itz. 460t,e•

Flanged Base

iT

L

-4-0J


• Square plunger provides positive radial location • Reverse action allows the handle to stay out of the work zone • Hardened steel pivot pins and bushings provide long life • Black oxide finish with hardened plungers

Series TC-5150 DE-STA-CO. Toggle Lock Plus

(New

Flanged Base

C C

PLUNGER TRAVEL

om ll E

"

-4-0J

F

H

.38 .41

.38 .41 .75 Flanged 1.00 5,800 1 .75 Flanged 1.00 5,800 1 .75 Straight 1.00 5,800 1 .75 Straight 1.00 5,800 1

,._DESIkco ••••••••••-_,Ing,

Straight Base

Features: • Square plunger provides positive radial location • Reverse action allows the handle to stay out of the work zone • Hardened steel pivot pins and bushings provide long life • Black oxide finish with hardened plungers

Item No. A

TC-5150-R 3.63 11.55 1.37 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 TC-5150-MR 3.63 11.55 1.37 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 TC-5150-BR 3.89 11.55 1.14

TC-5150-MBR 3.89 11.55 1.14

L

.41 .38 .38 .41

.75

.75

.75

.75

Flanged Flanged Straight Straight

TC-5150 3.84 11.68 1.37 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 TC-5150-M 3.84 11.68 1.37 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 TC-5150-B 3.60 11.68 1.14 - - - -

TC-5150-MB 3.60 11.68 1.14 - - - -

1.00 5,800 1.00 5,800 1.00 5,800 1.00 5 800

TC-95030, 95040, 95050, 95060

Low profile to use where overhead clearance is a problem. Plunger is tapped with metric thread.

TC-95030 2.32 4.13 .31 .98 .98 3.07 1.38 .20 .22 TC-95040 3.00 5.91 .39 1.38 1.38 4.33 1.97 .33 .26 TC-95050 3.50 7.52 .55 1.77 1.77 5.59 2.56 .39 .33

338

PLUNGER TRAVEL

C .t t

B

J 0-1 k- F

foWfoWe M E G

OM

H-.-

••,•••••

F-.

338

Features:Square plunger provides positive radial locationReverse action allows the handle to stay out of the work zoneHardened steel pivot pins and bushings provide long lifeBlack oxide finish with hardened plungers

Series TC-5150

Square plunger provides positive radial locationReverse action allows the handle to stay out of the work zoneHardened steel pivot pins and bushings provide long lifeBlack oxide finish with hardened plungers

AA

LPLUNGERTRAVEL

ØM

ØJ

E G

HDF

CC

Straight BaseFlanged Base


BaseType

PlungerTravel

HoldingCapacity

Lbs.PackQty.

TC-5150 3.84 11.68 1.37 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 .38 .41 .75 Flanged 1.00 5,800 1TC-5150-M 3.84 11.68 1.37 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 .38 .41 .75 Flanged 1.00 5,800 1TC-5150-B 3.60 11.68 1.14 — — — — — — .75 Straight 1.00 5,800 1

TC-5150-MB 3.60 11.68 1.14 — — — — — — .75 Straight 1.00 5,800 1

Series TC-5150DE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus

AA

LPLUNGERTRAVEL

ØM

ØJ

E G

HDF

CC

Straight Base

Flanged Base


BaseType

PlungerTravel

HoldingCapacity

Lbs.PackQty.

TC-5150-R 3.63 11.55 1.37 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 .38 .41 .75 Flanged 1.00 5,800 1TC-5150-MR 3.63 11.55 1.37 1.75 2.31 2.52 2.99 .38 .41 .75 Flanged 1.00 5,800 1TC-5150-BR 3.89 11.55 1.14 — — — — — — .75 Straight 1.00 5,800 1

TC-5150-MBR 3.89 11.55 1.14 — — — — — — .75 Straight 1.00 5,800 1

TC-95030, 95040, 95050, 95060

A

C

B

TRAVELPLUNGER

H D D

F

E GM

J

Low profile to use where overhead clearance is a problem. Plunger is tapped with metric thread.


PlungerThread

PlungerTravel

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-95030 2.32 4.13 .31 .98 .98 3.07 1.38 .20 .22 .39 M6 .98 550 1TC-95040 3.00 5.91 .39 1.38 1.38 4.33 1.97 .33 .26 .55 M8 1.50 1,100 1TC-95050 3.50 7.52 .55 1.77 1.77 5.59 2.56 .39 .33 .75 M12 1.97 1,650 1


FWAHL

SmallO



TC-2000, 2030 Foot Mount - Hand Knob

eTh

4tivi 35

t -------

40 Hand Knob No TC-1000 G-082/40 8 M5 x .80

Type C Type D Type C, Type D

TC-1010 G-121/45 12 M6 x 1.00 45 No 600

45

60

12 12 16 16

No Yes No Yes

600 600

2,000 2,000

M6 x 1.00 M6 x 1.00 M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25

TC-3000 FL-121/45 A TC5010* FL-120/-- B TC-3020 FL-161/60 C TC5030* FL-160/-- D

TC-1000 Through Hole Mount - Hand Knob

(

....

Afir DESR•CO Nies_

TC-3000, 3010, 3020, 3030 Flange Mount - Locking Lever

m24 .1.5 Metric

Plunger Plunger item Dia. Tapped Stroke Handle interchg. Holding Pack No. De-Sta-Co mm Thread mm Lgth. mm Type Plungers Cap. Lbs. Qty.

TC-1010 Through Hole Mount - Lever

300

Ii

Type A

81.1 6.5 Die. 2 Holes

Type A, Type B

Plunger Item Plunger Tapped Stroke interchg. Holding Pack No. De-Sta-Co DIa. mm Thread mm Lgth. mm Plungers Cap. Lbs. Qty.

Item Plunger Plunger Tapped Stroke interchg. Holding Pack No. De-Sta-Co Type Dia. mm Thread mm Lgth. mm Plungers Cap. Lbs. Qty.

*Long stroke models. Attached levers. Interchangeable plungers sold separately.

CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING riliN

STRAIGHT-LINE ACTION CLAMPS ._,1

Designed for quick action where there are wide size variations from part to part or where the opening and closing motions need to be long. In operation, the plunger is pushed forward until it contacts the work piece. The locking lever is then rotated clockwise which advances the plunger and simultaneously locks it with the collet action. Short stroke models are single handled and long stroke models (with interchangeable length plungers) have a separate locking handle. All dimensions below are metric. Accessory plungers for long stroke models and plunger tips are sold separately.

41,0

80 28.5

-11111111k_ 41- 40

item Plunger

Plunger Tapped Stroke Holding Pack No. De-Sta-Co Type Dia. mm Thread mm Lgth. mm Cap. Lbs. Qty.

TC-2000 FO-082/40 A TC-2030 FO-122/45 B

,.12 -.115

20

62

55

Type B

8j

11. 7

M 9 mi

18

Type A

8 M5 x .80 12 M6 x 1.00

40 45

300 600

Series TC-4000 Plungers for Long Stroke Models

S

I:41 (7°‘ ••-•••

k A

dit=MEGIME TC-4000 12/100 198 12 29 M6 x 1.00 100 1 TC-4010 12/200 298 12 29 M6 x 1.00 200 1 TC-4020 12/300 400 12 29 M6 x 1.00 300 1 TC-4030 16/100 215 16 35 M8 x 1.25 100 1 TC-4040 16/200 315 16 35 M8 x 1.25 200 1 TC-4050 16/300 416 16 35 M8 x 1.25 300 1

A No. De-Sta-Co mm mm mm Item Thread D Pack

mm Qty.

10 12.5 M6 x 1.00 14.8 14 M8 x 1.25

Series TC-5000 Swivel Face Thrust Pads for Plunger Tips

A h C

TC-5020 K816 810 TC-5010 K612

CI 9, 2.5 II

M6 ' qtr°k° I 115 II

All lirdt F[;---eitill 4% ,f, 4.., EA.

.4 -• .-I 40 4 Ir t,..,&,.

h-70—H so

TC-2010, 2020, 2040, 2050 Foot Mount - Locking Lever

12 115R

26R

Type A, Type B

Plunger item Plunger Tapped Stroke interchg. Holding Pack No. De-Sta-Co Type Dia. mm Thread mm Lgth. mm Plungers Cap. Lbs. Qty.

TC-2010 FO-121/45 A 12 M6 x 1.00 TC-2020* FO-120/-- B 12 M6 x 1.00 TC-2040 FO-161/60 C 16 M8 x 1.25 TC-2050* FO-160/-- D 16 M8 x 1.25

45 No 600 Yes 600

60 No 2,000 Yes 2,000

Type D

17r,

BE=6111Mill

23 1-40.1

Type C, Type D

2

04.5 (2) Holes

339

Series TC-4000Plungers for Long Stroke Models

CAB

D

ItemNo. De-Sta-Co

Amm

Bmm

Cmm

Dmm

Strokemm

PackQty.

TC-4000 12/100 198 12 29 M6 x 1.00 100 1TC-4010 12/200 298 12 29 M6 x 1.00 200 1TC-4020 12/300 400 12 29 M6 x 1.00 300 1TC-4030 16/100 215 16 35 M8 x 1.25 100 1TC-4040 16/200 315 16 35 M8 x 1.25 200 1TC-4050 16/300 416 16 35 M8 x 1.25 300 1

Series TC-5000Swivel Face Thrust Pads for Plunger Tips

A

7 MAX. TILT

B D

C

ItemNo. De-Sta-Co

Amm

Bmm

Cmm

Thread Dmm

PackQty.

TC-5010 K612 8.5 12.5 10 M6 x 1.00 1TC-5020 K816 10 14.8 14 M8 x 1.25 1

TC-3000, 3010, 3020, 3030Flange Mount - Locking Lever

Type C Type D

12 18

43.5

40

6

12

30

2380R

52

8R 6.5 Dia.2 Holes

Type A, Type B

58.8

20

46

40

14

14

30

23115R

51

10R

17

Type C, Type D

Type B

Type A

ItemNo. De-Sta-Co Type

PlungerDia. mm

Plunger TappedThread mm

StrokeLgth. mm

Interchg.Plungers

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-3000 FL-121/45 A 12 M6 x 1.00 45 No 600 1TC-3010* FL-120/-- B 12 M6 x 1.00 — Yes 600 1TC-3020 FL-161/60 C 16 M8 x 1.25 60 No 2,000 1TC-3030* FL-160/-- D 16 M8 x 1.25 — Yes 2,000 1

*Long stroke models. Attached levers. Interchangeable plungers sold separately.

Designed for quick action where there are wide size variations from part to part or where the opening and closing motions need to be long. In operation, the plunger is pushed forward until it contacts the work piece. The locking lever is then rotated clockwise which advances the plunger and simultaneously locks it with the collet action. Short stroke models are single handled and long stroke models (with interchangeable length plungers) have a separate locking handle. All dimensions below are metric. Accessory plungers for long stroke models and plunger tips are sold separately.

TC-1000Through Hole Mount - Hand Knob

10

M24 x 1.5 Metric

35Dia.

ItemNo. De-Sta-Co

PlungerDia.mm

Plunger Tapped

Thread mmStroke

Lgth. mmHandleType

Interchg.Plungers

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-1000 G-082/40 8 M5 x .80 40 Hand Knob No 300 1

TC-1010Through Hole Mount - Lever

23

80R

40

1212

M30 x 1.5 Metric

18

ItemNo. De-Sta-Co

PlungerDia. mm

Plunger Tapped

Thread mmStroke

Lgth. mmInterchg.Plungers

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-1010 G-121/45 12 M6 x 1.00 45 No 600 1

TC-2000, 2030Foot Mount - Hand Knob

49

5

18

8 9

40

(2) Holes4.5

44 56

25

Type A

60 28.5

6

20

12 15

55

(2) Holes6.5

52 67.5

Type B


PlungerDia. mm

Plunger Tapped

Thread mmStroke

Lgth. mmHolding

Cap. Lbs.PackQty.

TC-2000 FO-082/40 A 8 M5 x .80 40 300 1TC-2030 FO-122/45 B 12 M6 x 1.00 45 600 1

TC-2010, 2020, 2040, 2050Foot Mount - Locking Lever

Type C Type D

M6 115

4220

2.5

44Stroke

12 40

3 2

12

Type A, Type B

23115R

17 20 74

3058

7090

26R

23 4012

Type C, Type D

*Long stroke models. Attached lever. Interchangeable plungers sold separately.

Type BType A


PlungerDia. mm

Plunger Tapped

Thread mmStroke

Lgth. mmInterchg.Plungers

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-2010 FO-121/45 A 12 M6 x 1.00 45 No 600 1TC-2020* FO-120/-- B 12 M6 x 1.00 — Yes 600 1TC-2040 FO-161/60 C 16 M8 x 1.25 60 No 2,000 1TC-2050* FO-160/-- D 16 M8 x 1.25 — Yes 2,000 1


FWAHL

SmallO





SQUEEZE ACTION PLIER CLAMPS

'T.ESTA0 •=7

r°1

TC-345 Series TC-325

TC-431

60 800

Designed for attachment by welding front of top of base to container or cover. Forged alloy steel jaw moves 90 degrees to clear completely. Red vinyl grip provides easy operation and good-looking appearance. TC-325 is furnished with M12 hex head spindle (TC-325203-M) and jam nut. TC-325-SS furnished with stainless steel M12 hex head spindle (TC-325943-M) and jam nut.

Item Jaw

Moves Handle Moves

Holding Cap. Pack

No. A B C D E F G H (degrees) (degrees) Lbs. Qty.

Steel

TC-325 8.68 2.62 1.78 .75 Stainless Steel

2.94 1.25 .50 .27 90 50 800 1

TC-325-SS 8.68 2.62 1.78 .75 2.94 1.25 .50 .27 90 50 800 1

Type B Type A

(6}

TC-425, 435, 470 619;c-20

TE

F

C

Designed for bolting or welding to a fixture at any point along base, or base can be cut off for end welding. This model has a forged steel jaw with M10 swivel foot spindle assembly (TC-468206-M).

Jaw Item Spindle Moves No. B C D F Thread (degrees)

TC-345 6.56 10.12 .69 2.69 M10 86

Series TC-441

D

J

441

441-2

TC-441 has a M8 adjustment spindle (TC-441203-M). TC-441-2 has two adjustment spindles (TC-461203-M). Maximum jaw opening is 255/64".

Item Holding Pack No. A B C D E F Cap. Lbs. Qty.

TC-441 1.97 6.06 1.25 .50 2.86 1.77 350 TC-441-2 1.97 6.06 1.25 .50 2.86 1.77 350

Item Holding

Spindle Cap. Pack No.TypeA BCD E F Supplied Lbs. Qty.

C Holding Pack

D E F Cap. Lbs. Qty. Item No. A

TC-431 2.41 6.88 .75 .50 3.06 2.92 100

C .71=moss

Type C

These high strength squeeze action clamps are ideal for rugged clamping applications. Made from SAE 1045 steel for strength. Two way trigger release allows for fast unclamping. Supplied with spindle.

TC-425 A 1.63 5.55 1.10 .39 2.56 1.83 (1) M6 x 1.0 500 1 TC-435 B 1.63 5.55 1.77 .39 3.23 1.83 2) M6 x 1.0 500 1 TC-470 C 2.00 8.27 3.35 .63 5.63 2.76 ( ) M10 x 1.0 2,000 1

340

;

Ai 1_.c

H

Tempered spring-steel jaws have exceptional 215/le" jaw depth. TC-431 has single neoprene tipped adjustment spindle (TC-424208-M). Maximum opening is Tile".

Handle Holding Moves Cap. Pack

(degrees) Lbs. Qty.

CDE-Sptco:

340

Series TC-325

Designed for attachment by welding front of top of base to container or cover. Forged alloy steel jaw moves 90 degrees to clear completely. Red vinyl grip provides easy operation and good-looking appearance. TC-325 is furnished with M12 hex head spindle (TC-325203-M) and jam nut. TC-325-SS furnished with stainless steel M12 hex head spindle (TC-325943-M) and jam nut.


Jaw Moves

(degrees)

Handle Moves

(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

SteelTC-325 8.68 2.62 1.78 .75 2.94 1.25 .50 .27 90 50 800 1

Stainless SteelTC-325-SS 8.68 2.62 1.78 .75 2.94 1.25 .50 .27 90 50 800 1

TC-345

B

D

C

F

Designed for bolting or welding to a fixture at any point along base, or base can be cut off for end welding. This model has a forged steel jaw with M10 swivel foot spindle assembly (TC-468206-M).

ItemNo. B C D F

SpindleThread

Jaw Moves

(degrees)

Handle Moves

(degrees)

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-345 6.56 10.12 .69 2.69 M10 86 60 800 1

TC-425, 435, 470

D

B

CE

F

A

Type A

B

AE C

F

D

Type B

These high strength squeeze action clamps are ideal for rugged clamping applications. Made from SAE 1045 steel for strength. Two way trigger release allows for fast unclamping. Supplied with spindle.

ItemNo. Type A B C D E F

SpindleSupplied

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-425 A 1.63 5.55 1.10 .39 2.56 1.83 (1) M6 x 1.0 500 1TC-435 B 1.63 5.55 1.77 .39 3.23 1.83 (2) M6 x 1.0 500 1TC-470 C 2.00 8.27 3.35 .63 5.63 2.76 (2) M10 x 1.0 2,000 1

Series TC-441

D

B

441-2

441

CE

F

A

TC-441 has a M8 adjustment spindle (TC-441203-M). TC-441-2 has two adjustment spindles (TC-461203-M). Maximum jaw opening is 255⁄64".

ItemNo. A B C D E F

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-441 1.97 6.06 1.25 .50 2.86 1.77 350 1TC-441-2 1.97 6.06 1.25 .50 2.86 1.77 350 1

TC-431

AC

431-2431

E

F

B

D

Tempered spring-steel jaws have exceptional 215⁄16" jaw depth. TC-431 has single neoprene tipped adjustment spindle (TC-424208-M). Maximum opening is 31⁄16".

ItemNo. A B C D E F

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-431 2.41 6.88 .75 .50 3.06 2.92 100 1

D

CEA

B

F

Type C

SQUEEZE ACTION PLIER CLAMPS

FWAHL

SmallO



Standard Adjustable

TC-424 1.94 4.75 .50 2.06 1.08 200 TC-424-2 1.94 4.75 1 .50 2.06 1.08 200

C

r,


PLIER CLAMPS & MAGNETIC HOLDERS

Squeeze Action Plier Clamps TC-463, 491, 482, 484, 486

T B

I-

D

Type A Type B Type C Type D

Most models have trigger release for easy one hand operation. Ideal for clamping and fixturing, holding and processing, etc.

Item No. Type

No. of Spindles

Spindle(s) Furnished

Trigger Release A B C D

E Spindle Thread

Holding Cap. Lbs.

TC-463 A 2 TC-468206-M & TC-210203-M Yes 2.69 8.50 3.00 2.72 M10 700 TC-482 B 1 TC-468206-M Yes 2.80 9.19 1.70 2.56 M10 1,200 TC-484 C 2 TC-468206-M & TC-210203-M Yes 2.69 9.06 3.83 2.56 M10 1,200 TC-486 D 2 TC-240203-M Yes 2.88 9.22 6.00 2.56 M10 1,000

Squeeze Action Plier Clamp TC-462 ."-DESfit<c‘

Furnished with M10 swivel foot adjustment spindle assembly (TC-468206-M). Forged alloy steel compo-nents and clevis type construction with stainless steel rivets.

Item Holding Holding Pack No. A B C D E F Cap. Lbs. Qty.

TC-468 2.66 8.47 1.75 .69 4.10 2.75 700

TC-468

1:400mmivAile#811111111

•0"':

011:4F/

462-S MAC-MATE' Magnetic Welding Squares

Furnished with M10 swivel-foot adjustment spindle (TC-468206-M) and two-way trigger release. Forged alloy steel components, clevis type construction with stainless steel rivets.


TC-462 2.69 8.47 1.75 .69 4.10 2.78 700

Squeeze Action Plier Clamps Series TC-424

Holds two pieces at 90 degrees

r 1.1

Extra Heavy Duty

B

A

Features: • Used for a wide variety of jobs including workholding, welding

and assembly • Ideal for welders that need fast set-up and accurate holding of

steel sheet stock, plate and tubing • IM-343 and IM-344 models feature "Breakaway Handle" • IM-342 and IM-344 models feature weld spatter resistant covers

Item No. Description Length Height Width Pull Lbs.

Pack Qty.

IM-338 10 Angle 3% 2%e % 23 1 IM-339 Standard 3% 3% % 55 1 IM-340 Adjustable 6% 3% % 110 1 IM-341 Standard Heavy Duty 3% 4% % 75 1 IM-342 Covered Heavy Duty 3% 4% % 75 1 IM-343* Extra Heavy Duty 3% 4% 1% 150 1 IM-344* Super Heavy Duty 8 8 1% 325 1

*Includes "Breakaway Handle" for easier parts release

424-2

C

Smallest of the forged alloy steel squeeze action clamps. TC-424 has a single M6 neoprene tipped adjustment spindle (TC-424208-M). TC-424-2 has two neoprene tipped adjustment spindles (TC-431208-M). Maximum jaw opening is Ve".


341

E Spindle Thread

T

Pack Qty.

341

Furnished with M10 swivel foot adjustment spindle assembly (TC-468206-M). Forged alloy steel compo-nents and clevis type construction with stainless steel rivets.

TC-468

B

468

AC

F

E

D

ItemNo. A B C D E F

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-468 2.66 8.47 1.75 .69 4.10 2.75 700 1

Squeeze Action Plier ClampsTC-463, 491, 482, 484, 486

Type C Type D

Most models have trigger release for easy one hand operation. Ideal for clamping and fixturing, holding and processing, etc.

DC

B A

E Spindle Thread

Type BType A

ItemNo. Type

No. ofSpindles

Spindle(s)Furnished

TriggerRelease A B C D

E SpindleThread

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-463 A 2 TC-468206-M & TC-210203-M Yes 2.69 8.50 3.00 2.72 M10 700 1TC-482 B 1 TC-468206-M Yes 2.80 9.19 1.70 2.56 M10 1,200 1TC-484 C 2 TC-468206-M & TC-210203-M Yes 2.69 9.06 3.83 2.56 M10 1,200 1TC-486 D 2 TC-240203-M Yes 2.88 9.22 6.00 2.56 M10 1,000 1

Squeeze Action Plier ClampTC-462

D

B

462

AE

462-S

F

C

Furnished with M10 swivel-foot adjustment spindle (TC-468206-M) and two-way trigger release. Forged alloy steel components, clevis type construction with stainless steel rivets.

ItemNo. A B C D E F

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-462 2.69 8.47 1.75 .69 4.10 2.78 700 1

Squeeze Action Plier ClampsSeries TC-424

B

E C

424-2

424

F

A

D

Smallest of the forged alloy steel squeeze action clamps. TC-424 has a single M6 neoprene tipped adjustment spindle (TC-424208-M). TC-424-2 has two neoprene tipped adjustment spindles (TC-431208-M). Maximum jaw opening is 21⁄16".

ItemNo. A B C D E F

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-424 1.94 4.75 1 .50 2.06 1.08 200 1TC-424-2 1.94 4.75 1 .50 2.06 1.08 200 1

Features:Used for a wide variety of jobs including workholding, welding and assemblyIdeal for welders that need fast set-up and accurate holding of steel sheet stock, plate and tubingIM-343 and IM-344 models feature "Breakaway Handle"IM-342 and IM-344 models feature weld spatter resistant covers


ItemNo. Description Length Height Width Pull Lbs.

PackQty.

IM-338 10 Angle 33⁄8 29⁄16 1⁄2 23 1IM-339 Standard 33⁄8 33⁄8 5⁄8 55 1IM-340 Adjustable 61⁄8 33⁄8 5⁄8 110 1IM-341 Standard Heavy Duty 33⁄4 43⁄8 3⁄4 75 1IM-342 Covered Heavy Duty 33⁄4 43⁄8 3⁄4 75 1IM-343* Extra Heavy Duty 33⁄4 43⁄8 11⁄2 150 1IM-344* Super Heavy Duty 8 8 15⁄8 325 1

Magnetic Welding Squares

Adjustable


Extra Heavy Duty

Standard

PLIER CLAMPS & MAGNETIC HOLDERS

FWAHL

SmallO



Buy One or Buy Bulk&SAVE


CLAMP ACCESSORIES

Clamp Accessories Plunger-Matic Assemblies

Knurled End

Fully Threaded

Inch TC-207206 1/4-20 TC-507206 Vie-18 TC-468206* %-16 TC-210206 %-16 TC-250206 1/2-13

Metric TC-468206-M M10

Clamp Accessories Cone-Tip Bonded Neoprene Cap Assemblies with Jam Nuts

Item No. Thread Thread Lgth.

Pack OAL Qty.

TC-305208 10-32 1.00 1.44 TC-213208 1/4-20 1.50 2.13 TC-509208 Vie-18 2.25 2.94 TC-519208 Vie-18 4.75 5.38 TC-210208 %-16 2.50 3.44

Automatically compensates for variations in part thicknesses. To be mounted to plunger clamps.

Item Thread Lbs. Max. Spring Pack No. Thread Lgth. OAL Pressure Compression Qty.

TC-905 Vie-18 .75 2.50 135 Vie TC-920 %-16 1.13 3.63 308

Note: Pressure value is per'/8 deflection.

Clamp Accessories Swivel Foot Assemblies with Jam Nuts

*Threaded to the foot with knurled end

Clamp Accessories Neoprene Swivel Foot Assemblies

Item Thread Pack No. Thread Lgth. OAL Pad Dia. Qty.

TC-207209 1/4-20 1.50 TC-507209 Vie-18 1.94 TC-210209 %-16 2.44

Clamp Accessories Polyurethane Caps

Cone Tip

Internally threaded to screw on to spindle. High oil and abrasion resistance. Good memory.

Flat Tip TC-215219 TC-225219 TC-235219 Cone TIp TC-215319 TC-225319 TC-235319

1 Vie 9i6

1 1

'A 1 Vie 1 9 6 1

Item No. Thread

Thread Lgth. OAL

Pack Qty.

1.50 2.38 1 1.94 2.75 1 2.00 3.00 1 2.44 3.38 1 3.50 4.63 1

2.00 3.00

2.63 1.00 3.00 1.50 3.63 2.00

TO,

DFT.T

Clamp Accessories Hex Head Assemblies with Jam Nuts

F DEq.itCC ‘

Clamp Accessories Neoprene Caps

For Spindle Pack

ID Dia. Qty. Item No. OD Height

Item No.

Pack Qty. For Spindle Dia.

Clamp Accessories Flat-Tip Bonded Assemblies with Neoprene Cap and Jam Nuts

Low Cushion

TC-205208-M TC-201208-M TC-213208-M TC-305208-M TC-307208-M

M4 .76 .87 M4 1.06 1.26 M5 1.14 1.34 M5 .94 1.14 M8 1.34 1.69

Clamp Accessories Neoprene Caps

Designed to fit over the threaded end of a spindle.

TC-235110 TC-424107

Item No. Thread

Thread Lgth. OAL

Pack Qty.

Steel - Inch TC-105203 8-32 Nylon Bolt .75 .84 TC-305203 10-32 1.00 1.09 TC-205203 1/4-20 1.69 1.88 TC-202203 1/4-20 3.00 3.13 TC-461203 Vie-18 .81 1.00 TC-441203 Vie-18 1.75 1.94 TC-207203 Vie-18 2.50 2.75 TC-491203 %-16 1.25 1.50 TC-210203 %-16 2.75 3.00 TC-240203 %-16 4.00 4.25 TC-527203 %-16 5.00 5.25 TC-325203 'A-13 2.50 2.75 TC-220203 'A-13 3.00 3.31 TC-250203 %-11 4.00 4.38

Steel - Metric TC-205203-M M6 1.77 1.93 TC-461203-M M8 .81 1.00 TC-207203-M M8 2.76 2.97 TC-441203-M M8 1.75 1.94 TC-491203-M M10 1.25 1.50 TC-210203-M M10 2.76 3.03 TC-240203-M M10 4.00 4.25 TC-325203-M M12 2.56 2.83 TC-267203-M M16 4.72 5.12 Stainless Steel - Inch

TC-205943 8-32 .75 86 TC-201943 10-32 1.03 1.13 TC-202943 Ye-20 1.38 1.50 TC-207943 Vie-18 2.31 2.50 1 TC-237943 %-16 2.25 2.50 1

Stainless Steel - Metric TC-207943-M M8 2.56 2.77 1

rreeer

Flat Tip - InchMd TC-201208 10-32 1.00 1.38 1 TC-431208 1/4-20 .63 1.00 1 TC-424208 1/4-20 1.13 1.50 1 TC-202208 TC-215208

A-20 1/4-20

1.25 1.66

1.63 2.19

TC-225208 Vie-18 1.50 2.25 TC-507208 Vie-18 2.31 3.06 TC-240208 TC-527208

%-16 %-16

2.31 2.50

3.31 3.50

TC-235208 %-16 4.88 5.88 TC-247208 1/2-13 2.69 4.00 TC-267208 %-11 3.63 5.00

Flat TIp - Metric TC-431208-M M6 .63 1.00 TC-424208-M M6 1.13 1.50 TC-202208-M M6 1.25 1.73 TC-215208-M M6 1.66 2.19 TC-225208-M M8 1.50 2.25 TC-507208-M M8 2.31 3.06 TC-240208-M M10 2.31 3.31 TC-235208-M M10 4.88 5.88 TC-247208-M M12 2.68 3.82 Flat TIp Low Cushion w/ Jam Nuts - Metric

Slip on the heads of the hex head spindles.

TC-215119 .63 .44 .25 TC-225119 .75 .50 .31 TC-235119 .78 .53 .38

DESIA<CO

Nylon Bolt

Stainless Steel Bolt

Flat Tip

1/4 Vie

342

Clamp AccessoriesHex Head Assemblies with Jam Nuts

Stainless Steel Bolt

Nylon Bolt

ItemNo. Thread

Thread Lgth. OAL

PackQty.

Steel - InchTC-105203 8-32 Nylon Bolt .75 .84 1TC-305203 10-32 1.00 1.09 1TC-205203 1⁄4-20 1.69 1.88 1TC-202203 1⁄4-20 3.00 3.13 1TC-461203 5⁄16-18 .81 1.00 1TC-441203 5⁄16-18 1.75 1.94 1TC-207203 5⁄16-18 2.50 2.75 1TC-491203 3⁄8-16 1.25 1.50 1TC-210203 3⁄8-16 2.75 3.00 1TC-240203 3⁄8-16 4.00 4.25 1TC-527203 3⁄8-16 5.00 5.25 1TC-325203 1⁄2-13 2.50 2.75 1TC-220203 1⁄2-13 3.00 3.31 1TC-250203 5⁄8-11 4.00 4.38 1

Steel - MetricTC-205203-M M6 1.77 1.93 1TC-461203-M M8 .81 1.00 1TC-207203-M M8 2.76 2.97 1TC-441203-M M8 1.75 1.94 1TC-491203-M M10 1.25 1.50 1TC-210203-M M10 2.76 3.03 1TC-240203-M M10 4.00 4.25 1TC-325203-M M12 2.56 2.83 1TC-267203-M M16 4.72 5.12 1Stainless Steel - Inch

TC-205943 8-32 .75 .86 1TC-201943 10-32 1.03 1.13 1TC-202943 1⁄4-20 1.38 1.50 1TC-207943 5⁄16-18 2.31 2.50 1TC-237943 3⁄8-16 2.25 2.50 1

Stainless Steel - MetricTC-207943-M M8 2.56 2.77 1

Clamp AccessoriesFlat-Tip Bonded Assemblieswith Neoprene Cap and Jam Nuts

Low Cushion

Flat Tip

ItemNo. Thread

Thread Lgth. OAL

PackQty.

Flat Tip - InchTC-201208 10-32 1.00 1.38 1TC-431208 1⁄4-20 .63 1.00 1TC-424208 1⁄4-20 1.13 1.50 1TC-202208 1⁄4-20 1.25 1.63 1TC-215208 1⁄4-20 1.66 2.19 1TC-225208 5⁄16-18 1.50 2.25 1TC-507208 5⁄16-18 2.31 3.06 1TC-240208 3⁄8-16 2.31 3.31 1TC-527208 3⁄8-16 2.50 3.50 1TC-235208 3⁄8-16 4.88 5.88 1TC-247208 1⁄2-13 2.69 4.00 1TC-267208 5⁄8-11 3.63 5.00 1

Flat Tip - MetricTC-431208-M M6 .63 1.00 1TC-424208-M M6 1.13 1.50 1TC-202208-M M6 1.25 1.73 1TC-215208-M M6 1.66 2.19 1TC-225208-M M8 1.50 2.25 1TC-507208-M M8 2.31 3.06 1TC-240208-M M10 2.31 3.31 1TC-235208-M M10 4.88 5.88 1TC-247208-M M12 2.68 3.82 1Flat Tip Low Cushion w/ Jam Nuts - MetricTC-205208-M M4 .76 .87 1TC-201208-M M4 1.06 1.26 1TC-213208-M M5 1.14 1.34 1TC-305208-M M5 .94 1.14 1TC-307208-M M8 1.34 1.69 1

Clamp AccessoriesNeoprene Caps

Slip on the heads of the hex head spindles.

ItemNo. OD Height ID

For Spindle

Dia.PackQty.

TC-215119 .63 .44 .25 1⁄4 1TC-225119 .75 .50 .31 5⁄16 1TC-235119 .78 .53 .38 3⁄8 1

Clamp AccessoriesNeoprene Caps

Designed to fit over the threaded end of a spindle.ItemNo. For Spindle Dia.

PackQty.

TC-235110 11⁄32 1TC-424107 7⁄32 1

Clamp AccessoriesCone-Tip Bonded Neoprene Cap Assemblies with Jam Nuts

ItemNo. Thread Thread Lgth. OAL

PackQty.

TC-305208 10-32 1.00 1.44 1TC-213208 1⁄4-20 1.50 2.13 1TC-509208 5⁄16-18 2.25 2.94 1TC-519208 5⁄16-18 4.75 5.38 1TC-210208 3⁄8-16 2.50 3.44 1

Clamp AccessoriesPlunger-Matic Assemblies

Automatically compensates for variations in part thicknesses. To be mounted to plunger clamps.

Note: Pressure value is per 1⁄8 deflection.

ItemNo. Thread

Thread Lgth. OAL

Lbs.Pressure

Max. SpringCompression

PackQty.

TC-905 5⁄16-18 .75 2.50 135 3⁄16 1TC-920 3⁄8-16 1.13 3.63 308 3⁄8 1

Clamp AccessoriesSwivel Foot Assemblies with Jam Nuts

*Threaded to the foot with knurled end

Knurled End

Fully Threaded

ItemNo. Thread

Thread Lgth. OAL

PackQty.

InchTC-207206 1⁄4-20 1.50 2.38 1TC-507206 5⁄16-18 1.94 2.75 1TC-468206* 3⁄8-16 2.00 3.00 1TC-210206 3⁄8-16 2.44 3.38 1TC-250206 1⁄2-13 3.50 4.63 1

MetricTC-468206-M M10 2.00 3.00 1

Clamp AccessoriesNeoprene Swivel Foot Assemblies

ItemNo. Thread

Thread Lgth. OAL Pad Dia.

PackQty.

TC-207209 1⁄4-20 1.50 2.63 1.00 1TC-507209 5⁄16-18 1.94 3.00 1.50 1TC-210209 3⁄8-16 2.44 3.63 2.00 1

Clamp AccessoriesPolyurethane Caps

Internally threaded to screw on to spindle. High oil and abrasion resistance. Good memory.

Cone Tip

Flat TipItemNo. For Spindle Dia.

PackQty.

Flat TipTC-215219 1⁄4 1TC-225219 5⁄16 1TC-235219 3⁄8 1Cone TipTC-215319 1⁄4 1TC-225319 5⁄16 1TC-235319 3⁄8 1

CLAMP ACCESSORIES

FWAHL

SmallO



Clamp Accessories Latch Plates

411 AtisIcc7 AM/

• ••••

Clamp Accessories Flanged Washers for U-Bar Clamps

Item No.

Pack Qty. Description

TC-207105 TC-210114 TC-247110 TC-110122

1.25 Bolt Retainer for Vie Spindle 1.50 Bolt Retainer for % Spindle 1.63 Bolt Retainer for'/ Spindle 1.88 Bolt Retainer for % Spindle

Item No.

Pack Qty. D G L

1/81.A.00

Clamp Accessories Hook Assemblies with Locknuts

DESTA•co

*Supplied with two jam nuts

Clamp Accessories Ergonomic Grips

Provides a safe and comfort-able gripping surface for vertical hold down clamps. The additional guard helps protect against potential pinch points.

Item No.

Pack Qty. Description

L L1 Pack Qty.

Item No. No.

=141 U-Hook

J-Hook

Item For Use Pack Item For Use Pack No. Style w/ Clamp Qty. No. Style w/ Clamp Qty.

Steel Stainless Steel TC-323215 U-Hook TC-323 1 TC-323915 U-Hook TC-323-SS 1 TC-324215 U-Hook TC-324 1 TC-331915 U-Hook TC-331-SS 1 TC-331215 U-Hook TC-331 1 TC-341915 U-Hook TC-341-SS 1 TC-334215 U-Hook TC-334 1 TC-344915 U-Hook TC-344-SS 1 TC-341215 U-Hook TC-341 1 TC-324915 U-Hook TC-324-SS 1 TC-344215 U-Hook TC-344 1 TC-334915 U-Hook TC-334-SS 1 TC-375215 U-Hook TC-375, 375-R 1 TC-330915* J-Hook TC-330-SS 1 TC-385215 U-Hook TC-385 1 TC-351915 J-Hook TC-351-SS 1 TC-351215 J-Hook TC-351 1 TC-371915 J-Hook TC-371-SS 1 TC-330215* J-Hook TC-330 1 TC-371215 J-Hook TC-371 1

TC-202305 Fits 202 and 2002 series clamps TC-207305 Fits 207 and 2007 series clamps

Economy Clamp Accessories Bonded Neoprene Spindles

ETC-19312 .88 %-16 3.44 2.60 ETC-19218 .59 %-20 2.17 1.59 ETC-19316 .49 Vie-18 3.05 2.31

Item No.

For Spindle Pack DIa. Qty.

Item No.

For Spindle Pack DIa. Qty.

Steel Stainless Steel TC-102111 #10 Spindle TC-102911 #10 Spindle TC-105106 #8 Spindle TC-105906 #8 Spindle TC-215105 'A Spindle TC-215905 % Spindle TC-507107 Vie Spindle TC-507907 Vie Spindle TC-235106 % Spindle TC-235906 % Spindle TC-247109 % Spindle TC-267102 % Spindle

Clamp Accessories Bolt Retainers for Clamps with Solid Hold Down Bars

Economy Clamp Accessories Hex Head Spindles

ETC-19338 .55 ETC-19310 .74 ETC-19112 .43 ETC-19212 .49

3.00 3.00 1.50 2.50

3.23 3.31 1.65 2.71

Ll

CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING ' c N

CLAMP ACCESSORIES

Bolt-on Type A

Bolt-on Weld-on Type B Type C

Flanged Plate

Item No. Type

For Use Pack Item w/ Clamp Qty. No. 11,0

For Use Pack w/ Clamp Qty.

Steel TC-323104-M A TC-323

Stainless Steel TC-323104-MSS A TC-323-SS

TC-324101 B TC-324 TC-331905 A TC-331-SS TC-331005 TC-334101

A B

TC-331, 331-R TC-334

TC-341905 TC-324901

A B

TC-341-SS TC-324-SS

TC-341005 A TC-341,341-R TC-334901 B TC-334-SS TC-344101 B TC-344 TC-375509 C Series TC-375 & TC-385 TC-385102 D TC-375, 385

343 343

Clamp AccessoriesLatch Plates

Weld-onType C

Flanged PlateBolt-onType B

Bolt-onType A

ItemNo. Type

For Usew/ Clamp

PackQty.

ItemNo. Type

For Usew/ Clamp

PackQty.

Steel Stainless SteelTC-323104-M A TC-323 1 TC-323104-MSS A TC-323-SS 1

TC-324101 B TC-324 1 TC-331905 A TC-331-SS 1TC-331005 A TC-331, 331-R 1 TC-341905 A TC-341-SS 1TC-334101 B TC-334 1 TC-324901 B TC-324-SS 1TC-341005 A TC-341,341-R 1 TC-334901 B TC-334-SS 1TC-344101 B TC-344 1 TC-375509 C Series TC-375 & TC-385 1 TC-385102 D TC-375, 385 1

Clamp AccessoriesHook Assemblies with Locknuts

*Supplied with two jam nuts

J-HookU-Hook

ItemNo. Style

For Usew/ Clamp

PackQty.

ItemNo. Style

For Usew/ Clamp

PackQty.

Steel Stainless SteelTC-323215 U-Hook TC-323 1 TC-323915 U-Hook TC-323-SS 1TC-324215 U-Hook TC-324 1 TC-331915 U-Hook TC-331-SS 1TC-331215 U-Hook TC-331 1 TC-341915 U-Hook TC-341-SS 1TC-334215 U-Hook TC-334 1 TC-344915 U-Hook TC-344-SS 1TC-341215 U-Hook TC-341 1 TC-324915 U-Hook TC-324-SS 1TC-344215 U-Hook TC-344 1 TC-334915 U-Hook TC-334-SS 1TC-375215 U-Hook TC-375, 375-R 1 TC-330915* J-Hook TC-330-SS 1TC-385215 U-Hook TC-385 1 TC-351915 J-Hook TC-351-SS 1TC-351215 J-Hook TC-351 1 TC-371915 J-Hook TC-371-SS 1TC-330215* J-Hook TC-330 1 TC-371215 J-Hook TC-371 1

Clamp AccessoriesErgonomic Grips

Provides a safe and comfort-able gripping surface for vertical hold down clamps. The additional guard helps protect against potential pinch points.

ItemNo. Description

PackQty.

TC-202305 Fits 202 and 2002 series clamps 1TC-207305 Fits 207 and 2007 series clamps 1

Clamp AccessoriesFlanged Washers for U-Bar Clamps

ItemNo.

For Spindle Dia.

PackQty.

ItemNo.

For Spindle Dia.

PackQty.

Steel Stainless SteelTC-102111 #10 Spindle 1 TC-102911 #10 Spindle 1TC-105106 #8 Spindle 1 TC-105906 #8 Spindle 1TC-215105 1⁄4 Spindle 1 TC-215905 1⁄4 Spindle 1TC-507107 5⁄16 Spindle 1 TC-507907 5⁄16 Spindle 1TC-235106 3⁄8 Spindle 1 TC-235906 3⁄8 Spindle 1TC-247109 1⁄2 Spindle 1 TC-267102 5⁄8 Spindle 1

Clamp AccessoriesBolt Retainers for Clamps with Solid Hold Down Bars

ItemNo. Description

PackQty.

TC-207105 1.25 Bolt Retainer for 5⁄16 Spindle 1TC-210114 1.50 Bolt Retainer for 3⁄8 Spindle 1TC-247110 1.63 Bolt Retainer for 1⁄2 Spindle 1TC-110122 1.88 Bolt Retainer for 5⁄8 Spindle 1

Economy Clamp AccessoriesHex Head Spindles

L1L

D

G

ItemNo. D G L L1

PackQty.

ETC-19338 .55 3⁄8-16 3.23 3.00 1ETC-19310 .74 1⁄2-13 3.31 3.00 1ETC-19112 .43 1⁄4-20 1.65 1.50 1ETC-19212 .49 5⁄16-18 2.71 2.50 1

Economy Clamp AccessoriesBonded Neoprene Spindles

L1

L

D

G

ItemNo. D G L L1

PackQty.

ETC-19312 .88 3⁄8-16 3.44 2.60 1ETC-19218 .59 1⁄4-20 2.17 1.59 1ETC-19316 .49 5⁄16-18 3.05 2.31 1

CLAMP ACCESSORIES

FWAHL

SmallO



TC-810

Type E

TC-846, 847

Type F

Type G

TC-858

Type H

G 0

J (Screw S ze)

Max. Inlet Press. Max.

at Max. MA Exert. Force Holding Pack psig 80 psig Lbs. Cap. Lbs. Qty.

E Spindle

Size

CYL Port Size Bore

TC-812 A 1.50 1.02 TC-802-U B 2.34 1.72 TC-807-S C 3.00 3.13 TC-807-U C 3.00 2.50 TC-8021 D 2.19 2.25 TC-8071 D 2.59 2.50 TC-810-S E 3.79 3.48 TC-810-U E 3.79 3.58 TC-846 F 3.63 2.13

TC-847-S G 4.34 4.88 TC-847-U G 4.34 4.88 TC-858 H 7.12 4.88

.69 .94 .69 .17 5.60 1.06 1.06 .50 .22 7.39 1.38 1.25 .75 .28 9.96 1.38 1.25 .75 .28 9.21 1.56 1.50 .79 .21 9.31 1.66 1.58 1.97 .28 10.93 1.80 1.78 1.25 .33 12.13 1.80 1.78 1.25 .33 12.28 1.63 1.50 1.00 .28 10.50 2.25 1.78 1.25 .34 16.00 2.25 1.78 1.25 .34 16.00 3.84 2.75 4.25 .41 18.09

10-32 NF % NPT % NPT % NPT % NPT % NPT % NPT % NPT % NPT % NPT % NPT Us NPT

.75 80 98 - 135 150 1.13 40 160 - 200 200 1.13 80 150 - 500 500 1.13 55 150 - 350 350 1.12 105 100 - 175 390 1.50 105 250 - 450 450 1.50 80 400 - 700 750 1.50 70 400 - 600 600 1.50 125 500 - 750 750 2.00 80 450 - 1,000 1,000 2.00 60 450 - 750 800 2.50 200 900 - 1,600 4,000

10-32 M6 Vie Vie .38 .31 .38 - - .50 - -


PNEUMATIC HOLD-DOWN CLAMPS


Pneumatic cylinders provides the activating force for these over-center toggle clamps. Built to perform repetitive production operations. Portable and economical for use on short run jobs with temporary fixturing. By adding a sensing switch, the position of the cylinder can be sensed. All these models come with magnetic ring for sensing capability.

TC-812

TC-802-U

Smallest of hold-down models, this miniature clamp is the power version of TC-201. The 10-32 spindle is adjustable for height and location along the bar. Cylinder has built in speed controls for smooth operation. Clamp and base are stainless steel. Bar opens 90 degrees. TC-812 uses the TC-810156 reed switch.

Similar to Series 807 but larger and higher capacity. TC-810-S with solid bar and TC-810-U with U-bar. Bar opens 90 degrees. Accommodates any %-16 spindle assembly (not included).

TC-802 provides 200 lbs. holding capacity in a package less than 7" long. Threaded spindle is adjustable to accommodate work piece height and is neoprene tipped for part protection. Double

Type B acting power cylinder has built-in speed control (restriction) and needs only to be hooked up to a controlled air or hydraulic power source. Hold down bar opens 95 degrees to facilitate easy part loading/unloading.

TC-807

Two versions available. TC-807-S with solid steel

* hold-down bar and TC-807-U (illustrated) with U-bar. TC-807-S is furnished with a separate bolt retainer which

Type C can be welded onto the hold- down bar (bar can be cut or modified). TC-807-U is furnished with flanged washers. A wide range of spindles are available to suit your application. Bar opens 92 degrees.

TC-8021, 8071, 8101

Ideal for dirty environments such as spot and MIG welding. Similar to TC-802, TC-807-U and TC-810-U, except the internal mecha-nism is totally enclosed.

Stationary cylinder allows hard piping. Low and narrow mounting profile. U-bar opens 90 degrees. Comes with magnetic ring for sensing switches as a standard feature.

TC-846 is the pneumatic version of the TC-516. TC-847-S (solid bar) and TC-847-U have patented bar guide feature. This provides additional side support to the hold-down bar and allows a take-up adjustment to compensate for misalignment or wear. Other features are similar to preceding models. The hold-down bar opens 95 degrees. Accommodates any 1/2-13 spindle assembly (not included).

Heavy-duty model uses forged alloy steel links and steel components machined to close tolerances. Base is a'/2" thick steel plate. All pivot points have hardened bushings fitted with hardened steel pivot pins. The

1" x 1% steel hold-down bar may be cut, drilled, tapped or welded to adapt to application. Bar opens 92 degrees.

. Jr,

Type D

E Spindle Size

See page 350 for sensor options.

344 344

Pneumatic cylinders provides the activating force for these over-center toggle clamps. Built to perform repetitive production operations. Portable and economical for use on short run jobs with temporary fixturing. By adding a sensing switch, the position of the cylinder can be sensed. All these models come with magnetic ring for sensing capability.

TC-812 Smallest of hold-down models, this miniature clamp is the power version of TC-201. The 10-32 spindle is adjustable for height and location along the bar. Cylinder has built in speed controls for smooth operation. Clamp and base are stainless steel. Bar opens 90 degrees. TC-812 uses the TC-810156 reed switch.

Type A

TC-802 provides 200 lbs. holding capacity in a package less than 7" long. Threaded spindle is adjustable to accommodate work piece height and is neoprene tipped for part protection. Double acting power cylinder has

built-in speed control (restriction) and needs only to be hooked up to a controlled air or hydraulic power source. Hold down bar opens 95 degrees to facilitate easy part loading/unloading.

Type B

TC-807

Two versions available. TC-807-S with solid steel hold-down bar and TC-807-U (illustrated) with U-bar. TC-807-S is furnished with a separate bolt retainer which can be welded onto the hold-

down bar (bar can be cut or modified). TC-807-U is furnished with flanged washers. A wide range of spindles are available to suit your application. Bar opens 92 degrees.

Type C

TC-8021, 8071, 8101

Ideal for dirty environments such as spot and MIG welding. Similar to TC-802, TC-807-U and TC-810-U, except the internal mecha-nism is totally enclosed.

Stationary cylinder allows hard piping. Low and narrow mounting profile. U-bar opens 90 degrees. Comes with magnetic ring for sensing switches as a standard feature.

Type D

TC-810

Similar to Series 807 but larger and higher capacity. TC-810-S with solid bar and TC-810-U with U-bar. Bar opens 90 degrees. Accommodates any 3⁄8-16 spindle assembly (not included).Type E

TC-846, 847

TC-846 is the pneumatic version of the TC-516. TC-847-S (solid bar) and TC-847-U have patented bar guide feature. This provides additional side support to the hold-down bar and allows a take-up adjustment to compensate for misalignment or wear. Other features are similar to preceding models. The hold-down bar opens 95 degrees. Accommodates any 1⁄2-13 spindle assembly (not included).Type G

Type F

TC-858

Heavy-duty model uses forged alloy steel links and steel components machined to close tolerances. Base is a 1⁄2" thick steel plate. All pivot points have hardened bushings fitted with hardened steel pivot pins. The

1" x 13⁄8" steel hold-down bar may be cut, drilled, tapped or welded to adapt to application. Bar opens 92 degrees.

Type H

A

D

P

F

H

G

J (Screw Size)

E Spindle Size

ItemNo. Type A D

ESpindle

Size F G H J P Port SizeCyl.Bore

Max. Inlet Press.

at Max. MA psig

Exert. Force80 psig Lbs.

Max. Holding

Cap. Lbs.PackQty.

TC-812 A 1.50 1.02 10-32 .69 .94 .69 .17 5.60 10-32 NF .75 80 98 - 135 150 1TC-802-U B 2.34 1.72 M6 1.06 1.06 .50 .22 7.39 1⁄8 NPT 1.13 40 160 - 200 200 1TC-807-S C 3.00 3.13 5⁄16 1.38 1.25 .75 .28 9.96 1⁄8 NPT 1.13 80 150 - 500 500 1TC-807-U C 3.00 2.50 5⁄16 1.38 1.25 .75 .28 9.21 1⁄8 NPT 1.13 55 150 - 350 350 1TC-8021 D 2.19 2.25 .38 1.56 1.50 .79 .21 9.31 1⁄8 NPT 1.12 105 100 - 175 390 1TC-8071 D 2.59 2.50 .31 1.66 1.58 1.97 .28 10.93 1⁄8 NPT 1.50 105 250 - 450 450 1TC-810-S E 3.79 3.48 .38 1.80 1.78 1.25 .33 12.13 1⁄8 NPT 1.50 80 400 - 700 750 1TC-810-U E 3.79 3.58 — 1.80 1.78 1.25 .33 12.28 1⁄8 NPT 1.50 70 400 - 600 600 1TC-846 F 3.63 2.13 — 1.63 1.50 1.00 .28 10.50 1⁄8 NPT 1.50 125 500 - 750 750 1

TC-847-S G 4.34 4.88 .50 2.25 1.78 1.25 .34 16.00 1⁄8 NPT 2.00 80 450 - 1,000 1,000 1TC-847-U G 4.34 4.88 — 2.25 1.78 1.25 .34 16.00 1⁄8 NPT 2.00 60 450 - 750 800 1TC-858 H 7.12 4.88 — 3.84 2.75 4.25 .41 18.09 1⁄8 NPT 2.50 200 900 - 1,600 4,000 1


TC-802-U

PNEUMATIC HOLD-DOWN CLAMPS

FWAHL

SmallO



DESTitel

AM/

A

D

E Port Size

CYl• Bare

Max. Inlet Press.

at Max. A psig

Exerting Force

80 psi Lbs.

Max. Holding Pack

Cap. Lbs. Qty. 2.44 6.18 2.41 % NPT 1.125 80 200/320 350 3.06 6.75 2.41 NPT 1.125 100 200/400 450 3.26 8.75 2.94 NPT 1.500 95 300/500 600 3.19 8.64 2.94 NPT 1.500 110 300/500 700 4.69 10.11 4.00 % NPT 2.500 200 900/1,600 4,000

TC-817-U A 7.42 .63 TC-817-S A 7.42 .63 TC-827-U A 9.66 .75 TC-827-S A 9.66 .75 TC-868 B 14.32 1.25

Type C


Max. Cyl. Cyl. Air Max. Exert. Force Max.

Port Cyl. Area Pressure Mechanical at Holding Pack Size Bore (Sq. In.) psi Advantage 80 psi Lbs. Cap. Lbs. Qty. M

Item No. Type A

.27 .75 .44 9.82 % N PT 1.13

.34 1.25 .63 14.08 % NPT 1.50

.41 2.00 1.00 21.17 % NPT 2.50

TC-803 A 2.88 2.19 5/18-18 1.09 1.31 1.44 - TC-830 B 3% 2.00 %-16 1.06 1.63 - 1.63 TC-850 C 7.50 4.50 %-11 2.63 2.25 2.75 -

.99 1.77 4.90

600 800 2050

600 2,500 16,000

80 7.5:1 145 5.7:1 125 5.2:1

Plunger Plunger Travel Thread

Port Holding Pack Size Cap. Lbs. Qty.

% NPT TC-8031 2.37 7.83 .037 2.17 2.36 .44 2.75 1.25 M8 2,000 .27 .75

Pneumatic Straight-Line Action Clamps TC-8031 - Fully Enclosed

HJ

TC-8031 is the fully enclosed version of TC-803. It can be used in the harshest environments. Cylinder is sensor ready and the clamp can be hard piped.

B

3 E


PNEUMATIC CLAMPS ._„,

Pneumatic cylinders provide the activating force for these over-center toggle clamps. Built to perform repetitive production operations. Portable and economical for use on short run jobs with temporary fixturing. By adding a sensing switch, the position of the cylinder can be sensed. All these models come with magnetic ring for sensing capability.

Pneumatic Hold-Down Clamps Series TC-817, 827, 868 - Right Angle

Type A

Used where space dictates such as rotary indexing tables and injection molding operations. Can also be used with the cylinder horizontal in which case the hold-down bar pulls back toward itself. All models can be mounted on the side of the fixture. TC-817-U and TC-817-S can also be top mounted.


•

Pneumatic Straight-Line Action Clamps

AK,

• LI•1117

This compact plunger action clamp is less than 10" long but provides a holding capacity of up to 600 lbs. The 7/1 6" diameter plunger extends 3/4" to a locked position. The end of the plunger is drilled and tapped for a 5/16-18 spindle. Also available as a fully enclosed clamp (TC-8031). Type A

The %" dia. plunger travels forward 14" from an open to a closed and locked

-.....14. - %

-111 0r position. Plunger is drilled and tapped to accept a -16 spindle or to receive your

6 custom fixture.

Type B

The largest of the straight-line actions, this model has a full 1" dia. plunger that extends 2" and goes into a mechanical lock. A %" thick steel base provides rigidity and can be welded or bolted into position. Removable pivot pins permit easy removal of the plunger without demounting the entire unit.

L hTravel

D P

Thread

4 M

GH Ix Y_

H HhH

345 345


Pneumatic cylinders provide the activating force for these over-center toggle clamps. Built to perform repetitive production operations. Portable and economical for use on short run jobs with temporary fixturing. By adding a sensing switch, the position of the cylinder can be sensed. All these models come with magnetic ring for sensing capability.

Pneumatic Hold-Down ClampsSeries TC-817, 827, 868 - Right Angle

Used where space dictates such as rotary indexing tables and injection molding operations. Can also be used with the cylinder horizontal in which case the hold-down bar pulls back toward itself. All models can be mounted on the side of the fixture. TC-817-U and TC-817-S can also be top mounted.


ED

CA

B

Type B

Type A

ItemNo. Type A B C D E

PortSize

Cyl.Bore

Max. Inlet Press.

at Max. A psig

Exerting Force

80 psi Lbs.

Max.Holding

Cap. Lbs.PackQty.

TC-817-U A 7.42 .63 2.44 6.18 2.41 1⁄8 NPT 1.125 80 200/320 350 1TC-817-S A 7.42 .63 3.06 6.75 2.41 1⁄8 NPT 1.125 100 200/400 450 1TC-827-U A 9.66 .75 3.26 8.75 2.94 1⁄8 NPT 1.500 95 300/500 600 1TC-827-S A 9.66 .75 3.19 8.64 2.94 1⁄8 NPT 1.500 110 300/500 700 1TC-868 B 14.32 1.25 4.69 10.11 4.00 1⁄8 NPT 2.500 200 900/1,600 4,000 1

Pneumatic Straight-Line Action Clamps

This compact plunger action clamp is less than 10" long but provides a holding capacity of up to 600 lbs. The 7⁄16" diameter plunger extends 3⁄4" to a locked position. The end of the plunger is drilled and tapped for a 5⁄16-18 spindle. Also available as a fully enclosed clamp (TC-8031).Type A

The 5⁄8" dia. plunger travels forward 11⁄4" from an open to a closed and locked position. Plunger is drilled and tapped to accept a 3⁄8-16 spindle or to receive your custom fixture.

Type B

The largest of the straight-line actions, this model has a full 1" dia. plunger that extends 2" and goes into a mechanical lock. A 3⁄8" thick steel base provides rigidity and can be welded or bolted into position. Removable pivot pins permit easy removal of the plunger without demounting the entire unit.

Type C

ItemNo. Type A D E F G H h J L M P

PortSize

Cyl.Bore

Cyl. Area

(Sq. In.)

Max. Cyl.Air

Pressure psi

Max. MechanicalAdvantage

Exert. Force at

80 psi Lbs.

Max. Holding

Cap. Lbs.PackQty.

TC-803 A 2.88 2.19 5⁄16-18 1.09 1.31 1.44 — .27 .75 .44 9.82 1⁄8 NPT 1.13 .99 80 7.5:1 600 600 1TC-830 B 31⁄4 2.00 3⁄8-16 1.06 1.63 — 1.63 .34 1.25 .63 14.08 1⁄8 NPT 1.50 1.77 145 5.7:1 800 2,500 1TC-850 C 7.50 4.50 5⁄8-11 2.63 2.25 2.75 — .41 2.00 1.00 21.17 1⁄8 NPT 2.50 4.90 125 5.2:1 2050 16,000 1

LTravel

ThreadE

DP

A

FM

JJ

H hD

G

Pneumatic Straight-Line Action ClampsTC-8031 - Fully Enclosed

TC-8031 is the fully enclosed version of TC-803. It can be used in the harshest environments. Cylinder is sensor ready and the clamp can be hard piped.

AF

HG

C

E

B

JD

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H J

PlungerTravel

PlungerThread

PortSize

HoldingCap. Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-8031 2.37 7.83 .037 2.17 2.36 .44 2.75 1.25 .27 .75 M8 1⁄8 NPT 2,000 1

PNEUMATIC CLAMPS

FWAHL

SmallO



C

I lit B

E

G *-1 RIMMI/•••5-

1111r4WrAMM

.- -t

MENEM ,L.0:_,A,, ABIRWW,,

0 ri a K

)--Ill -4- E

[ N

180 ARM

TC-840 .375 1.375 10 .625 100 1.812 TC-841 .375 1.375 10 .625 100 1.812

Note: Maximum inlet pressure: 150 psig.

.28 .875 - 3.69 1.875 2.563 1.000 - 1.5 Equiv. 180 1,500 475 3:1 90 1,500 475 3:1 .28 .875 3.25 - 1.875 2.563 1.000 5.47 1.5 Equiv.

0

TC-860 .375 TC-861 .375 TC-890 .375 TC-891 .375

TC-1001A .500

.34 1.130 4.50 2.188 2.500 2.313 2.00 180 3,000 1,250 5:1

.34 1.130 4.00 2.188 2.500 2.313 6.47 2.00 90 3,000 1,250 5:1

.41 1.250 5.50 2.500 3.560 2.760 2.50 180 5,000 2,600 6.5:1

.41 1.250 5.00 2.500 3.560 2.760 8.06 2.50 90 5,000 2,600 6.5:1

.53 1.750 7.00 3.500 3.750 3.500 11.31 3.25 90 10,000 6,000 9:1

1.75 11.63 .625

96

2.50

1.75 12.25 .625

110

2.50

2.00 13.00 .690

96

3.06

2.00 13.63 .690

119

3.06

2.63 17.88 1.000

122

3.75


Type A Type B

TC-870,

ki 3/4 "

5/8 ( Ate,

41/4 < for minimum distance between clamping points. Four-way mounting surface for full mounting flexibility. Built-in pre-stop eliminates need to

11/2 bottom out cylinder. Gives extra travel to automatically compensate for wear. Also

permits arm to be machined accurately relative to mounting surface. TC-870-2 maximum opening is 112 degrees, cylinder stroke is 2%".TC-871-2 maximum opening is 126 degrees, cylinder stroke is 274". The magnetic ring cylinders are used when there is a need to sense the open or closed position of the cylinder. By adding a tie rod mounted reed switch, the position of the cylinder can be sensed. All these models come with magnetic ring for sensing capability.

TC-871 3/4

Typ. for 1/4 Saews 5/32 (4) Slots

, -4 33/8

31/8 13/4

1/4 NPT

67/8 Max. (871) 63/8 Max. (870)

1/4 NPT 21/8

I Y 21/8

25/32

These models use a roller and cam principle to enable clamping work of inconsistent thickness while still maintaining a locked condition. Modular units 21/e" square can stack together

Item No. 11,0

A B

CYl• Bore

1.5 TC-870-2 TC-871-2 1.5

Cyl. Area Max. Cylinder Max. Hold Mechanical Exerting Force Sq. In. Air Pressure psig Capacity Lbs. Advantage 80 psig Lbs.

1.767 250 psig 2,000 1.2 to 2.5:1 170/350 1.767 250 psig 2,000 1.2 to 2.5 170/350


PNEUMATIC HEAVY DUTY HOLD-DOWN CLAMPS


TC-840, 841 DE-STA-004°Toggle Lock Plus


Designed for high production applications, these pneumatic clamps offer exceptional clamping forces and holding capabilities. Does not require greater pressure to open than to close. The TC-840 and TC-841 have oval cylinders which allows them to be used in close quarters or they can be ganged together in multiple installations. The even numbered models feature a 180 degrees clamping arm which travels to an over-center locked position parallel (180 degrees) to the clamps center line. The correspond-ing odd numbered models have a 90 degrees arm. The angular locked position of both versions is precisely controlled by the hardened steel insert. The magnetic ring cylinders are used when there is a need to sense the open or closed position of the cylin-der. Then by adding a tie rod mounted reed switch, the position of the cylinder can be sensed.

Hold Cap. Max. Exert. Mechanical Range of 0 3' from Force 0 80

Advantage

Item

E

Arm Pivot to psig 2' from 2' from Pivot Pack No. A BCD (degrees) F

G H J K L

M N 0 Bore (degrees) Load Point Pivot Point

Point Qty.

TC-860, 861, 890, 891,1001A


Designed for high production applications, these pneumatic clamps offer exceptional clamping forces and holding capabilities. Does not require greater pressure to open than to close. The even numbered models feature a 180 degrees clamping arm which travels to an over-center locked position parallel (180 degrees) to the clamps center line. The corresponding odd numbered models have a 90 degrees arm. The angular locked position of both versions is precisely controlled by the hardened steel insert. The magnetic ring cylinders are used when there is a need to sense the open or closed position of the cylinder. Then by adding a tie rod mounted reed switch, the position of the cylin-der can be sensed.

E A B C D (degrees) F G H J

Hold Cap. Max. Exert. Mechanical Range of @ 3' from Force @ 80 Advantage

Arm Pivot to psig 2' from 2' from Pack K L M N 0 Bore (degrees) Load Point Pivot Point Pivot Point Qty.

TC-870, 871 Power Roller .--DESTA<C‘

346 346

TC-840, 841DE-STA-CO® Toggle Lock Plus

Designed for high production applications, these pneumatic clamps offer exceptional clamping forces and holding capabilities. Does not require greater pressure to open than to close. The TC-840 and TC-841 have oval cylinders which allows them to be used in close quarters or they can be ganged together in multiple installations. The even numbered models feature a 180 degrees clamping arm which travels to an over-center locked position parallel (180 degrees) to the clamps center line. The correspond-ing odd numbered models have a 90 degrees arm. The angular locked position of both versions is precisely controlled by the hardened steel insert. The magnetic ring cylinders are used when there is a need to sense the open or closed position of the cylin-der. Then by adding a tie rod mounted reed switch, the position of the cylinder can be sensed.See page 350 for sensor options.

Note: Maximum inlet pressure: 150 psig.

A

C

N B

F K

M

G DE

EH

OJ

L

ItemNo. A B C D

E(degrees) F G H J K L M N O Bore

Range of Arm

(degrees)

Hold Cap. @ 3" from

Pivot to Load Point

Max. Exert. Force @ 80psig 2" from Pivot Point

Mechanical Advantage

2" from Pivot Point

PackQty.

TC-840 .375 1.375 10 .625 100 1.812 .28 .875 — 3.69 1.875 2.563 1.000 — 1.5 Equiv. 180 1,500 475 3:1 1TC-841 .375 1.375 10 .625 100 1.812 .28 .875 3.25 — 1.875 2.563 1.000 5.47 1.5 Equiv. 90 1,500 475 3:1 1

TC-860, 861, 890, 891,1001A

Designed for high production applications, these pneumatic clamps offer exceptional clamping forces and holding capabilities. Does not require greater pressure to open than to close. The even numbered models feature a 180 degrees clamping arm which travels to an over-center locked position parallel (180 degrees) to the clamps center line. The corresponding odd numbered models have a 90 degrees arm. The angular locked position of both versions is precisely controlled by the hardened steel insert. The magnetic ring cylinders are used when there is a need to sense the open or closed position of the cylinder. Then by adding a tie rod mounted reed switch, the position of the cylin-der can be sensed.See page 350 for sensor options.

A

K

J

H

O

L

FG

D

E

B

C

NM

E

ItemNo. A B C D

E(degrees) F G H J K L M N O Bore

Range of Arm

(degrees)

Hold Cap. @ 3" from

Pivot to Load Point

Max. Exert. Force @ 80psig 2" from Pivot Point

Mechanical Advantage

2" from Pivot Point

PackQty.

TC-860 .375 1.75 11.63 .625 96 2.50 .34 1.130 — 4.50 2.188 2.500 2.313 — 2.00 180 3,000 1,250 5:1 1TC-861 .375 1.75 12.25 .625 110 2.50 .34 1.130 4.00 — 2.188 2.500 2.313 6.47 2.00 90 3,000 1,250 5:1 1TC-890 .375 2.00 13.00 .690 96 3.06 .41 1.250 — 5.50 2.500 3.560 2.760 — 2.50 180 5,000 2,600 6.5:1 1TC-891 .375 2.00 13.63 .690 119 3.06 .41 1.250 5.00 — 2.500 3.560 2.760 8.06 2.50 90 5,000 2,600 6.5:1 1

TC-1001A .500 2.63 17.88 1.000 122 3.75 .53 1.750 7.00 — 3.500 3.750 3.500 11.31 3.25 90 10,000 6,000 9:1 1

TC-870, 871Power Roller

These models use a roller and cam principle to enable clamping work of inconsistent thickness while still maintaining a locked condition. Modular units 21⁄8" square can stack together for minimum distance between clamping points. Four-way mounting surface for full mounting flexibility. Built-in pre-stop eliminates need to bottom out cylinder. Gives extra travel to automatically compensate for wear. Also

permits arm to be machined accurately relative to mounting surface. TC-870-2 maximum opening is 112 degrees, cylinder stroke is 23⁄8". TC-871-2 maximum opening is 126 degrees, cylinder stroke is 27⁄8". The magnetic ring cylinders are used when there is a need to sense the open or closed position of the cylinder. By adding a tie rod mounted reed switch, the position of the cylinder can be sensed. All these models come with magnetic ring for sensing capability.See page 350 for sensor options.

67/8 Max. (871)63/8 Max. (870)33/8

13/431/8

TC-871

11

41/4

TC-870

21/8

3/4

Typ. for 1/4 Screws9/32 (4) Slots

5/83/8

1

21/8NPT1/4 NPT1/4

25/32

11/2

Type BType A

ItemNo. Type

Cyl.Bore

Cyl. AreaSq. In.

Max. CylinderAir Pressure psig

Max. HoldCapacity Lbs.

MechanicalAdvantage

Exerting Force80 psig Lbs.

PackQty.

TC-870-2 A 1.5 1.767 250 psig 2,000 1.2 to 2.5:1 170/350 1TC-871-2 B 1.5 1.767 250 psig 2,000 1.2 to 2.5 170/350 1

PNEUMATIC HEAVY DUTY HOLD-DOWN CLAMPS

FWAHL

SmallO



G

E C

J K L M N Mtg. Input

P Holes Pressure Exerting Pack

Force Qty. Item No. Type A D E F G H

.26 70-150

Item No. B116 B1 B7 B10 B11a

Holding Torque Clamping Torque Max. (In.-Lbs.) Max. (In.-Lbs.)

Pack B111 L1 L6 L7 1J11 Qty.

55 132 280

105 105 105 'A

55 132 280

105 105 105 'A

25 53 179.5 18 20 60 211 20 25 74 242 20

25 53 179.5 18 20 60 211 20 25 74 242 20

Without Sensor TC-82L2G20300H0 TC-82L3G20300H0 TC-82L4G20300H0 With Sensor TC-82L2G203B8H0 TC-82L3G203B8H0 TC-82L4G203B8H0

Pneumatic Retractor Clamps Series TC-800

y_ 1/

2

Eby -.1

'AY 5/16 -4- B

HY- M t

Clamping Arm

C

o?

CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING .qN

PNEUMATIC CLAMPS

Operates on an ordinary shop line air (properly filtered and lubricated). Clamp arm completely retracts from the work area for ease in part loading/unloading. Model 800-E has an extended arm. Min. operating pressure is 70 psig.

TC-800 A 1.63 4.81 2.72 .25 2.21 .25 3.13 1.19 .59 .19 .50 'A NPT 2.31 1.50 TC-800-E B 1.63 4.81 2.72 .25 2.21 .25 3.13 1.19 .59 .16 .50 'A NPT 2.31 1.50 .50 .26 70-150 650 - 1,200

Note: Use with pneumatic power only. 3-Way air valve required to power unit (single-acting spring return).

850 - 1,500

9 12 15 15

4.5 5.75

9 9

104 119 151 151

9 15 20 20

15 20 20 20

39 53 57 159

221 531 885 885

4.5 5.75

9

104 119 151

24 15 30 20 35 20

39 57 150

177 354 708

Horizontal TC-81L12-10100 TC-81L16-10100 TC-81L20-10100 TC-81 L25-10100 Vertical TC-81L12-14100 TC-81L16-14100 TC-81L25-14100

M4 x 6 24 M5 x 5 30 M6 x 8 35 M6 x 8 35

M4 x6 M5 x5 M6 x8

15 20 25 25

15 9 20 12 25 15

27 31.5 28 30 39.5 30

30.5 40 40 40.5 50 40

9 27 31.5 28 15 30 39.5 30 20 40.5 50 40

Automation Power Clamps Series TC-82L Without Hand Lever

• Lightweight aluminum design

• Enclosed model • Contaminant

resistant • Compact design • High holding

torques • Long life cycle

See page 350 for sensors.

Automation Power Clamps Series TC-82L With Hand Lever

Features: • Lightweight

aluminum design • Enclosed model • Contaminant

resistant • Compact design • High holding

torques • Long life cycle


CIf DESPYCO ..... =..11, .....,

347

Type A

>P K r

-4- Type B

DESTA•Co

Automation Power Clamps Series TC-81L Miniature Design

Horizontal Vertical

'rt

Clamping Arm Clamping Arm


'-DESIA•6‘

Clamping, holding, gripping and positioning of metal sheets and other parts in jigs and handling systems. Features compact design, long life cycle, high holding torques, two mount-ing areas (front and rear), and toggle action mechanism. These models can be quickly fitted with magnetic position sensors. Horizontal clamping arms have 120 degrees standard opening angle and the vertical clamping arms have 90 degrees standard opening angle.

Opening Angle

81L"-141 Opening Angle

Area of Interference

B11b

Pivot

k Tg.3)

Right Hand T-slot for sensor111111111

Left Hand Round slot for sensor [-v--B

Powered with compressed air max. 6 Bar Operation with oil free air is permissible

179.5 211 242

55 132 280

42 50

18 1 20 1 20 1

179.5 211 242

25 20 25

42 50

18 1 20 1 20 1

55 132 280

Without Sensor TC-82L2G2030000 TC-82L3G2030000 TC-82L4G2030000 With Sensor TC-82L2G203B800 TC-82L3G203B800 TC-82L4G203B800

25 53 20 3 60 25 35 74

53 3 60 35 74

Max. Holding Opening Angle Air Pack Torque Lbs. (degrees) Connection B7 B23 L1 1-111 Qt

Re No.

347

Features:

resistant

torques


ItemNo.

Max. HoldingTorque Lbs.

Opening Angle(degrees)

AirConnection B7 B23 L1 L9

PackQty.

Without SensorTC-82L2G20300H0 55 105 1⁄8 25 53 179.5 18 1TC-82L3G20300H0 132 105 1⁄8 20 60 211 20 1TC-82L4G20300H0 280 105 1⁄4 25 74 242 20 1With SensorTC-82L2G203B8H0 55 105 1⁄8 25 53 179.5 18 1TC-82L3G203B8H0 132 105 1⁄8 20 60 211 20 1TC-82L4G203B8H0 280 105 1⁄4 25 74 242 20 1

Automation Power ClampsSeries TC-82LWith Hand Lever

L1 MAX

L9

B7

B23

A

P K

J

IType B

Pneumatic Retractor ClampsSeries TC-800

Note:

ItemNo. Type A B C D E F G H I J K L M N P

Mtg.Holes

InputPressure

ExertingForce

PackQty.

TC-800 A 1.63 4.81 2.72 .25 2.21 .25 3.13 1.19 .59 .19 .50 1⁄4 2.31 1.50 — .26 1TC-800-E B 1.63 4.81 2.72 .25 2.21 .25 3.13 1.19 .59 .16 .50 1⁄4 2.31 1.50 .50 .26 1

GF

D

E C

MB

HN

L

Clamping Arm

A

K

J

I

Type A

Automation Power ClampsSeries TC-82LWithout Hand Lever

L8a

L1 MAXB7a

(L9a)

B23 MAX

L9

B7

resistant

torques


ItemNo.

Max. HoldingTorque Lbs. B7 B7a B23 L1 L8a L9

PackQty.

Without SensorTC-82L2G2030000 55 25 — 53 179.5 — 18 1TC-82L3G2030000 132 20 3 60 211 42 20 1TC-82L4G2030000 280 25 35 74 242 50 20 1With SensorTC-82L2G203B800 55 25 — 53 179.5 — 18 1TC-82L3G203B800 132 20 3 60 211 42 20 1TC-82L4G203B800 280 25 35 74 242 50 20 1

Automation Power ClampsSeries TC-81LMiniature Design


Opening AngleOpeningAngle

Area of Interference

Pivot

Right Hand: T-slot for sensorLeft Hand: Round slot for sensor

Powered with compressed air max. 6 BarOperation with oil-free air is permissible

B1

B10

L7

L6

81**-101

B10

B7

L9

D3(8x)L1

B18

81L**-141

B11b

B11a

Vertical Clamping Arm

Horizontal Clamping Arm

ItemNo.

Holding TorqueMax. (In.-Lbs.)

Clamping TorqueMax. (In.-Lbs.) D3 B1 B7 B10 B11a B11b B18 L1 L6 L7 L9

PackQty.

HorizontalTC-81L12-10100 221 39 24 15 9 27 31.5 28 104 4.5 15 9 1TC-81L16-10100 531 53 30 20 15 30 39.5 30 119 5.75 20 12 1TC-81L20-10100 885 57 35 20 20 30.5 40 40 151 9 25 15 1TC-81L25-10100 885 159 35 20 20 40.5 50 40 151 9 25 15 1VerticalTC-81L12-14100 177 39 24 15 9 27 31.5 28 104 4.5 15 9 1TC-81L16-14100 354 57 30 20 15 30 39.5 30 119 5.75 20 12 1TC-81L25-14100 708 150 35 20 20 40.5 50 40 151 9 25 15 1

PNEUMATIC CLAMPS

FWAHL

SmallO



C Bore for 'C." Socket Heed Cap Screw 3 Holes on a 14" Bolt Circle

E Dia.

With Arm

Mounting blocks available for threaded body style. See below.

Without Arm

D tiiC0 441).

1%-16 1.25 - - 10-32 1

1%-16 1.25 - - 10-32 1 21/4-12 3.00 1.16 .25 2.66 % NPT 1 21/4-12 3.00 1.16 .25 2.66 % NPT 1 1%-12 2.13 .98 - % NPT 1 1%-12 2.13 .98 - % NPT 1

1<-1A -c

.cr Dia. Tin (2 Places) Arm Arm

w/ Arm w/o Arm Vertical Exerting Force Item item Rot. Clamp @ 80 psi w/ No. No. Swing TM. Stroke Standard Arm A B C D E F

TC-8115 TC-8115-LA RH Hand .466 .38 22 4.88 3.50 1.25 1.25 .62 .47 TC-8116 TC-8116-LA LH Hand .466 .38 22 4.88 3.50 1.25 1.25 .62 .47 TC-8315 TC-8315-LA TC-8316 TC-8316-LA

RH Hand LH Hand

.75

.75 .50 .50

80 80

6.36 6.36

4.27 4.27

3.00 3.00

2.00 2.00

1.00 1.00

.72

.72

Series TC-8100, 8300 Block Style - Standard Sensing Feature - with or without Arm

With Without

Clamp Port Unclamp Port

Port Pack G H J K L M N P Q R Size Qty.

.47 1.00 1.12 1.00 .25 1.00 1.57 .35 .20 #10 10-32 1

.47 1.00 1.12 1.00 .25 1.00 1.57 .35 .20 #10 10-32 1 1.22 2.25 .53 2.37 .44 2.25 1.016 .65 .40 .313 % NPT 1 1.22 2.25 .53 2.37 .44 2.25 1.016 .65 .40 .313 % NPT 1

4) MTG Holes for Tr Socket Heal Cap Soren

J

E

[..G.].G.] 4

DESfas.. TC-801553, 821553, 841550

Mounting Blocks

E (4 Places)

.50

TC-801553 1.38 .69 1.08 .54 .20 1%-16 1 TC-841550 2.00 1.00 1.60 .80 .28 1%-12 1 TC-821553 2.50 1.25 2.12 1.06 .27 21/4-12 1

TC-801532, 821556 Blank Arms

B D

DESfko IN/

V

A '-F

Item Use w/ No. A B C D E F Series No.

Pack Qty.

TC-801528 1.75 1.12 .39 TC-801529 2.87 2.25 .39 TC-821512 2.75 2.00 .75 TC-821513 3.75 3.00 .75 TC-841512 2.31 1.58 .75

.27 .62 10-32 8000, 8100 1

.27 .62 10-32 8000, 8100 1

.37 .75 %-16 8200, 8300 1

.37 .75 %-16 8200, 8300 1

.37 .75 %-16 8400 1

Item No. A B C D E

Use w/ Pack Series No. Qty.

TC-80153, 80155 T-Arms Series

E

A

C p # #

F

TC-801530 2.87 1.12 2 .39 .27 2 .62 10-32 (2 8000, 8100 1 TC-801531 5.12 2.25 2 .39 .27 2 .62 10-32 (2 8000, 8100 1 TC-821554 4.75 2.00 2 .75 .37 2 .75 %-16 (2 8200, 8300, 8400 1 TC-821555 6.75 3.00 2 .75 .37 2 .75 %-16 (2 8200, 8300, 8400 1

A

E

E

C A D

TC-80152, 82151, 841512 L-Arms Series eCllifC-07

,̀7._1-__--n!.." A ......,

Item Use w/ Pack No. A B C D E F G Series No. Qty.

TC-801532 1.37 1.00 .39 .25 .62 10-32 (2) .62 8000, 8100 1

TC-821556 1.50 1.06 .75 .37 .75 1/4-20 (2) .75 8200, 8300, 8400 1

348

P"N CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING

PNEUMATIC SWING CLAMPS & ACCESSORIES


90 degrees swing of clamping arm minimizes obstruction in the work space and makes loading and unloading of parts easy. Ideal for installations where hydraulic power is not suitable. These double acting clamps are intended for quick clamping. Made of aluminum, red anodized, with either a threaded body that permits three mounting options, or a block style mounting body. Available with or without arm. Separate arm options available below. TC-8015, 8016, 8115 and 8116 are supplied with a 10-32 hex head steel spindle (TC-305203). TC-8415 and 8416 are supplied with a %-16 hex head spindle assembly (TC-485203-AL) and neoprene cap (TC-235110). TC-8215, 8216, 8315 and 8316 are supplied with a %-16 hex head aluminum spindle (TC-485203-AL). Swing Cylinder Rotation: Frame of reference for specifying rotation is the clamp arm viewed from above during the clamping stroke. A right-hand unit rotates clockwise and then clamps down; a left-hand unit rotates counter-clockwise, and then clamps down.

Series TC-8000, 8200, 8400 Threaded Body with or without Arm

w/ Arm w/o Arm

Swing Rot. TM.

Vertical Clamp Stroke

Exerting Force @ 80 psi

w/ Standard Arm A Item Item No. No.

TC-8015 TC-8015-LA RH .466 .38 22 4.88 2.87 .62 TC-8016 TC-8016-LA LH .466 .38 22 4.88 2.87 .62 TC-8215 TC-8215-LA RH .75 .50 80 6.36 3.36 .87 TC-8216 TC-8216-LA LH .75 .50 80 6.36 3.36 .87 TC-8415 TC-8415-LA RH .75 .50 62 6.14 3.17 .88 TC-8416 TC-8416-LA LH .75 .50 62 6.14 3.17 .88

348

ItemNo. A B C D E F

Use w/Series No.

PackQty.

TC-801530 2.87 1.12 (2) .39 .27 (2) .62 10-32 (2) 8000, 8100 1TC-801531 5.12 2.25 (2) .39 .27 (2) .62 10-32 (2) 8000, 8100 1TC-821554 4.75 2.00 (2) .75 .37 (2) .75 3⁄8-16 (2) 8200, 8300, 8400 1TC-821555 6.75 3.00 (2) .75 .37 (2) .75 3⁄8-16 (2) 8200, 8300, 8400 1

TC-80153, 80155T-Arms Series

A

FBB

E

C D

90 degrees swing of clamping arm minimizes obstruction in the work space and makes loading and unloading of parts easy. Ideal for installations where hydraulic power is not suitable. These double acting clamps are intended for quick clamping. Made of aluminum, red anodized, with either a threaded body that permits three mounting options, or a block style mounting body. Available with or without arm. Separate arm options available below. TC-8015, 8016, 8115 and 8116 are supplied with a 10-32 hex head steel spindle (TC-305203). TC-8415 and 8416 are supplied with a 3⁄8-16 hex head spindle assembly (TC-485203-AL) and neoprene cap (TC-235110). TC-8215, 8216, 8315 and 8316 are supplied with a 3⁄8-16 hex head aluminum spindle (TC-485203-AL). Swing Cylinder Rotation: Frame of reference for specifying rotation is the clamp arm viewed from above during the clamping stroke. A right-hand unit rotates clockwise and then clamps down; a left-hand unit rotates counter-clockwise, and then clamps down.

Series TC-8000, 8200, 8400Threaded Body with or without Arm

Mounting blocks available for threaded body style. See below.

C Bore for “G”Socket Head Cap Screw3 Holes on a “H” Bolt Circle

UnclampPort

D Thd.B

C

AF

E Dia.

ClampPort

With Arm

F

EUnclampPort

ClampPort

A

B

C

D Thread

Without Arm

w/ Arm w/o Arm

SwingRot.Trvl.

Vertical ClampStroke

Exerting Force@ 80 psi

w/ Standard Arm A B C D E F G HPortSize

PackQty.

ItemNo.

ItemNo.

TC-8015 TC-8015-LA RH .466 .38 22 4.88 2.87 .62 11⁄8-16 1.25 — — — 10-32 1TC-8016 TC-8016-LA LH .466 .38 22 4.88 2.87 .62 11⁄8-16 1.25 — — — 10-32 1TC-8215 TC-8215-LA RH .75 .50 80 6.36 3.36 .87 21⁄4-12 3.00 1.16 .25 2.66 1⁄8 NPT 1TC-8216 TC-8216-LA LH .75 .50 80 6.36 3.36 .87 21⁄4-12 3.00 1.16 .25 2.66 1⁄8 NPT 1TC-8415 TC-8415-LA RH .75 .50 62 6.14 3.17 .88 13⁄4-12 2.13 .98 — — 1⁄8 NPT 1TC-8416 TC-8416-LA LH .75 .50 62 6.14 3.17 .88 13⁄4-12 2.13 .98 — — 1⁄8 NPT 1

Series TC-8100, 8300Block Style - Standard Sensing Feature - with or without Arm

F ED

GG

FA

J

H

K

L

“Q” Dia. Thru(2 Places)

M

C

P

UnclampPort

Clamp Port

N

4) MTG Holesfor “R” SocketHead Cap Screws

B

Without Arm

With Arm

w/ Arm w/o Arm

SwingRot.Trvl.


Exerting Force@ 80 psi w/

Standard Arm A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q RPortSize

PackQty.

ItemNo.

ItemNo.

TC-8115 TC-8115-LA RH Hand .466 .38 22 4.88 3.50 1.25 1.25 .62 .47 .47 1.00 1.12 1.00 .25 1.00 1.57 .35 .20 #10 10-32 1TC-8116 TC-8116-LA LH Hand .466 .38 22 4.88 3.50 1.25 1.25 .62 .47 .47 1.00 1.12 1.00 .25 1.00 1.57 .35 .20 #10 10-32 1TC-8315 TC-8315-LA RH Hand .75 .50 80 6.36 4.27 3.00 2.00 1.00 .72 1.22 2.25 .53 2.37 .44 2.25 1.016 .65 .40 .313 1⁄8 NPT 1TC-8316 TC-8316-LA LH Hand .75 .50 80 6.36 4.27 3.00 2.00 1.00 .72 1.22 2.25 .53 2.37 .44 2.25 1.016 .65 .40 .313 1⁄8 NPT 1

TC-80152, 82151, 841512L-Arms Series

AF

B

E

CD

ItemNo. A B C D E F

Use w/Series No.

PackQty.

TC-801528 1.75 1.12 .39 .27 .62 10-32 8000, 8100 1TC-801529 2.87 2.25 .39 .27 .62 10-32 8000, 8100 1TC-821512 2.75 2.00 .75 .37 .75 3⁄8-16 8200, 8300 1TC-821513 3.75 3.00 .75 .37 .75 3⁄8-16 8200, 8300 1TC-841512 2.31 1.58 .75 .37 .75 3⁄8-16 8400 1

TC-801532, 821556Blank Arms

E

FAB

D

G

C

ItemNo. A B C D E F G

Use w/Series No.

PackQty.

TC-801532 1.37 1.00 .39 .25 .62 10-32 (2) .62 8000, 8100 1TC-821556 1.50 1.06 .75 .37 .75 1⁄4-20 (2) .75 8200, 8300, 8400 1

TC-801553, 821553, 841550Mounting Blocks

F

E (4 Places)

.50

A

B

D

C

ItemNo. A B C D E F

PackQty.

TC-801553 1.38 .69 1.08 .54 .20 11⁄8-16 1TC-841550 2.00 1.00 1.60 .80 .28 13⁄4-12 1TC-821553 2.50 1.25 2.12 1.06 .27 21⁄4-12 1


FWAHL

SmallO



A

E ► ID I.-

K (CLAMP STROKE)

N (PORTS)

Pneumatic Swing Cylinders Series TC-9500

111

Pneumatic Swing Cylinder Clamp Accessories Series TC-9500

sou

MEMMENEMm. Peek Qty.

Pneumatic Swing Cylinders Series TC-89R

Easily adjustable swing directions, left hand, right hand, straight pull (TC-89R20-010-2 not adjustable). Simple, double acting cylin-der will product several million cycles. Clamps are sensor ready built-in sensor tracks for 4mm round diameter or 6.5mm x 5mm T-slot style sensors. Clamp arms are ordered separately.


M3

Rotation range 90°±5' (standard adjustment)

Rotation Range 90° ±Wright

h3

11 sr.-

r_,31

Item No. Stroke Rotation Stroke

TC-89R20-010-2 21

11

10 TC-89R32-010-2 28 18

10

TC-89R40-010-2 31.5 21.5

10 TC-89R40-025-2 46.5 21.5 25 TC-89R50-025-2 52 27

25

TC-89R63-025-2 58.5 33.5 25

@ 80 psi 63 11 q 15 16 M3

20 105.5 39.5 22 22 32 M5 62 125 60 36 32 45 G% 94 140 66 40 40 54.5 G% 94 170 66 40 40 54.5 G%

154 194.5 78.5 50 50 65 G% 242 211.5 95 62 62 80 G%

Travel Vertical Exerting Total During Clamp Force Pack

Qty.


PNEUMATIC SWING CLAMPS & ACCESSORIES usip,

Innovative design allows clamp arm to swing 90 degrees in a horizontal plane at the top of the stroke before traveling down through the clamping stroke. There is no linear travel during rotation. Piston rod is fully shielded throughout the stroke. Clamps are sensor ready with built-in sensor tracks. Clamp arms are ordered separately. Clamp forces shown are at 80psi with shortest standard arm.


ilEMEM-AMMMWESI TC-9522R 45 36 25 - - 150.7 13 M5 1 TC-9522L 45 36 25 - - 150.7 13 M5 1 TC-9530R 61 44.7 34 12.7 5.1 167.3 20 % NPT 1 TC-9530L 61 44.7 34 12.7 5.1 167.3 20 % NPT 1 TC-9540R 105 52 40 16 9 176.2 20 % NPT 1 TC-9540L 105 52 40 16 9 176.2 20 % NPT 1

.11:0ESTA<0

E

Pneumatic Swing Cylinder Clamp Accessories Series TC-89R

DFS1kCI A a'

Features: • TC-8JG-215-1 used with TC-89R20-010-2 • TC-8JG-217-1 used with TC-89R32-010-2 • TC-8JG-218-1 used with TC-89R40-010-2 and

TC-89R40-025-2 • TC-8JG-219-1 used with TC-89R50-025-2 • TC-8JG-220-1 used with TC-89R63-025-2

Swing clamp arms are made from aluminum and may be positioned radially 360 degrees.

Item No. 11 12 h h1 M1 b

Peek Qty.

TC-8JG-215-1 67 52 7 15 27.8 M6 15 1 TC-8JG-217-1 80 60 10 20 35.7 M8 20 1 TC-8JG-218-1 95 70 10 25 40 M8 25 1 TC-8JG-219-1 106 80 10 30 48.4 M8 30 1 TC-8JG-220-1 120 90 12 35 53 M10 35 1

Standard arms for the TC-9500 series pneumatic swing clamps are made from aluminum and are mounted in 90 degrees incre-ments to the piston rod.

TC-952250 58 45 15 7.5 15 M6 x 1.0 9522 TC-952253 78 65 15 7.5 15 M6 x 1.0 9522 TC-954050 70 50 20 10 20 M8 x 1.25 9540, 9530 TC-954053 100 80 20 10 20 M8 x 1.25 9540, 9530

349 349

Pneumatic Swing CylindersSeries TC-9500

J

(CLAMP STROKE)K

N (PORTS)

BA

DE

90°±5°

Innovative design allows clamp arm to swing 90 degrees in a horizontal plane at the top of the stroke before traveling down through the clamping stroke. There is no linear travel during rotation. Piston rod is fully shielded throughout the stroke. Clamps are sensor ready with built-in sensor tracks. Clamp arms are ordered separately. Clamp forces shown are at 80psi with shortest standard arm.


ItemNo.

ClampForce A B D E J K N

PackQty.

TC-9522R 45 36 25 — — 150.7 13 M5 1TC-9522L 45 36 25 — — 150.7 13 M5 1TC-9530R 61 44.7 34 12.7 5.1 167.3 20 1⁄8 NPT 1TC-9530L 61 44.7 34 12.7 5.1 167.3 20 1⁄8 NPT 1TC-9540R 105 52 40 16 9 176.2 20 1⁄8 NPT 1TC-9540L 105 52 40 16 9 176.2 20 1⁄8 NPT 1

Pneumatic Swing Cylinder Clamp AccessoriesSeries TC-9500

D C

A

BF

E

Standard arms for the TC-9500 series pneumatic swing clamps are made from aluminum and are mounted in 90 degrees incre-ments to the piston rod.

ItemNo. A B C D E F

Use withSeries

PackQty.

TC-952250 58 45 15 7.5 15 M6 x 1.0 9522 1TC-952253 78 65 15 7.5 15 M6 x 1.0 9522 1TC-954050 70 50 20 10 20 M8 x 1.25 9540, 9530 1TC-954053 100 80 20 10 20 M8 x 1.25 9540, 9530 1

Pneumatic Swing Cylinders Series TC-89R

l6l5

l3

l1

M3

M3

Rotation Range90° ±5°right

Rotation range 90°±5°(standard adjustment)

h3

Easily adjustable swing directions, left hand, right hand, straight pull (TC-89R20-010-2 not adjustable). Simple, double acting cylin-der will product several million cycles. Clamps are sensor ready built-in sensor tracks for 4mm round diameter or 6.5mm x 5mm T-slot style sensors. Clamp arms are ordered separately.


ItemNo.

TotalStroke

Travel During

Rotation


Exerting Force

@ 80 psi h3 I1 I3 I5 I6 M3PackQty.

TC-89R20-010-2 21 11 10 20 105.5 39.5 22 22 32 M5 1TC-89R32-010-2 28 18 10 62 125 60 36 32 45 G1⁄8 1TC-89R40-010-2 31.5 21.5 10 94 140 66 40 40 54.5 G1⁄8 1TC-89R40-025-2 46.5 21.5 25 94 170 66 40 40 54.5 G1⁄8 1TC-89R50-025-2 52 27 25 154 194.5 78.5 50 50 65 G1⁄8 1TC-89R63-025-2 58.5 33.5 25 242 211.5 95 62 62 80 G1⁄4 1

Pneumatic Swing Cylinder Clamp AccessoriesSeries TC-89R

b

hh1

l

l1l2

M1

Features:

TC-8JG-215-1 used with TC-89R20-010-2TC-8JG-217-1 used with TC-89R32-010-2TC-8JG-218-1 used with TC-89R40-010-2 and TC-89R40-025-2TC-8JG-219-1 used with TC-89R50-025-2TC-8JG-220-1 used with TC-89R63-025-2

ItemNo. I I1 I2 h h1 M1 b

PackQty.

TC-8JG-215-1 67 52 7 15 27.8 M6 15 1TC-8JG-217-1 80 60 10 20 35.7 M8 20 1TC-8JG-218-1 95 70 10 25 40 M8 25 1TC-8JG-219-1 106 80 10 30 48.4 M8 30 1TC-8JG-220-1 120 90 12 35 53 M10 35 1

Swing clamp arms are made from aluminum and may be positioned radially 360 degrees.


FWAHL

SmallO



Operating Voltage Switching Current Pack

Voltage Drop Cord Type Qty.

100mA Max. 100mA Max. 50mA Max.

.5V@50mA Max.

.5V@50mA Max. 3.0V Max.

6" Male M8 Connector 6" Male M8 Connector 6" Male M8 Connector

4.5-28V DC 4.5-28V DC

5-120V DC/AC 50/60 Hz

TC-810173 PNP TC-810174 NPN TC-810169 SPST

Switch Switch Mounted on Power Clamp (Power Clamp Not Included) with Mounting Clamp without Mounting Clamp

Switch Dimensions

.=)••••..

Note: TC-810156 and TC-810158 use a band to mount the switch to the wall of the cylinder. All other models use tie rod clamp clip.

Pneumatic Clamp Sensors Heavy Duty Switch

Switching Voltage

Switching Current

Switching Power Voltage Pack Watts Max. Drop Qty.

Item No. A B C Switch Type Function

Reed, LED, MOV Normally Open 24-240V AC 50/60 HZ 4 Amp. Max. - 50 Amp. Inrush - .005 Amp. 100 TC-810153 .87 1.30 .67 1 Volt 1

Switches are activated by a magnetic ring installed on cylinder piston. As the magnetic ring moves under the switch, it closes the contacts and sends a signal to a programmable controller or other electronic device. All switches have a 9 foot lead. Switches come with tie-rod mounting clamp as standard. Minimum gauge rating required for proper operation, as measured on sensor surfaces, is 85 GA.

Item No. A B C Type Function

Switching Voltage

Switching Current

Switching Rawer

Max. Voltage Pack Drop Qty.

TC-810151 .37 .93 .53 Reed, LED, MOV %Vile Rod Clip Normally Open - SPST 5-120V AC/DC 50/60 HZ 0.5 Amp. max. - 0.0005 Amp. min. 10 3.5 Volts TC-810154 .37 .93 .53 Reed, LED, MOV %Vile Rod Clip Normally Open - SPST 0-120V AC/DC 50/60 HZ 0.5 Amp. max. 10 0 Volts TC-810155 .37 .93 .53 Hall Effect, LED Sourcing 'Wile Rod Clip Normally Open - PNP 6-24V DC 0.5 Amp. max. 12 1 Volt TC-810156 .37 .93 .53 Reed, LED, MOV Normally Open - SPST 5-120V AC/DC 50/60 HZ 0.5 Amp. max. - 0.0005 Amp. min. 10 3.5 Volts TC-810157 .37 .93 .53 Hall Effect %Vile Rod Clip Normally Open - NPN 6-24V DC 0.5 Amp. max. 12 1 Volt TC-810158 .37 .93 .53 Hall Effect Normally Open - PNP 6-24V DC 0.5 Amp. max. 12 1 Volt

YOUR ESSENTIAL

SOLUTIONS! MORE CHOICE FREE SAMPLES SHIPS TODAY

We have over 1 billion components in stock-available for same day shipping!

-ssrisk_

Pneumatic Clamp Sensors Series TC-81015

ht-BSI

A

C\

,r

)

C

P

LA

N

M

E

P

USM&ATICCLAMP

WORKHOLDING II

SENSORS

Sensing Switches New Style


(Tt 961PYCO "'A

• Cable: Robotic Grade, abrasion resistant polyurethane (PUR) jacket, PVC insulation • Temperature Range: 14 to 158 degree Fahrenheit (-10 to +70 degree Celsius) • Switching Logic: Normally Open

350 350

B

A

C

Switch Dimensionswithout Mounting Clamp

Switchwith Mounting Clamp

Switch Mounted on Power Clamp(Power Clamp Not Included)

Switches are activated by a magnetic ring installed on cylinder piston. As the magnetic ring moves under the switch, it closes the contacts and sends a signal to a programmable controller or other electronic device. All switches have a 9 foot lead. Switches come with tie-rod mounting clamp as standard. Minimum gauge rating required for proper operation, as measured on sensor surfaces, is 85 GA.

Note: TC-810156 and TC-810158 use a band to mount the switch to the wall of the cylinder. All other models use tie rod clamp clip.

ItemNo. A B C Type Function

SwitchingVoltage

SwitchingCurrent

SwitchingPower

Max. VoltageDrop

PackQty.

TC-810151 .37 .93 .53 Reed, LED, MOV w/Tie Rod Clip Normally Open - SPST 5-120V AC/DC 50/60 HZ 0.5 Amp. max. - 0.0005 Amp. min. 10 3.5 Volts 1TC-810154 .37 .93 .53 Reed, LED, MOV w/Tie Rod Clip Normally Open - SPST 0-120V AC/DC 50/60 HZ 0.5 Amp. max. 10 0 Volts 1TC-810155 .37 .93 .53 Hall Effect, LED Sourcing w/Tie Rod Clip Normally Open - PNP 6-24V DC 0.5 Amp. max. 12 1 Volt 1TC-810156 .37 .93 .53 Reed, LED, MOV Normally Open - SPST 5-120V AC/DC 50/60 HZ 0.5 Amp. max. - 0.0005 Amp. min. 10 3.5 Volts 1TC-810157 .37 .93 .53 Hall Effect w/Tie Rod Clip Normally Open - NPN 6-24V DC 0.5 Amp. max. 12 1 Volt 1TC-810158 .37 .93 .53 Hall Effect Normally Open - PNP 6-24V DC 0.5 Amp. max. 12 1 Volt 1

Pneumatic Clamp SensorsSeries TC-81015

Pneumatic Clamp SensorsHeavy Duty Switch

ItemNo. A B C Switch Type Function

SwitchingVoltage

SwitchingCurrent

Switching PowerWatts Max.

VoltageDrop

PackQty.

TC-810153 .87 1.30 .67 Reed, LED, MOV Normally Open 24-240V AC 50/60 HZ 4 Amp. Max. - 50 Amp. Inrush - .005 Amp. 100 1 Volt 1

Cable: Robotic Grade, abrasion resistant polyurethane (PUR) jacket, PVC insulationTemperature Range: 14 to 158 degree Fahrenheit (-10 to +70 degree Celsius)Switching Logic: Normally Open

ItemNo. Operation Operating Voltage Switching Current Voltage Drop Cord Type

PackQty.

TC-810173 PNP 4.5-28V DC 100mA Max. .5V@50mA Max. 6" Male M8 Connector 1TC-810174 NPN 4.5-28V DC 100mA Max. .5V@50mA Max. 6" Male M8 Connector 1TC-810169 SPST 5-120V DC/AC 50/60 Hz 50mA Max. 3.0V Max. 6" Male M8 Connector 1

Sensing SwitchesNew Style

PNEUMATIC CLAMP SENSORS

YOUR ESSENTIAL

SOLUTIONS!We have over

1 billion components in stock—available for same day shipping!

FWAHL

SmallO



D F(H EX SIZE)

E(PORT SIZE)

Hydraulic Power Workholding Threaded Cylinders

C

ir,


HYDRAULIC POWER WORK HOLDING

Hydraulic Power Workholding Semi Automatic - Air / Hydraulic Boosters

."-DETitCCT‘ A

Converts normal normal shop line air pressure to high pressure hydraulic power. With the system filled, the volume of oil required to actuate a cylinder or pressure point is only equal to the cubic content of the piston displacement. Boosters have built in manifold and are made of corrosion and wear-resistant materials. Hydraulic piston tube has wear rings and the air piston is self centering for long life. Boosters offer automatic relief of system overcharge as well as complete automatic bleeding with each return, eliminating prefilling. Large volume visible oil reservoir automatically replenishes the system with available reserves. 100 psig max. input air pressure.

Reservoir Capacity Cu. In.

TC-70101 33.87 1 10.4 4% 10% TC-70104 32.41 4 42 6% 16%

Hydraulic Power Workholding Hollow Cylinders B

A

These hollow cylinders can be used to push or pull depending on the position of the ram. They will actuate a rod of any length or shape and are extremely effective in translating power to a remote location. Larger piston diameter provides greater clamping force. Hardened steel piston and rod. Supplied with through hole insert threaded into the top. Maximum input pressure is 3,500 psig.

Item No. ID Port A C Stroke

011 Displacement Cu. In.

Lbs. Force @ 3000 psig

TC-020-011-011 .38 #2 SAE 2.13 1.88 2.25 .375 .547 4,380 TC-020-012-021 .50 #4 SAE 3.00 2.63 2.88 .500 1.35 8,100 TC-020-013-031 .63 #4 SAE 3.25 3.00 3.63 .625 2.51 12,066

Note: Inside Diameter is clearance for rod or bolt

Single-acting with spring return action, these cylinders can be used singly or combined by using a common manifold. Easily mounted. Can be used in any attitude and requires only a single inlet port. Threaded cylinders can be directly inserted into a fixture or used with mounting blocks.. The 15/le" through 2'/2" diameters are furnished with a radial port as well as axial.

TC-010-210-400 1/2-20 .219 1.66 .15 .16 #2 .44 .024 TC-010-210-501 A-16 .313 588 2.25 1.97 .22 .28 #4 .62 .061 TC-010-210-702 1-12 .500 1,326 2.56 2.31 .24 .31 #4 .75 .221 TC-010-211-002 1%e-16 .500 2,355 2.63 2.25 .64 1.25 #4 1.00 .393 TC-010-211-004 1%e-16 1.000 2,355 3.63 3.25 .64 1.25 #4 1.00 .785 TC-010-211-502 1%-16 .500 5,301 2.94 2.57 1.00 1.75 #4 1.50 .884 TC-010-212-004 21/2-16 1.000 9,423 4.13 3.76 1.50 2.38 #4 2.00 3.142 Note: Force shown is rated at 3,000 psi

351

DESTA<C$

•

351

Hydraulic Power WorkholdingSemi Automatic - Air / Hydraulic Boosters

Converts normal shop line air pressure to high pressure hydraulic power. With the system filled, the volume of oil required to actuate a cylinder or pressure point is only equal to the cubic content of the piston displacement. Boosters have built in manifold and are made of corrosion and wear-resistant materials. Hydraulic piston tube has wear rings and the air piston is self centering for long life. Boosters offer automatic relief of system overcharge as well as complete automatic bleeding with each return, eliminating prefilling. Large volume visible oil reservoir automatically replenishes the system with available reserves. 100 psig max. input air pressure.

A

B

ItemNo.

PressureRatio

Nom. Displac. PerStroke Cu. In.

Reservoir CapacityCu. In.

NPTPorts A B

PackQty.

TC-70101 33.87 1 10.4 1⁄8 41⁄2 107⁄8 1TC-70104 32.41 4 42 1⁄4 61⁄2 163⁄8 1

Hydraulic Power WorkholdingHollow Cylinders

These hollow cylinders can be used to push or pull depending on the position of the ram. They will actuate a rod of any length or shape and are extremely effective in translating power to a remote location. Larger piston diameter provides greater clamping force. Hardened steel piston and rod. Supplied with through hole insert threaded into the top. Maximum input pressure is 3,500 psig.

Note: Inside Diameter is clearance for rod or bolt

B

A

C

ItemNo. ID Port A B C Stroke

Oil DisplacementCu. In.

Lbs. Force @3000 psig

PackQty.

TC-020-011-011 .38 #2 SAE 2.13 1.88 2.25 .375 .547 4,380 1TC-020-012-021 .50 #4 SAE 3.00 2.63 2.88 .500 1.35 8,100 1TC-020-013-031 .63 #4 SAE 3.25 3.00 3.63 .625 2.51 12,066 1

Hydraulic Power WorkholdingThreaded Cylinders

Single-acting with spring return action, these cylinders can be used singly or combined by using a common manifold. Easily mounted. Can be used in any attitude and requires only a single inlet port. Threaded cylinders can be directly inserted into a fixture or used with mounting blocks.. The 15⁄16" through 21⁄2" diameters are furnished with a radial port as well as axial.

Note: Force shown is rated at 3,000 psi

BDA

C

F(HEX SIZE)

E(PORT SIZE)

ItemNo. Thread Stroke

Lbs. Force @3,000 psig A B C D

SAEE F

Oil DisplaceCu. In.

PackQty.

TC-010-210-400 1⁄2-20 .219 279 1.66 1.41 .15 .16 #2 .44 .024 1TC-010-210-501 3⁄4-16 .313 588 2.25 1.97 .22 .28 #4 .62 .061 1TC-010-210-702 1-12 .500 1,326 2.56 2.31 .24 .31 #4 .75 .221 1TC-010-211-002 15⁄16-16 .500 2,355 2.63 2.25 .64 1.25 #4 1.00 .393 1TC-010-211-004 15⁄16-16 1.000 2,355 3.63 3.25 .64 1.25 #4 1.00 .785 1TC-010-211-502 17⁄8-16 .500 5,301 2.94 2.57 1.00 1.75 #4 1.50 .884 1TC-010-212-004 21⁄2-16 1.000 9,423 4.13 3.76 1.50 2.38 #4 2.00 3.142 1


FWAHL

SmallO



'1:49i-or`

Type B

Type A




Hydraulic Power Workholding Threaded Body Swing / Pull Clamps

Features: • Advanced seals and wipers utilize a special, highly wear-resis-

tant construction for long cycle life and operation • Triple track piston rod design for field adjustable swing direction • Hardened and hard chrome plated piston rod for increased

strength and wear resistance • Advanced metal treated body for superior wear and corrosion

resistance • MRO interchange design • Straight pull capacity 600 lbs. at max (TBSC-SA-475,

TBSC-DA-475) • Straight pull capacity 1,400 lbs. at max (TBSC-SA-1100,

TBSC-SA-1100-R, TBSC-DA-1100, TBSC-DA-1100-R) • Straight pull capacity 3,150 lbs. at max (TBSC-SA-2400,

TBSC-SA-2400-R. TBSC-DA-2400, TBSC-DA-2400-R)

The premium threaded body swing/pull clamps are available in both single-acting and double-acting versions. They incorporate the latest hydraulic swing clamp technology. The top port design allows easy access for plumbing connections. They are available with 90 degree left- or right-hand rotation, or with guided straight pull. The breather port on single-acting models may be replaced with tubing for remote venting. The optional arms clamp securely to the piston rod to reduce fatigue and deflection. Arms may be easily modified or custom arms may be substituted. Type C

Item No.

Total

Stroke A

Clamping

Stroke B C

Clamp D

Unclamp E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U

TBSC-SA-475 .65 .21 .59 #2 SAE #2 SAE 1.929 2.086 3.07 4.429 .8 M6x1 .157 .393 1%-16 4.96 .495 1.3 1.55 .61 TBSC-SA-475-R .65 .21 .59 #2 SAE #2 SAE 1.929 2.086 3.07 4.429 .8 M6x1 .157 .393 1%-16 4.96 .495 1.3 1.55 .61 TBSC-DA-475 .65 .32 .59 #2 SAE #2 SAE 1.929 2.086 3.07 4.429 .8 M6x1 .157 .393 1%-16 4.96 .495 1.3 1.55 .61

TBSC-SA-1100 .89 .39 .6 #4 SAE #4 SAE 2.4 2.6 3.58 5.31 .94 M8x1.25 .196 .629 1%-18 5.965 .40 1.5 1.87 .75 TBSC-SA-1100-R .89 .39 .6 #4 SAE #4 SAE 2.4 2.6 3.58 5.31 .94 M8x1.25 .196 .629 1%-18 5.965 .40 1.5 1.87 .75 TBSC-DA-1100 .89 .39 .6 #4 SAE #4 SAE 2.4 2.6 3.58 5.31 .94 M8x1.25 .196 .629 1%-18 5.965 .40 1.5 1.87 .75

TBSC-DA-1100-R .89 .39 .6 #4 SAE #4 SAE 2.4 2.6 3.58 5.31 .94 M8x1.25 .196 .629 1%-18 5.965 .40 1.5 1.87 .75 TBSC-SA-2400 1.12 .5 .62 #4 SAE #4 SAE 3.18 3.38 4.38 6.8 1.28 M10x1.5 .196 .87 1%-16 7.543 .517 2 2.38 1

TBSC-SA-2400-R 1.12 .5 .62 #4 SAE #4 SAE 3.18 3.38 4.38 6.8 1.28 M10x1.5 .196 .87 1%-16 7.543 .517 2 2.38 1 TBSC-DA-2400 1.12 .5 .62 #4 SAE #4 SAE 3.18 3.38 4.38 6.8 1.28 M10x1.5 .196 .87 1%-16 7.543 .517 2 2.38 1

TBSC-DA-2400-R 1.12 .5 .62 #4 SAE #4 SAE 3.18 3.38 4.38 6.8 1.28 M10x1.5 .196 .87 1%-16 7.543 .517 2 2.38 1

Item Ives Swing

Clamping Force

Straight Line With Arm Effective Area

Clamp Sq. Inch Unciamp

011 Capacity Clamp

Cu. Inch Unciamp

Max. 011 Flow Pack in 3/m in Qty.

TBSC-SA-475 A LH Single-Acting 600 475 .12 .08 12 TBSC-SA-475-R A RH Single-Acting 600 475 .12 .24 .08 .15 12

TBSC-DA-475 A LH Double-Acting 600 475 .12 .08 12 TBSC-SA-1100 B LH Single-Acting 1,400 1,100 .28 .25 25

TBSC-SA-1100-R B RH Single-Acting 1,400 1,100 .28 .59 .25 .52 25 TBSC-DA-1100 B LH Double-Acting 1,400 1,100 .28 .25 25

TBSC-DA-1100-R B RH Double-Acting 1,400 1,100 .28 .59 .25 .52 25 TBSC-SA-2400 C LH Single-Acting 3,150 2,400 .63 .70 100

TBSC-SA-2400-R C RH Single-Acting 3,150 2,400 .63 1.23 .70 1.4 100 TBSC-DA-2400 C LH Double-Acting 3,150 2,400 .63 .70 100

TBSC-DA-2400-R C RH Double-Acting 3 150 2 400 .63 1.23 .70 1.4 100

Hydraulic Power Workholding Swing / Pull Clamp Arms

C

.- ,mi,----,iio... AP DESTI‘CO NIL._ ........,____,,,,

T

rs:C1I-fG D

A A

0 • Do not exceed the maximum speed and pressure ratings for standard arms

M

• Do not use meter-out circuitry for controlling double-acting clamp speeds

Custom built arms of any length must clamp to the swing/pull clamp's piston rod in a manner similar to the arms or some derating of the clamp will be necessary. IMPORTANT: Any clamp using a modified or custom arm that is longer or heavier than standard arms must be derated to prevent internal damage.

Item No. A B C D G N J K M N 0 P 0 T U

Pack Qty.

HSCA-S-475 1.929 .709 M6 .63 .126 1.139 .394 .63 .236 .217 .394 .394 .256 .984 M6 .236 1.22 1 HSCA-L-475 3.959 .709 .63 .126 1.166 .394 .63 .236 .217 .394 .394 .256 M6 3.25 1

HSCA-S-1100 2.598 .709 M8 .748 .126 1.294 .433 .748 .236 .217 .63 .472 .335 1.575 M6 .315 1.889 1 HSCA-L-1100 6.019 .709 .748 .126 1.412 .433 .748 .236 .217 .63 .472 .335 M6 5.31 1 HSCA-S-2400 3.268 .866 M10 1 .126 1.459 .63 1 .236 .217 .866 .709 .413 1.969 M8 .433 2.402 1 HSCA-L-2400 7.226 .866 1 .126 1.696 .63 1 .236 .217 .866 .709 .413 M8 6.36 1

352 352

Hydraulic Power WorkholdingThreaded Body Swing / Pull Clamps

Type C

Total Clamping

Item Stroke Stroke Clamp UnclampNo. A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U

TBSC-SA-475 .65 .21 .59 #2 SAE #2 SAE 1.929 2.086 3.07 4.429 .8 M6x1 .157 .393 11⁄8-16 4.96 .495 1.3 1.55 .61TBSC-SA-475-R .65 .21 .59 #2 SAE #2 SAE 1.929 2.086 3.07 4.429 .8 M6x1 .157 .393 11⁄8-16 4.96 .495 1.3 1.55 .61TBSC-DA-475 .65 .32 .59 #2 SAE #2 SAE 1.929 2.086 3.07 4.429 .8 M6x1 .157 .393 11⁄8-16 4.96 .495 1.3 1.55 .61TBSC-SA-1100 .89 .39 .6 #4 SAE #4 SAE 2.4 2.6 3.58 5.31 .94 M8x1.25 .196 .629 13⁄8-18 5.965 .40 1.5 1.87 .75

TBSC-SA-1100-R .89 .39 .6 #4 SAE #4 SAE 2.4 2.6 3.58 5.31 .94 M8x1.25 .196 .629 13⁄8-18 5.965 .40 1.5 1.87 .75TBSC-DA-1100 .89 .39 .6 #4 SAE #4 SAE 2.4 2.6 3.58 5.31 .94 M8x1.25 .196 .629 13⁄8-18 5.965 .40 1.5 1.87 .75

TBSC-DA-1100-R .89 .39 .6 #4 SAE #4 SAE 2.4 2.6 3.58 5.31 .94 M8x1.25 .196 .629 13⁄8-18 5.965 .40 1.5 1.87 .75TBSC-SA-2400 1.12 .5 .62 #4 SAE #4 SAE 3.18 3.38 4.38 6.8 1.28 M10x1.5 .196 .87 17⁄8-16 7.543 .517 2 2.38 1

TBSC-SA-2400-R 1.12 .5 .62 #4 SAE #4 SAE 3.18 3.38 4.38 6.8 1.28 M10x1.5 .196 .87 17⁄8-16 7.543 .517 2 2.38 1TBSC-DA-2400 1.12 .5 .62 #4 SAE #4 SAE 3.18 3.38 4.38 6.8 1.28 M10x1.5 .196 .87 17⁄8-16 7.543 .517 2 2.38 1

TBSC-DA-2400-R 1.12 .5 .62 #4 SAE #4 SAE 3.18 3.38 4.38 6.8 1.28 M10x1.5 .196 .87 17⁄8-16 7.543 .517 2 2.38 1

Features:Advanced seals and wipers utilize a special, highly wear-resis-tant construction for long cycle life and operationTriple track piston rod design for field adjustable swing directionHardened and hard chrome plated piston rod for increased strength and wear resistanceAdvanced metal treated body for superior wear and corrosion resistanceMRO interchange designStraight pull capacity 600 lbs. at max (TBSC-SA-475, TBSC-DA-475)Straight pull capacity 1,400 lbs. at max (TBSC-SA-1100, TBSC-SA-1100-R, TBSC-DA-1100, TBSC-DA-1100-R)Straight pull capacity 3,150 lbs. at max (TBSC-SA-2400, TBSC-SA-2400-R. TBSC-DA-2400, TBSC-DA-2400-R)

The premium threaded body swing/pull clamps are available in both single-acting and double-acting versions. They incorporate the latest hydraulic swing clamp technology. The top port design allows easy access for plumbing connections. They are available with 90 degree left- or right-hand rotation, or with guided straight pull. The breather port on single-acting models may be replaced with tubing for remote venting. The optional arms clamp securely to the piston rod to reduce fatigue and deflection. Arms may be easily modified or custom arms may be substituted.

TU

S 50

D Port

25

E Port

L

QJ

HG F

M

CN

P

K

AB

R

Type B

Type A

ItemNo. Type Swing Operation

Clamping Force Effective AreaClamp

Sq. InchUnclamp

Oil CapacityClamp

Cu. InchUnclamp

Max. Oil FlowIn 3/m in

PackQty.Straight Line With Arm

TBSC-SA-475 A LH Single-Acting 600 475 .12 — .08 — 12 1TBSC-SA-475-R A RH Single-Acting 600 475 .12 .24 .08 .15 12 1TBSC-DA-475 A LH Double-Acting 600 475 .12 — .08 — 12 1TBSC-SA-1100 B LH Single-Acting 1,400 1,100 .28 — .25 — 25 1

TBSC-SA-1100-R B RH Single-Acting 1,400 1,100 .28 .59 .25 .52 25 1TBSC-DA-1100 B LH Double-Acting 1,400 1,100 .28 — .25 — 25 1

TBSC-DA-1100-R B RH Double-Acting 1,400 1,100 .28 .59 .25 .52 25 1TBSC-SA-2400 C LH Single-Acting 3,150 2,400 .63 — .70 — 100 1

TBSC-SA-2400-R C RH Single-Acting 3,150 2,400 .63 1.23 .70 1.4 100 1TBSC-DA-2400 C LH Double-Acting 3,150 2,400 .63 — .70 — 100 1

TBSC-DA-2400-R C RH Double-Acting 3,150 2,400 .63 1.23 .70 1.4 100 1

Hydraulic Power WorkholdingSwing / Pull Clamp Arms

Do not exceed the maximum speed and pressure ratings for standard armsDo not use meter-out circuitry for controlling double-acting clamp speeds

Custom built arms of any length must clamp to the swing/pull clamp's piston rod in a manner similar to the arms or some derating of the clamp will be necessary. IMPORTANT: Any clamp using a modified or custom arm that is longer or heavier than standard arms must be derated to prevent internal damage.

Q

DG

BPT

C UA

H

I

LOM

NKJ

ItemNo. A B C D G H I J K L M N O P Q T U

PackQty.

HSCA-S-475 1.929 .709 M6 .63 .126 1.139 .394 .63 .236 .217 .394 .394 .256 .984 M6 .236 1.22 1HSCA-L-475 3.959 .709 — .63 .126 1.166 .394 .63 .236 .217 .394 .394 .256 — M6 — 3.25 1

HSCA-S-1100 2.598 .709 M8 .748 .126 1.294 .433 .748 .236 .217 .63 .472 .335 1.575 M6 .315 1.889 1HSCA-L-1100 6.019 .709 — .748 .126 1.412 .433 .748 .236 .217 .63 .472 .335 — M6 — 5.31 1HSCA-S-2400 3.268 .866 M10 1 .126 1.459 .63 1 .236 .217 .866 .709 .413 1.969 M8 .433 2.402 1HSCA-L-2400 7.226 .866 — 1 .126 1.696 .63 1 .236 .217 .866 .709 .413 — M8 — 6.36 1


FWAHL

SmallO



Cylinder Cylinder Effective Oil Max. Capacity Max. Capacity 46 Hydraulic Stroke Retracted Area (Sq. In.) (Cu. In.) Arm Pressure

item No. Enerpac Arm Swing Cylinder Type Max. psi (Lbs.) Total Clamping Height Pull Push Pull

Push Lgth. PSI 2,640 1.50 .50 7.37 .980 1.767 1.470 2.650 None 3,000

Single or 2,164 1.50 .50 7.37 .980 1.767 1.470 2.650 2.00 3,000

VE-354 SC-1 Double-acting, 1,960 Straight, Left 1.50 .50 7.37 .980 1.767 1.470 2.650 3.00 3,000 or Right 1,740 1.50 .50 7.37 .980 1.767 1.470 2.650 4.00 3,000

1,200 Pull 1.50 .50 7.37 .980 1.767 1.470 2.650 5.00 2,400 840 1.50 .50 7.37 .980 1.767 1.470 2.650 6.00 2,000

VE-352 SC-3 Straight, Left or Right

Single or 700 .75 .25 4.52 .245 .442 .184 .331 None 3,000 Double-acting, 500 .75 .25 4.52 .245 .442 .184 .331 1.00 3,000

Pull 250 .75 .25 4.52 .245 .442 .184 .331 2.00 2,000

Threaded

Threaded Single Acting

Threaded Double Acting

ceng Port

G Clamp Port

Lower Flange

J

Upper Flange Lower Flange Single and Single and Double

Double Acting Acting

1.-J -.I Manifold Port (Fbdure Hole Dia.. 9)

L M GCe Port

Unclinp

l

Por

t )(FFF

M

iurirnt 9)

1?o:arnPL-..1 m

P N

Magfold

(Frtuga Undemp .

.19) Port (S/AVent Plug)

Clamped Position

1*-

CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING ,Th

HYDRAULIC POWER WORK HOLDING ._,1

Hydraulic Power Workholding Swing Cylinders With Arms

ENERPACA

N 0

O-.

Type A

Type A

Type B

Type B

These swing cylinders rotate 90 degrees as they begin their stroke, continuing without rotation for the final clamping stroke. Cylinders can be changed to left swing, right swing, or pull applications by loosening the side plug and then rotating the plunger to a desired position. The VE-354 and VE-352 have a retract spring for single-acting operations. Clamp arm provided. Can be mounted with the built-in flange by securing the swinger to the top or bottom of a tooling plate or by screwing the threaded body into a mounting bracket.

Item Pack No. Enerpac Type A BCD E F G H J K M N O P Q R S T W X Qty.

VE-354 SC-1 A 7.37 8.88 5.74 3.00 2.87 1/4-18 %-27 3.31 .50 .38-16 .44 .88 1%-16 1.88 1.28 2.90 2.06 2.00 .40 5.87 1/2-13 1.000 1 VE-352 SC-3 B 4.26 5.27 3.48 2.13 2.03 %-27 %-27 2.15 - .250-20 .32 .63 1-12 1.13 .75 2.00 1.50 1.00 .20 3.71 Vie-24 .500 1

Note: Standard clamping arm supplied. Longer arms indicated in chart can be fabricated by the user.

Hydraulic Power Workholding

ENERPACA Swing Cylinders w/o Arms Light Duty

These swing cylinders rotate 90 degrees as they begin their stroke, continuing without rotation for the final clamping stroke. Cylinders can be changed to left swing, right swing or pull applications by loosening the bottom plug. All single acting cylinders come with a retract spring for single-acting operations. Max. psi 5,000. Body styles available are threaded with upper flange or non-threaded with lower or upper flange.

Clamp arms not included but sold separately on page 356.

Item No. Enerpac

Body Style

Cylinder Capacity w/ Std. Arm

Hydraulic Stroke

Total Clamping

Effective Area

(Sq. In.)

Oil Capacity (Cu. In.) A B C D E F G H I J

K (degrees) L M N

Pack Qty.

Double Acting VE-70 SURD-51 Upper Flange 1,250 .89 .39 .28 .28 5.31 4.42 2.60 .98 1.82 1.08 SAE #4 .39 1.57 1%-18 25 1.12 .75 1.50 1 vE-71 SLRD-51 Lower Flange 1,250 .89 .39 .28 .28 5.31 4.42 2.60 .98 1.08 1.50 SAE #4 .39 1.57 1%-18 25 1.12 .75 1.50 1 VE-72* STRD-121 Threaded 2,600 1.12 .50 .63 .70 6.75 5.63 3.38 1.00 2.25 1.06 SAE #4 .38 2.00 1%-16 .81 1.38 1.00 2.00 1 VE-73 SURD-121 Upper Flange 2,600 1.12 .50 .63 .70 6.75 5.63 3.38 1.00 2.25 1.06 SAE #4 .38 2.00 1%-16 25 1.38 1.00 2.00 1 VE-74 SLRD-121 Lower Flange 2,600 1.12 .50 .63 .70 6.75 5.63 3.38 1.00 2.25 1.06 SAE #4 .38 2.00 1%-16 25 1.38 1.00 2.00 1

Single Acting VE-600-1* STRS-21 Threaded 475 .65 .32 .12 .08 4.41 3.76 2.09 .98 1.67 1.04 SAE #2 .39 .97 1%-16 25 .94 .61 1.30 1

VE-75 SURS-51 Upper Flange 1,100 .89 .39 .28 .28 5.31 4.42 2.60 .98 1.82 1.08 SAE #4 .39 1.57 1%-18 25 1.12 .75 1.50 1 VE-76 SLRS-51 Lower Flange 1,100 .89 .39 .28 .28 5.31 4.42 2.60 .98 1.82 1.08 SAE #4 .39 1.57 1%-18 25 1.12 .75 1.50 1

VE-610-1* STRS-121 Threaded 2,400 1.12 .50 .63 .70 6.75 5.63 3.38 1.00 2.25 1.06 SAE #4 .38 2.00 1%-16 25 1.38 1.00 2.00 1

*All threaded bodies have upper flange

353 353

Hydraulic Power WorkholdingSwing Cylinders With Arms

These swing cylinders rotate 90 degrees as they begin their stroke, continuing without rotation for the final clamping stroke. Cylinders can be changed to left swing, right swing, or pull applications by loosening the side plug and then rotating the plunger to a desired position. The VE-354 and VE-352 have a retract spring for single-acting operations. Clamp arm provided. Can be mounted with the built-in flange by securing the swinger to the top or bottom of a tooling plate or by screwing the threaded body into a mounting bracket.

Note: Standard clamping arm supplied. Longer arms indicated in chart can be fabricated by the user.

P

ON

Q D

JR

S

G

FB

A

C

H

M

E

TLK

X

W

F

I

Type A

P

ON

Q D

JR

S

G

FB

A

C

H

M

E

TLK

X

W

Type BType BType A

ItemNo. Enerpac Type A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T W X

PackQty.

VE-354 SC-1 A 7.37 8.88 5.74 3.00 2.87 1⁄4-18 1⁄8-27 3.31 .50 .38-16 .44 .88 17⁄8-16 1.88 1.28 2.90 2.06 2.00 .40 5.87 1⁄2-13 1.000 1VE-352 SC-3 B 4.26 5.27 3.48 2.13 2.03 1⁄8-27 1⁄8-27 2.15 — .250-20 .32 .63 1-12 1.13 .75 2.00 1.50 1.00 .20 3.71 5⁄16-24 .500 1

Cylinder Capacity @

Max. psi (Lbs.)

Cylinder Effective Oil Max. Capacity Max.Hydraulic Stroke Retracted Area (Sq. In.) (Cu. In.) Arm Pressure

Item No. Enerpac Arm Swing Cylinder Type Total Clamping Height Pull Push Pull Push Lgth. PSI


Single or Double-acting,

Pull

2,6402,1641,9601,7401,200840

1.501.501.501.501.501.50

.50

.50

.50

.50

.50

.50

7.377.377.377.377.377.37

.980

.980

.980

.980

.980

.980

1.7671.7671.7671.7671.7671.767

1.4701.4701.4701.4701.4701.470

2.6502.6502.6502.6502.6502.650

None2.003.004.005.006.00

3,0003,0003,0003,0002,4002,000


Single or Double-acting,

Pull

700500250

.75

.75

.75

.25

.25

.25

4.524.524.52

.245

.245

.245

.442

.442

.442

.184

.184

.184

.331

.331

.331

None1.002.00

3,0003,0002,000


Hydraulic Power WorkholdingSwing Cylinders w/o Arms Light Duty

Lower Flange

AB

EF

H

R

J

C

D

I

BoltsIncluded

Arm NotIncluded

N

ML

K

P

QGUnclampPort(S/A VentPlug)

ManifoldPort (FixtureHole Dia. .19)

G ClampPort

Manifold Port(Fixture HoleDia. .19)

Upper FlangeSingle and

Double Acting

I

AB

EF

JC

D

R

H

Bolts Included

Arm NotIncluded

L M

P N

Q

ManifoldPorts(FixtureHole Dia..19)

GUnclampPort(S/A Vent Plug)

G ClampPort

K

Lower FlangeSingle and Double

Acting

These swing cylinders rotate 90 degrees as they begin their stroke, continuing without rotation for the final clamping stroke. Cylinders can be changed to left swing, right swing or pull applications by loosening the bottom plug. All single acting cylinders come with a retract spring for single-acting operations. Max. psi 5,000. Body styles available are threaded with upper flange or non-threaded with lower or upper flange.

Clamp arms not included but sold separately on page 356.

*All threaded bodies have upper flange

L

M

K

I

A

D

N

C

B

J

H

FE

GClamp

Port

ArmNot

Included

GUnclamp Port

ThreadedSingle Acting

Unclamp Port(S/A Vent Plug)

K

K

G Clamp Port

M

N

L

I

A

ClampedPosition

D

C

B

J

HF

E

ArmNot

Included

ThreadedDouble Acting

Threaded

Upper Flange

ItemNo. Enerpac

BodyStyle

CylinderCapacityw/ Std.

Arm

Hydraulic Stroke Effective

Area(Sq. In.)

Oil Capacity(Cu. In.) A B C D E F G H I J

K(degrees) L M N

PackQty.Total Clamping

Double ActingVE-70 SURD-51 Upper Flange 1,250 .89 .39 .28 .28 5.31 4.42 2.60 .98 1.82 1.08 SAE #4 .39 1.57 13⁄8-18 25 1.12 .75 1.50 1VE-71 SLRD-51 Lower Flange 1,250 .89 .39 .28 .28 5.31 4.42 2.60 .98 1.08 1.50 SAE #4 .39 1.57 13⁄8-18 25 1.12 .75 1.50 1VE-72* STRD-121 Threaded 2,600 1.12 .50 .63 .70 6.75 5.63 3.38 1.00 2.25 1.06 SAE #4 .38 2.00 17⁄8-16 .81 1.38 1.00 2.00 1VE-73 SURD-121 Upper Flange 2,600 1.12 .50 .63 .70 6.75 5.63 3.38 1.00 2.25 1.06 SAE #4 .38 2.00 17⁄8-16 25 1.38 1.00 2.00 1VE-74 SLRD-121 Lower Flange 2,600 1.12 .50 .63 .70 6.75 5.63 3.38 1.00 2.25 1.06 SAE #4 .38 2.00 17⁄8-16 25 1.38 1.00 2.00 1

Single ActingVE-600-1* STRS-21 Threaded 475 .65 .32 .12 .08 4.41 3.76 2.09 .98 1.67 1.04 SAE #2 .39 .97 11⁄8-16 25 .94 .61 1.30 1

VE-75 SURS-51 Upper Flange 1,100 .89 .39 .28 .28 5.31 4.42 2.60 .98 1.82 1.08 SAE #4 .39 1.57 13⁄8-18 25 1.12 .75 1.50 1VE-76 SLRS-51 Lower Flange 1,100 .89 .39 .28 .28 5.31 4.42 2.60 .98 1.82 1.08 SAE #4 .39 1.57 13⁄8-18 25 1.12 .75 1.50 1

VE-610-1* STRS-121 Threaded 2,400 1.12 .50 .63 .70 6.75 5.63 3.38 1.00 2.25 1.06 SAE #4 .38 2.00 17⁄8-16 25 1.38 1.00 2.00 1

FWAHL

SmallO



B

M

Double Acting

D E 11111111111111 F

C G

AB Jht

Single Acting

Cyl. Item Cap. @ Hyd. Robes. No. Enerpac Type Max. psi Stroke Height

VE-372 RW-50 A 9,940 .62 1.62 VE-373 RW-51

B 9,940 1.00 4.12 VE-377 RW-53

B 9,940 3.00 6.25 VE-378 RW-55

B 9,940 5.00 8.25 VE-375 RW-102 B 22,300 2.00 4.53

Bore DIa.

Cyl. Eff. Area 011 Cap.

(Sq. In.) (Cu. In.) A B C E F G H J K L M Pack Qty.

1.12 .994 .620 1.62 2.25 1.50 1.12 .22 %-18 1.00 .56 1.12 2.31 .75 1 1.12 .994 .994 4.37 5.37 4.12 1.00 %-20 %-18 .75 .12 1.12 - %-16 1 1.12 .994 3.20 6.50 9.50 6.25 1.00 %-20 %-18 .75 .12 1.12 - %-16 1 1.12 .994 5.20 8.50 13.50 8.25 1.00 %-20 %-18 .75 .12 1.12 - %-16 1 1.69 2.236 4.75 4.78 6.78 4.53 1.38 Vie-18 %-18 .75 .19 1.06 - 1-8 1





ENERPACE Single-Acting Manifold Cylinder

B A C

F DH D H

A B

Type B

A * HE Fv

Type A

G D

These threaded miniature cylinders were designed specifically for tooling. All cylinders are single-acting with spring return action for rapid work release. They have threaded bodies for all types of mountings. Cylinders may be inserted directly in a fixture or used with standard brackets. Stainless steel construction. Maximum operating pressure 5,000 psi.

Item Na Enerpac Type

Max. Clamp Force Stroke

Eff. Area (Sq. In.)

Oil Cap. (Cu. In.) A B C D E F G

Pack H Qty.

VE-412 CST-2131 380 .51 .08 .04 1.99 2.50 .97 .69 .19 6-32 Me-20 1/2-20 VE-413* CST-471 980 .28 .20 .05 1.87 2.15 1.71 .65 .27 8-32 Me-20 %-16 VE-83 CST-9131 1,950 .51 .39 .20 2.50 3.01 2.28 .81 .39 1/4-28 Me-20 1-12 VE-86 CST-9381 1,950 1.50 .39 .59 4.11 5.61 3.89 .81 .39 1/4-28 Me-20 1-12 VE-424 CST-18131 3,860 .51 .77 .40 2.76 3.27 2.50 1.22 .63 Me-24 Me-20 1%e-16 VE-425 CST-18251 3,860 .98 .77 .77 3.52 4.51 3.27 1.22 .63 Me-24 Me-20 1%e-16

*Nitro carburized


ENERPACEI Threaded Cylinders

Cylinders can be fixtured into manual strap or bridge clamp assemblies. Fully threaded bodies allow cylinders to be threaded directly into tapped holes of the fixture for easy installation. Available as single-acting spring return or double acting hydraulic return. The VE-90 can use carbide grippers.

Cylinder

Capacity @ Cylinder 011 Capacity

Max. psi Effective Area Area

Item (Lbs.) Hydraulic Retr. Bore (Sq. In.) (Cu. In.)

No. Ener • as Push Pull Stroke H. t. DIa. Push Pull Push Pull A B C D E F G Pack

H I J K L M..

Single Acting VE-88 WRT-21 3,900 - .50 3.25 1.00 .79 .39 - 3.25 Double Acting VE-90 WMT-39 3,900 2,700 .50 3.26 1.00 .79 .54 .39 .27 3.26

3.75 2.00 1.23 .75 1/4-28 x .32

3.76 .73 1.30 .56 1/4-28 x .39

Vie-24 .62 .24 .30 1.06 .25 1%-18 1

% - 27 NPT .73 - .27 - - 1%-18 1


ENERPACA Clamping Cylinders Single-Acting

D

Type A Type B

Used for a wide range of production tooling applications, heavy duty force requirements and high cycle applications. Block shaped clamps provide a high amount of force in a tight area. Designed to be surface mounted on the machine tool bed or on a fixture surface. Provide force in horizontal or vertical direction. Cylindrical clamps have collar threads and base holes for mounting. All have spring return operation for easy unloading of workpiece and faster cycling. Spring is designed to return plunger only.

Note: Cylinder capacity shown is rated at 10,000 psi

354 354

Hydraulic Power WorkholdingSingle-Acting Manifold Cylinder

These threaded miniature cylinders were designed specifically for tooling. All cylinders are single-acting with spring return action for rapid work release. They have threaded bodies for all types of mountings. Cylinders may be inserted directly in a fixture or used with standard brackets. Stainless steel construction. Maximum operating pressure 5,000 psi.

*Nitro carburized

C

AB

EF

HD

G

Type B

BA

C

G DFEH

Type A

ItemNo. Enerpac Type

Max.Clamp Force Stroke

Eff. Area(Sq. In.)

Oil Cap.(Cu. In.) A B C D E F G H

PackQty.

VE-412 CST-2131 A 380 .51 .08 .04 1.99 2.50 .97 .69 .19 6-32 7⁄16-20 1⁄2-20 1VE-413* CST-471 B 980 .28 .20 .05 1.87 2.15 1.71 .65 .27 8-32 7⁄16-20 3⁄4-16 1VE-83 CST-9131 B 1,950 .51 .39 .20 2.50 3.01 2.28 .81 .39 1⁄4-28 7⁄16-20 1-12 1VE-86 CST-9381 B 1,950 1.50 .39 .59 4.11 5.61 3.89 .81 .39 1⁄4-28 7⁄16-20 1-12 1

VE-424 CST-18131 B 3,860 .51 .77 .40 2.76 3.27 2.50 1.22 .63 5⁄16-24 7⁄16-20 15⁄16-16 1VE-425 CST-18251 B 3,860 .98 .77 .77 3.52 4.51 3.27 1.22 .63 5⁄16-24 7⁄16-20 15⁄16-16 1

Hydraulic Power WorkholdingThreaded Cylinders

Cylinders can be fixtured into manual strap or bridge clamp assemblies. Fully threaded bodies allow cylinders to be threaded directly into tapped holes of the fixture for easy installation. Available as single-acting spring return or double acting hydraulic return. The VE-90 can use carbide grippers.

BA

C

GD

F

E

KG H

M

J

Double Acting

C

GD

F H

M

JAB

I

EL

Single Acting

ItemNo. Enerpac

Cylinder Capacity @

Max. psi (Lbs.) Hydraulic

StrokeRetr.Hgt.

BoreDia.

Cylinder Effective Area

(Sq. In.)

Oil Capacity Area

(Cu. In.)

A B C D E F G H I J K L MPackQty.Push Pull Push Pull Push Pull

Single ActingVE-88 WRT-21 3,900 — .50 3.25 1.00 .79 — .39 — 3.25 3.75 2.00 1.23 .75 1⁄4-28 x .32 5⁄16-24 .62 .24 .30 1.06 .25 13⁄8-18 1Double ActingVE-90 WMT-39 3,900 2,700 .50 3.26 1.00 .79 .54 .39 .27 3.26 3.76 .73 1.30 .56 1⁄4-28 x .39 1⁄8 - 27 NPT .73 — .27 — — 13⁄8-18 1

Hydraulic Power WorkholdingClamping Cylinders Single-Acting

Used for a wide range of production tooling applications, heavy duty force requirements and high cycle applications. Block shaped clamps provide a high amount of force in a tight area. Designed to be surface mounted on the machine tool bed or on a fixture surface. Provide force in horizontal or vertical direction. Cylindrical clamps have collar threads and base holes for mounting. All have spring return operation for easy unloading of workpiece and faster cycling. Spring is designed to return plunger only.

Note: Cylinder capacity shown is rated at 10,000 psi

MED

F

CG

H

I JB

A

Type B


Cyl. Cap. @Max. psi

Hyd.Stroke

Retrac.Height

Bore Dia.

Cyl. Eff. Area

(Sq. In.)Oil Cap.(Cu. In.) A B C E F G H I J K L M

PackQty.

VE-372 RW-50 A 9,940 .62 1.62 1.12 .994 .620 1.62 2.25 1.50 1.12 .22 3⁄8-18 1.00 .56 1.12 2.31 .75 — 1VE-373 RW-51 B 9,940 1.00 4.12 1.12 .994 .994 4.37 5.37 4.12 1.00 1⁄4-20 3⁄8-18 .75 .12 1.12 — — 3⁄4-16 1VE-377 RW-53 B 9,940 3.00 6.25 1.12 .994 3.20 6.50 9.50 6.25 1.00 1⁄4-20 3⁄8-18 .75 .12 1.12 — — 3⁄4-16 1VE-378 RW-55 B 9,940 5.00 8.25 1.12 .994 5.20 8.50 13.50 8.25 1.00 1⁄4-20 3⁄8-18 .75 .12 1.12 — — 3⁄4-16 1VE-375 RW-102 B 22,300 2.00 4.53 1.69 2.236 4.75 4.78 6.78 4.53 1.38 5⁄16-18 3⁄8-18 .75 .19 1.06 — — 1-8 1

H

F

JI

C

K

DE

BA

G

L

Type A


FWAHL

SmallO



A NAP...NO

•• • • .

VE-326 RWH-120

A VE-327 RWH-121

A VE-355 RWH-20

A VE-347 CY1254-25

B VE-350 CY2129-25

B VE-349 CY2129-5

B VE-351 CY2754-5

B

2.19 2.50 1.19 2.75 1.38 %-16 .39 Vie-18 .19 .770 2%-16 3.19 4.19 1.19 2.75 1.38 8A-16 .53 Vie-18 .19 .770 2%-16 2.06 2.38 1.50 1.79 1.00 .53 .28 %-20 .12 1/2-20 1%-16 2.00 2.25 .91 1.75 .56 %-16 .29 %-20 1.75 .390 .86 2.00 2.31 .75 2.50 1.13 %-10 .31 %-16 2.50 .765 .86 2.73 3.36 1.48 2.50 1.13 %-10 .31 %-16 2.50 .765 1.06 3.00 3.63 1.55 3.13 1.25 -9 .31 %-16 3.13 .890 1.50

2.76 2.76 1.32 .87

2.47 2.47 4.44

27,600 27,600 4,000 2,610 7,410 7,410 13,320

.86 2.76 .41 .22 .77

1.56 2.80

Pack S T U Qty.

Support Plunger Item Cap. @ Hyd, Spring Force Lbs. on Cap. No. Enereac Max. psi Stroke Extended Retracted (Cu. In.) ABC CO E F H I J J1 K L M N Q

Fluid Advanced

ENERPAC.Z Hydraulic Power Workholding Turbo Air / Hydraulic Pumps

A turbo air pump is recommended where input air pressure is limited. Engineered to recycle exhaust air to help power the pump. Maintains a tight pressure range for reliable clamping performance. Pump will automatically restart in the event of a pressure drop in the hydraulic system. Mounting plate allows for horizontal or vertical machine-side mounting. Buna-N polyurethane and PTFE seals.

Vertical Horizontal SAE #4 SAE #4

15 70 127 72:1 5,000 40-120 15 70 127 50:1 5,000 40-120

VE-391 PACG5002SB 2,500 VE-392 PACG-3002SB 1,400

Note: Clamping pressure at 10,000 psi, except for VE-355 which is 3,000 psi

Hydraulic Power Workholding Work Supports

Work supports provide additional support to avoid excessive movement or deflection of the workpiece during machining. When hydraulic pressure is applied to the work support, a piston pushes against an internal adjustable spring that advances the work support plunger against a workpiece at the force set by the adjustable spring. As more hydraulic pressure is applied, an internal sleeve will grip and lock the plunger in that position. Available as a spring or fluid advance unit. The spring advanced unit can be converted to air by simply removing the internal adjustment spring and attaching a low pressure air line to the air breather vent tube. Operating pressure is 700 psi minimum, 5,000 psi maximum.

VE-19 WFL-111 2,500 .38 3.4 5.2 .06 3.53 3.91 3.10 1%-18 .63 .49 .56 1.08 .18 .57 M10 x 1.5 1.50 Spring Advanced

VE-21 WSL-111 2,500 .38 3.4 5.2 .02 2.97 3.35 2.54 1%-18 .63 .49 .44 .94 .18 .57 M10 x 1.5 1.50

.70 .73 .28 1.62 2.38 .94 .17 1

.30 .73 .28 1.62 2.38 .94 .17 1

ENERPAC.RI

$ _ - CONTACT BOLT 1: INCLUDED

AIR BREATHER/ FILTER VENT 1/9 27 NPT

SAE *4 1-.J1/

J1 AIR PORT

OPTIONAL MANIFOLD-MOUNT PORT (FIXTURE HOLE -.0.17)

Hydraulic Pressure Range psi Item Hydraulic Hydraulic Output Air Consume. Air Pressure No. Ener • c Min. Max. Air Ratio Ports SCFM Ran.° .51

Usable Oil Capacity (Cu. In.) Pack

R F.


HYDRAULIC POWER WORK HOLDING ._,1

Hydraulic Power Workholding ENERPAC.I

Hollow Cylinders E

‘001.71M1711.111114

74--8 A

V, 18 NFT

Type A

MI 27 Manifold PNT and NTP (except VE-347)

Type B

These hollow cylinders combine compactness with power and versatility. Any application requiring either a pushing or pulling action is easily handled with this type of cylinder. The cylinders are threaded and can be placed over a bolt or a stud to upgrade most existing manual clamping fixtures.

Item Eff. Alga Clamp Oil Cap. Pack No. Enerpac Type B C D E F H J K L (Sq. In.) Pres. (Cu. In.) Qty.

355 355

Hydraulic Power WorkholdingHollow Cylinders

These hollow cylinders combine compactness with power and versatility. Any application requiring either a pushing or pulling action is easily handled with this type of cylinder. The cylinders are threaded and can be placed over a bolt or a stud to upgrade most existing manual clamping fixtures.

Note: Clamping pressure at 10,000 psi, except for VE-355 which is 3,000 psi

K

I

D

C

LEFJ

B A 5°

H

1/4 18 NPTI

K 1/8 27 ManifoldPNT and NTP(except VE-347)

DJL

C

EF

H

A B

1/8 27 NPT

Type BType A

ItemNo. Enerpac Type A B C D E F H I J K L

Eff. Area(Sq. In.)

ClampPres.

Oil Cap.(Cu. In.)

PackQty.

VE-326 RWH-120 A 2.19 2.50 1.19 2.75 1.38 3⁄4-16 .39 5⁄16-18 .19 .770 23⁄4-16 2.76 27,600 .86 1VE-327 RWH-121 A 3.19 4.19 1.19 2.75 1.38 3⁄4-16 .53 5⁄16-18 .19 .770 23⁄4-16 2.76 27,600 2.76 1VE-355 RWH-20 A 2.06 2.38 1.50 1.79 1.00 .53 .28 1⁄4-20 .12 1⁄2-20 17⁄8-16 1.32 4,000 .41 1VE-347 CY1254-25 B 2.00 2.25 .91 1.75 .56 3⁄8-16 .29 1⁄4-20 1.75 .390 .86 .87 2,610 .22 1VE-350 CY2129-25 B 2.00 2.31 .75 2.50 1.13 3⁄4-10 .31 3⁄8-16 2.50 .765 .86 2.47 7,410 .77 1VE-349 CY2129-5 B 2.73 3.36 1.48 2.50 1.13 3⁄4-10 .31 3⁄8-16 2.50 .765 1.06 2.47 7,410 1.56 1VE-351 CY2754-5 B 3.00 3.63 1.55 3.13 1.25 7⁄8-9 .31 3⁄8-16 3.13 .890 1.50 4.44 13,320 2.80 1

Work supports provide additional support to avoid excessive movement or deflection of the workpiece during machining. When hydraulic pressure is applied to the work support, a piston pushes against an internal adjustable spring that advances the work support plunger against a workpiece at the force set by the adjustable spring. As more hydraulic pressure is applied, an internal sleeve will grip and lock the plunger in that position. Available as a spring or fluid advance unit. The spring advanced unit can be converted to air by simply removing the internal adjustment spring and attaching a low pressure air line to the air breather vent tube. Operating pressure is 700 psi minimum, 5,000 psi maximum.

Q

T

SRF

L

E

K

CONTACT BOLTINCLUDEDJ

BA C

H

SAE #4

U

J1J1.28

MI

AIR BREATHER/FILTER VENT1/8 27 NPT

N

D

AIR PORT

OPTIONAL MANIFOLD-MOUNT PORT(FIXTURE HOLE ¯.0.17)

U

ItemNo. Enerpac

Cap. @Max. psi

Hyd.Stroke

Support Plunger Spring Force Lbs. Oil Cap.

(Cu. In.) A B C D E F H I J J1 K L M N Q R S T UPackQty.Extended Retracted

Fluid AdvancedVE-19 WFL-111 2,500 .38 3.4 5.2 .06 3.53 3.91 3.10 13⁄8-18 .63 .49 .56 1.08 .18 .57 M10 x 1.5 1.50 .70 .73 .28 1.62 2.38 .94 .17 1

Spring AdvancedVE-21 WSL-111 2,500 .38 3.4 5.2 .02 2.97 3.35 2.54 13⁄8-18 .63 .49 .44 .94 .18 .57 M10 x 1.5 1.50 .30 .73 .28 1.62 2.38 .94 .17 1

Hydraulic Power WorkholdingTurbo Air / Hydraulic Pumps

A turbo air pump is recommended where input air pressure is limited. Engineered to recycle exhaust air to help power the pump. Maintains a tight pressure range for reliable clamping performance. Pump will automatically restart in the event of a pressure drop in the hydraulic system. Mounting plate allows for horizontal or vertical machine-side mounting. Buna-N polyurethane and PTFE seals.

ItemNo. Enerpac

Hydraulic Pressure Range psi HydraulicAir Ratio

Hydraulic Output Ports

Air Consump. SCFM

Air Pressure Range psi

Usable Oil Capacity (Cu. In.) PackQty.Min. Max. Vertical Horizontal

VE-391 PACG5002SB 2,500 5,000 72:1 SAE #4 15 40-120 70 127 1VE-392 PACG-3002SB 1,400 5,000 50:1 SAE #4 15 40-120 70 127 1

Hydraulic Power WorkholdingWork Supports


FWAHL

SmallO



K N

L

H>1 M <Jk M ~

EN ERPAC.0 Hydraulic Power Workholding Accessories Clamping Arms

-4-0 F

K N

A

_t

B Short Arm

Item Pressure Setting Range Pack No. &icor= Type (Psi) Qty.

Hydraulic Power Workholding Accessories ENERPAC.0 Sequence Valves For Time Interval Control

Type A

Type B

These valves can be plumbed to provide a sequence of clamping functions from just one hydraulic power source. Sequenced locat-ing, clamping, and/or supporting functions can be controlled in a logical order by plumbing one sequence valve to each clamping group requiring a different time interval. The valve can be preset to different pressure values, allowing fluid flow in sequence as the hydraulic pressure increases in the entire system to whatever the power source provides, after all valves are open. These valves are basically timers, not pressure controllers. The VE-211 features a lock nut which secures the hydraulic pressure setting for the secondary circuit and a tamper proof cover can be placed over the set screw. Maximum operating pressure is 5,000 psi.

VE-210 V-2000 VE-211 VVVP-5 B

A 200 to 2,000 500 to 5,000

Item No. Enerpac A

Pack Qty. D E

A

C

B

E

rliN CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING Buy One or HYDRAULIC POWER WORK HOLDING ACCESSORIES Buy Bulk&SNE

Clamp arms can be positioned and tightened without removing the swing cylinder from the fixture. Clamp arm design eliminates the use of a vise when securing to a plunger. Short arms have a tapped hole for buttons and toggle pads. Long arms can be shortened to desired length.

These clamp arms are designed for use with the swing cylinders shown on page 353.

Item No. Enerpac

For Use with

Cylinder Cap. A BCD E F G N J K M N 0 (degrees) 12

Pack Qty.

Short Arm VE-600-2 CAS-21 500 1.60 .97 .38 .76 .38 .13 .25-28 .68 .466 .394 .63 .28 .37 .40 .25-20 14 .50 1 VE-605-2 CAS-51 1,250 2.39 1.57 .50 1.00 .50 .17 .312-24 1.02 .728 .630 .75 .31 .51 .45 .312-18 12 .63 1 VE-610-2 CAS-121 2,600 3.13 2.00 .70 1.39 .69 .28 .375-24 1.40 1.000 .875 1.19 .44 .66 .63 .375-16 18 .82 1 Long Arm

VE-14 CAL-22 500 3.63 .44 .38 .76 .38 .13 M6 x 1 .68 .466 .394 .63 .28 .37 .40 .92 14 1 VE-15 CAL-52 1,250 5.81 .55 .50 1.00 .50 .17 M8 x 1 1.02 .728 .630 .75 .31 .51 .45 1.37 12 1 VE-16 CAL-122 2,600 7.06 .72 .70 1.39 .69 .28 M10 x 1.5 1.40 1.000 .875 1.19 .44 .66 .63 1.73 18 1 VE-17 CAL-202 3,900 7.95 1.00 .95 1.90 .95 .20 M12 x 1.25 2.59 1.400 1.259 1.18 .47 .94 .82 1.11 18 1

Hydraulic Power Workholding Accessories ENERPAC33 Jam Nuts

VE-387 FN-331 1.88 1./18-16 .25 .25 .12 VE-307 FN-481 2.50 1%-16 .50 .38 .19

Hydraulic Power Workholding Accessories ENERPACE Hydraulic Oil

ENEHP C7

6

Item

Pack No. Enerpac Description

Qty.

VE-255 HF-101 Hydraulic Oil (gallon)

356

356

Hydraulic Power Workholding AccessoriesClamping Arms

Clamp arms can be positioned and tightened without removing the swing cylinder from the fixture. Clamp arm design eliminates the use of a vise when securing to a plunger. Short arms have a tapped hole for buttons and toggle pads. Long arms can be shortened to desired length.

These clamp arms are designed for use with the swing cylinders shown on page 353.

CA

B

G

ED

KL

FH

I O

MJ

N

P

ABC

D

E

G

Q

O

K

F

L

H

IP

JM

N

Long ArmShort Arm

ItemNo. Enerpac

For Use With

Cylinder Cap. A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O

P(degrees) Q

PackQty.

Short Arm VE-600-2 CAS-21 500 1.60 .97 .38 .76 .38 .13 .25-28 .68 .466 .394 .63 .28 .37 .40 .25-20 14 .50 1VE-605-2 CAS-51 1,250 2.39 1.57 .50 1.00 .50 .17 .312-24 1.02 .728 .630 .75 .31 .51 .45 .312-18 12 .63 1VE-610-2 CAS-121 2,600 3.13 2.00 .70 1.39 .69 .28 .375-24 1.40 1.000 .875 1.19 .44 .66 .63 .375-16 18 .82 1Long Arm

VE-14 CAL-22 500 3.63 .44 .38 .76 .38 .13 M6 x 1 .68 .466 .394 .63 .28 .37 .40 .92 14 — 1VE-15 CAL-52 1,250 5.81 .55 .50 1.00 .50 .17 M8 x 1 1.02 .728 .630 .75 .31 .51 .45 1.37 12 — 1VE-16 CAL-122 2,600 7.06 .72 .70 1.39 .69 .28 M10 x 1.5 1.40 1.000 .875 1.19 .44 .66 .63 1.73 18 — 1VE-17 CAL-202 3,900 7.95 1.00 .95 1.90 .95 .20 M12 x 1.25 2.59 1.400 1.259 1.18 .47 .94 .82 1.11 18 — 1

Hydraulic Power Workholding AccessoriesJam Nuts

ItemNo. Enerpac A B C D E

PackQty.

VE-387 FN-331 1.88 15⁄16-16 .25 .25 .12 1VE-307 FN-481 2.50 17⁄8-16 .50 .38 .19 1

Hydraulic Power Workholding AccessoriesHydraulic Oil

ItemNo. Enerpac Description

PackQty.

VE-255 HF-101 Hydraulic Oil (gallon) 1

Hydraulic Power Workholding AccessoriesSequence Valves For Time Interval Control

These valves can be plumbed to provide a sequence of clamping functions from just one hydraulic power source. Sequenced locat-ing, clamping, and/or supporting functions can be controlled in a logical order by plumbing one sequence valve to each clamping group requiring a different time interval. The valve can be preset to different pressure values, allowing fluid flow in sequence as the hydraulic pressure increases in the entire system to whatever the power source provides, after all valves are open. These valves are basically timers, not pressure controllers. The VE-211 features a lock nut which secures the hydraulic pressure setting for the secondary circuit and a tamper proof cover can be placed over the set screw. Maximum operating pressure is 5,000 psi.

Type B

Type A


Pressure Setting Range (psi)

PackQty.

VE-210 V-2000 A 200 to 2,000 1VE-211 WVP-5 B 500 to 5,000 1

C

A

B

D

E

HYDRAULIC POWER WORK HOLDING ACCESSORIES

FWAHL

SmallO



Starrett' Jack Screws

Handy for leveling work on planer beds, upright drills, machinery set up and general shop use. They are 1W diameter at base and have a range from 2W to 3% and can raise over 1,000 pounds. The set contains the jack, two extension bases (allows up to 6% height), auxiliary pointed screw, and two extension bases for irregular surfaces.

Quill Stop Clip-On

Quick and easy to use. Attaches to any vise jaw ('/2" through 1" wide) with one screw adjustment. Made from hardened steel, black oxide finish. Stop is 1" wide x 1 7/1 e" long.

EVS-5 Easy Vise Work Stop

Each stop is assembled, faced off, and then drilled and tapped. Made in U.S. Quick action clipping for fast installation and removal. Easily positioned with positive locking action. Sturdy aluminum knobs.

CQS-5 'h-20 Threads For Mills 1

AMS-5 Adjustable Mill Stop 1

CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING riN STOPS

Quick Adjusting Push Button Stop Nuts

Allows quick and accurate adjustments of stop settings. Used with existing stop screws and fits all imported or domestic milling machines. To operate, simply depress the button and slide the nut to the desired position. Releasing the nut locks it into position and then turning the nut gives you .001" micrometer adjustments. Saves hours of time and is easy to use. Available in steel or aluminum construction. Steel (pictured) has standard housing and aluminum has tapered housing.

Item Pack Item Pack No. Thread OD OAH qty. No. Thread OD OAH Qty.

Steel Aluminum QAN-1 'A-20 Ph 1 1 QAN-4 1/2-20 11/2 1 1 QAN-3 'A-13 Ph 1 1 QAN-5 1/2-13 11/2 1 1

STR-5190 S190 Complete Set 1 STR-190A 190A Jack Only 1 STR-190D 190D Auxiliary Pointed Screw Only 1

Vise Work Stop

Precision Adjustable Mill Stop

Designed for use on milling machines, jig borers, and horizontal and vertical milling set ups. Used with angle plates, vises, jigs, etc. to serve as a rigid stop. '/2" hole for T-slot mounting, %" diameter rod, 2" x 4'/2" base with 7" overall height. Steel with black oxide finish. •

Steel, Standard Housing

Aluminum, Tapered Housing

Item No. Description

357

Quick Adjusting Push Button Stop Nuts

Jack Screws

Handy for leveling work on planer beds, upright drills, machinery set up and general shop use. They are 11⁄4" diameter at base and have a range from 21⁄4" to 33⁄8" and can raise over 1,000 pounds. The set contains the jack, two extension bases (allows up to 63⁄8" height), auxiliary pointed screw, and two extension bases for irregular surfaces.

Vise Work Stop

Precision Adjustable Mill Stop

Quill StopClip-On

Each stop is assembled, faced off, and then drilled and tapped. Made in U.S. Quick action clipping for fast installation and removal. Easily positioned with positive locking action. Sturdy aluminum knobs.

ItemNo. Description

PackQty.

CQS-5 1⁄2-20 Threads For Mills 1

ItemNo. Starrett Description

PackQty.

STR-S190 S190 Complete Set 1STR-190A 190A Jack Only 1STR-190D 190D Auxiliary Pointed Screw Only 1

Designed for use on milling machines, jig borers, and horizontal and vertical milling set ups. Used with angle plates, vises, jigs, etc. to serve as a rigid stop. 1⁄2" hole for T-slot mounting, 3⁄8" diameter rod, 2" x 41⁄2" base with 7" overall height. Steel with black oxide finish.

ItemNo. Description

PackQty.

AMS-5 Adjustable Mill Stop 1

Quick and easy to use. Attaches to any vise jaw (1⁄2" through 1" wide) with one screw adjustment. Made from hardened steel, black oxide finish. Stop is 1" wide x 17⁄16" long.

ItemNo. Description

PackQty.

EVS-5 Easy Vise Work Stop 1

Allows quick and accurate adjustments of stop settings. Used with existing stop screws and fits all imported or domestic milling machines. To operate, simply depress the button and slide the nut to the desired position. Releasing the nut locks it into position and then turning the nut gives you .001" micrometer adjustments. Saves hours of time and is easy to use. Available in steel or aluminum construction. Steel (pictured) has standard housing and aluminum has tapered housing.

Aluminum, Tapered HousingSteel, Standard

Housing

ItemNo. Thread OD OAH

PackQty.

ItemNo. Thread OD OAH

PackQty.

Steel AluminumQAN-1 1⁄2-20 11⁄2 1 1 QAN-4 1⁄2-20 11⁄2 1 1QAN-3 1⁄2-13 11⁄2 1 1 QAN-5 1⁄2-13 11⁄2 1 1

STOPS

FWAHL

SmallO





VISES

WINN Utility Workshop Industrial Vise

3% Swivel Base 62 WLT-25 4 6%

Pipe Capacity

Shipping Weight

item Jaw No. Width

Max. Opening

Pack Qty.

1/4-2% 1/4-3%

5% 5 6

50 64 5%

WLT-110 WLT-115

Jaw Width

Jaw Opening

5% 4% 1/4-3% 6 WLT-746

WILICN Vise Accessories Copper Jaw Caps

Prism

Jaw Width

Pack

Standard Fiber Prism Rubber

item item item item No. No. No. No.

4 4% 5 6

WLT-435 WLT-465 WLT-495 WLT-525 WLT-440 — WLT-500 — WLT-445 — WLT-505 WLT-535 WLT-450 — WLT-510 WLT-540

MINK Vise Accessories Soft Jaws Magnetic Jaw Caps

WLT-60 Grooved 59/18 Yellow 1

Tradesman Industrial Vise

For general purpose service or maintenance shops not requiring the strength of a combination vise. PI 60,000 psi ductile iron body parts hardened steel top and pipe jaws. Base swivels. Enclosed construc-tion keeps lubricants in and contaminants out.

item No.

Jaw Width

Max. Opening

Pipe Capacity

Throat Depth

Shipping Pack Weight Qty.

WLT-150 4% 4 1/4-2% 3% 33 WLT-155 5% 5 1/4-3 3% 49 WLT-160 6% 6% 1/4-3% 4 70 WLT-165 8 7 %-3% 4% 105

A versatile all-around vise. Features a formed steel channel beam and a hefty 30,000 psi body casting. Replaceable, serrated steel top jaws and built in pipe jaws. 180 degrees locking swivel base.

WLT-180 4 3% %-2% 17% 1 WLT-185 51/2 5 4 '43-37/18 30 1 WLT-190 61/2 51/2 5 ',13-3"Ae 40 1 WLT-195 6 6 6 Us-3'1/4e 66 1 WLT-200 8 71/2 8 '43-41/2 80 1

Machinists' Industrial Vise

Built for performance and endurance. Stress parts are 60,000 psi ductile iron. Hardened steel jaw. Replaceable inserts are serrated for safe, sure grip. Straight line design - horizontal spindle and nut eliminate thread wear. Swivel base allows for 360 degrees rotation and has double lockdowns for non-slip holding and four mounting points.

High Visibility Industrial Safety Vise

Coated in high visibility yellow which conforms to OSHA safety color standard. Heavy duty casting, 30,000 psi. Replaceable hardened steel jaw inserts and replaceable pipe jaws to provide sure grip for a variety of work holding applications. 360 degree swivel base.

Mechanics' Industrial Vise

This vise has a swivel base that rotates 365 degrees with double lockdowns ensuing maximum stability. The powder coat paint resists scratches and provides a e tough, durable finish. It also features replaceable hardened steel top and pipe jaws and a large anvil work surface.

358

Max. Throat

Pipe Shipping

Pack Opening

Depth

Capacity Weight

Qty.

Item No.

Max. Throat

Shipping Pack Opening

Depth

Description Weight Qty.

WIDON.

WAIN

Pack Qty.

Pipe Capacity

Throat Depth

Designed to fit any size vise to avoid marring the surface of softer metals and to protect jaw faces. They have polished faces and pliable copper extensions to fit on any make of vise. Sold in pairs.

113-•11M2M WLT-385 WLT-390 4 WLT-395 4% WLT-400 5 WLT-405 6

Vise Accessories Magnefix Jaw Caps

11111.mmi

Standard

Rubber

Designed to protect both the vise jaws and the work piece from marring and distortion. Constructed from hardened aluminum alloy with two built-in circular magnets on the back side which hold the caps securely on the vise. They are right-angled and surface-parallel to fit any vise type including machine and bench type. Sold in pairs.

Soft polyurethane protects work from damage. Impervious to solutions and chemicals. Strong magnets hold caps in place. Grooved for round or tube applications. Sold in pairs.

Fiber

358

Vise AccessoriesSoft Jaws Magnetic Jaw Caps

Vise AccessoriesCopper Jaw Caps

Designed to fit any size vise to avoid marring the surface of softer metals and to protect jaw faces. They have polished faces and pliable copper extensions to fit on any make of vise. Sold in pairs.

ItemNo.

JawWidth

PackQty.

WLT-385 31⁄2 1WLT-390 4 1WLT-395 41⁄2 1WLT-400 5 1WLT-405 6 1

Vise AccessoriesMagnefix Jaw Caps

Prism

Rubber

Designed to protect both the vise jaws and the work piece from marring and distortion. Constructed from hardened aluminum alloy with two built-in circular magnets on the back side which hold the caps securely on the vise. They are right-angled and surface-parallel to fit any vise type including machine and bench type. Sold in pairs.

Fiber

Standard

Standard Fiber Prism Rubber

JawWidth

PackQty.

ItemNo.

ItemNo.

ItemNo.

ItemNo.

WLT-435 WLT-465 WLT-495 WLT-525 4 1WLT-440 — WLT-500 — 41⁄2 1WLT-445 — WLT-505 WLT-535 5 1WLT-450 — WLT-510 WLT-540 6 1

Soft polyurethane protects work from damage. Impervious to solutions and chemicals. Strong magnets hold caps in place. Grooved for round or tube applications. Sold in pairs.

ItemNo. Style Width Color

PackQty.

WLT-60 Grooved 59⁄16 Yellow 1

Machinists' Industrial Vise

This vise has a swivel base that rotates 365 degrees with double lockdowns ensuing maximum stability. The powder coat paint resists scratches and provides a tough, durable finish. It also features replaceable hardened steel top and pipe jaws and a large anvil work surface.

ItemNo.

JawWidth

JawOpening

ThroatDepth

PipeCapacity

PackQty.

WLT-746 6 53⁄4 41⁄8 1⁄4-31⁄2 1

Mechanics' Industrial Vise

A versatile all-around vise. Features a formed steel channel beam and a hefty 30,000 psi body casting. Replaceable, serrated steel top jaws and built in pipe jaws. 180 degrees locking swivel base.

ItemNo.

JawWidth

Max.Opening

ThroatDepth

PipeCapacity

ShippingWeight

PackQty.

WLT-180 41⁄2 4 31⁄2 1⁄8-25⁄8 171⁄2 1WLT-185 51⁄2 5 4 1⁄8-37⁄16 30 1WLT-190 61⁄2 51⁄2 5 1⁄8-311⁄16 40 1WLT-195 6 6 6 1⁄8-311⁄16 66 1WLT-200 8 71⁄2 8 1⁄8-41⁄2 80 1

Utility Workshop Industrial Vise

For general purpose service or maintenance shops not requiring the strength of a combination vise. 60,000 psi ductile iron body parts hardened steel top and pipe jaws. Base swivels. Enclosed construc-tion keeps lubricants in and contaminants out.

ItemNo.

JawWidth

Max.Opening

PipeCapacity

Throat Depth

ShippingWeight

PackQty.

WLT-150 41⁄2 4 1⁄4-21⁄2 31⁄4 33 1WLT-155 51⁄2 5 1⁄4-3 33⁄4 49 1WLT-160 61⁄2 61⁄2 1⁄4-31⁄2 4 70 1WLT-165 8 7 1⁄8-31⁄2 43⁄4 105 1

Tradesman Industrial Vise

Coated in high visibility yellow which conforms to OSHA safety color standard. Heavy duty casting, 30,000 psi. Replaceable hardened steel jaw inserts and replaceable pipe jaws to provide sure grip for a variety of work holding applications. 360 degree swivel base.

ItemNo.

JawWidth

Max.Opening

PipeCapacity

ShippingWeight

PackQty.

WLT-110 5 51⁄4 1⁄4-21⁄2 50 1WLT-115 6 53⁄4 1⁄4-31⁄2 64 1

High Visibility Industrial Safety Vise

Built for performance and endurance. Stress parts are 60,000 psi ductile iron. Hardened steel jaw. Replaceable inserts are serrated for safe, sure grip. Straight line design - horizontal spindle and nut eliminate thread wear. Swivel base allows for 360 degrees rotation and has double lockdowns for non-slip holding and four mounting points.

ItemNo.

JawWidth

Max.Opening

ThroatDepth Description

ShippingWeight

PackQty.

WLT-25 4 61⁄2 31⁄2 Swivel Base 62 1

VISES

FWAHL

SmallO



heinrich GETn GNP WMI 101.1101

Grip-Master Screwless Vises

Jaw Plates

Item No.

Pack

JP-4 JP-6

Pack J Qty.

1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1%

GETn GRIP MTH MINCH

Woodworker's Vise


VISES _,,,

V-Block Attachment Holds Round Stock

The Grip-Master screwless vise offers many advantages. Instantaneous, effortless setting by simply pushing on the knob controlling the movable jaw. Guaranteed positive locking by light press on locking lever. Built-in, recessed parallels level work. Large loading and unloading capacity. Hardened and ground bars and locking mechanism insure long life. Straight through drilling permit-ted by extra-wide clearance in base. Hardened and ground V-block attachment available for holding round or oval work securely.

Speed Type Vises

Designed for speed. Screw and nut hardened for long life. Heavy semi-steel castings, for strength. Heavy steel base plate, for rigid-ity. Standardized holes in jaws, for attaching interchangeable jaw plates and fixtures. The screw is held positively in the nut when the vise is clamped. It cannot slip; yet it is released instantly with a half-turn. Lift the screw and the jaw is free to slide to its full opening. Slide the jaw to the closed position, drop the screw into the nut and lock with a half turn. Combination of jaw plates are grooved for holding round parts, notched for holding parts above base of vise, smooth on back side. They are accurately machined, hardened and ground. Socket cap screws supplied for attaching them to vise. Vises are supplied without jaw plates.

Pack Item Qty. No.

GM-1 3 3 VA % 1 VB-1 GM-2 4 4Wee VA % 1 VB-2 GM-3 6 6% 119/e % 1 VB-3 GM-4 8 8% 2 % 1 VB-4

Vises Without Jaw Plates

Item No.

Jaw Width

Jaw •th

Jaw 0 nin •

Weight Lbs.

CV-4 4 11/2 4 121/2 CV-6 6 2 6 31 CV-7 6 2 8 40

Grip-Master Fixture Locks

hehrich GETf GRP W111111131.1101

Adaptable to a wide range of applications and simplifies jig and fixture designing and eliminates special locking details. A simple push or pull on the bar knob sets the bar instantaneously at any position between fully open or fully closed. A light press on the locking lever gives an extra forceful forward motion to the bar, exerting a holding pressure, adjustable from 400 to 1,100 pounds. Actually compensates for variations in size of work. Its long stroke assures wide work clearance and permits quick removal of chips and burrs. No screw threads to wear or strip. Hardened and ground bar and locking mechanism. Bar left soft for 1" on work end for easy machining when adapting it to fixture.

Drill Press Vises

Item Jaw

Jaw

Jaw No. Width

Opening

Depth

Weight Lbs.

Pack Qty.

DPV-20

6

10

2

21 DPV-30

8

10

2'A 36

Item No. A BCD E F G H

GMF-1 2% 9 .493 21/2 2%e 1% 1% GMF-1-10 3%e 3%e 2% 10 .493 21/2 23 e 13he 1% GMF-1-12 3%e 3%e 2% 12 .493 21/2 23 e 13he 1 GMF-1-14 3%e 3%e 2% 14 .493 21/2 23 e 13he 1 GMF-1-16 3%e 3%e 2% 16 .493 21/2 23 e 13he 1 GMF-1-18 3%e 3%e 2% 18 .493 21/2 23 e 13he 1 GMF-1-24 3%e 3%e 2% 24 .493 21/2 23 e 13he 1

GMF-2 4% 3Wee 3% 10 .742 31/2 2% 17/16 2% GMF-2-12 4% 3Wee 3% 12 .742 31/2 2% 17/16 2% GMF-2-14 4% 3Wee 3% 14 .742 31/2 2% 1%3 2% GMF-2-16 4% 3Wee 3'%e 16 .742 31/2 2% 1%3 2% GMF-2-20 4% 3Wee 3'%e 20 .742 31/2 2% 1%3 2% GMF-2-24 3Wee 24 .742 31/2 2% Wie 2%

These handy drill press vises can be used from three sides. Work can be leveled quickly because jaws have built-in parallels. Widely spaced jaw guide bars, permit drilling clear through work. Jaw sides are precision ground at right angle to parallels to permit accurate drilling from the sides without resetting the work. Horizontal V-groove, holds round stock firmly for side and end drilling.

Features: Pm;

• Castings - gray iron with orange baked-enamel finish • Jaws - drilled and tapped or countersunk holes for attachment

of wood facings • Dog - solid steel

This light and medium-duty vise features double guide-bars, continuous screw action and solid steel dog.

AC-27090 7

9 1

359

Woodworker's ViseFeatures:

Castings - gray iron with orange baked-enamel finishJaws - drilled and tapped or countersunk holes for attachment of wood facingsDog - solid steel

This light and medium-duty vise features double guide-bars, continuous screw action and solid steel dog.

ItemNo.

JawWidth Maximum Opening

PackQty.

AC-27090 7 9 1

Grip-Master Screwless Vises

The Grip-Master screwless vise offers many advantages. Instantaneous, effortless setting by simply pushing on the knob controlling the movable jaw. Guaranteed positive locking by light press on locking lever. Built-in, recessed parallels level work. Large loading and unloading capacity. Hardened and ground bars and locking mechanism insure long life. Straight through drilling permit-ted by extra-wide clearance in base. Hardened and ground V-block attachment available for holding round or oval work securely.

V-Block AttachmentHolds Round Stock

Vises

PackQty.

V-Blocks

ItemNo.

JawWidth

Max.Open

JawDepth

ParallelDepth

ItemNo.

GM-1 3 3 11⁄4 5⁄8 1 VB-1GM-2 4 411⁄16 11⁄4 5⁄8 1 VB-2GM-3 6 65⁄16 113⁄16 5⁄8 1 VB-3GM-4 8 83⁄8 2 5⁄8 1 VB-4

Grip-Master Fixture Locks

Adaptable to a wide range of applications and simplifies jig and fixture designing and eliminates special locking details. A simple push or pull on the bar knob sets the bar instantaneously at any position between fully open or fully closed. A light press on the locking lever gives an extra forceful forward motion to the bar, exerting a holding pressure, adjustable from 400 to 1,100 pounds. Actually compensates for variations in size of work. Its long stroke assures wide work clearance and permits quick removal of chips and burrs. No screw threads to wear or strip. Hardened and ground bar and locking mechanism. Bar left soft for 1" on work end for easy machining when adapting it to fixture.

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H I J

PackQty.

GMF-1 35⁄16 33⁄16 27⁄8 9 .493 21⁄2 23⁄16 13⁄32 11⁄2 3⁄4 1GMF-1-10 35⁄16 33⁄16 27⁄8 10 .493 21⁄2 23⁄16 13⁄32 11⁄2 3⁄4 1GMF-1-12 35⁄16 33⁄16 27⁄8 12 .493 21⁄2 23⁄16 13⁄32 11⁄2 3⁄4 1GMF-1-14 35⁄16 33⁄16 27⁄8 14 .493 21⁄2 23⁄16 13⁄32 11⁄2 3⁄4 1GMF-1-16 35⁄16 33⁄16 27⁄8 16 .493 21⁄2 23⁄16 13⁄32 11⁄2 3⁄4 1GMF-1-18 35⁄16 33⁄16 27⁄8 18 .493 21⁄2 23⁄16 13⁄32 11⁄2 3⁄4 1GMF-1-24 35⁄16 33⁄16 27⁄8 24 .493 21⁄2 23⁄16 13⁄32 11⁄2 3⁄4 1

GMF-2 45⁄16 311⁄16 315⁄16 10 .742 31⁄2 27⁄8 17⁄16 21⁄8 11⁄4 1GMF-2-12 45⁄16 311⁄16 315⁄16 12 .742 31⁄2 27⁄8 17⁄16 21⁄8 11⁄4 1GMF-2-14 45⁄16 311⁄16 315⁄16 14 .742 31⁄2 27⁄8 17⁄16 21⁄8 11⁄4 1GMF-2-16 45⁄16 311⁄16 315⁄16 16 .742 31⁄2 27⁄8 17⁄16 21⁄8 11⁄4 1GMF-2-20 45⁄16 311⁄16 315⁄16 20 .742 31⁄2 27⁄8 17⁄16 21⁄8 11⁄4 1GMF-2-24 45⁄16 311⁄16 315⁄16 24 .742 31⁄2 27⁄8 17⁄16 21⁄8 11⁄4 1

Drill Press Vises

These handy drill press vises can be used from three sides. Work can be leveled quickly because jaws have built-in parallels. Widely spaced jaw guide bars, permit drilling clear through work. Jaw sides are precision ground at right angle to parallels to permit accurate drilling from the sides without resetting the work. Horizontal V-groove, holds round stock firmly for side and end drilling.

ItemNo.

JawWidth

JawOpening

JawDepth

WeightLbs.

PackQty.

DPV-20 6 10 2 21 1DPV-30 8 10 21⁄2 36 1

Speed Type Vises

Designed for speed. Screw and nut hardened for long life. Heavy semi-steel castings, for strength. Heavy steel base plate, for rigid-ity. Standardized holes in jaws, for attaching interchangeable jaw plates and fixtures. The screw is held positively in the nut when the vise is clamped. It cannot slip; yet it is released instantly with a half-turn. Lift the screw and the jaw is free to slide to its full opening. Slide the jaw to the closed position, drop the screw into the nut and lock with a half turn. Combination of jaw plates are grooved for holding round parts, notched for holding parts above base of vise, smooth on back side. They are accurately machined, hardened and ground. Socket cap screws supplied for attaching them to vise. Vises are supplied without jaw plates.

Vises Without Jaw Plates

PackQty.

Jaw Plates

ItemNo.

JawWidth

JawDepth

JawOpening

WeightLbs.

ItemNo.

CV-4 4 11⁄2 4 121⁄2 1 JP-4CV-6 6 2 6 31 1 JP-6CV-7 6 2 8 40 1 —

F A D

H

G

B

CI

E

J 13/32 Dia.

GET A GRIP WITH HEINRICH



VISES

FWAHL

SmallO





VISES

Pack Qty.

Item No. Fits Vise Width

KV-D30-45 3 - 4" Wide

WOW' Angled Drill Press Vises

Overall Height

Shipping Pack Wgt. Lbs. Qty.

Item No.

Jaw Width

Max. Opening

Jaw Depth

2% WLT-250

2% 3% WLT-255 3

Item No.

Max. Opening Capacity

Vise keys are used to align your vise to your milling machine table. All keys are hardened. Step keys are used when keyway in the vise is different than that of the machine T-slot. Sold in pairs.

Item No.

Pack Qty Key Size Vise Size

KV-D30-33A KV-D50-33A KV-D50-33B

fz x % x%

x "Ae

3" and 4" 5" and 6" 5" and 6"

WLT-1130 2% 2 2'A 13

• h— h-2

h 3 h 4 '1

Swivel Base

The Kurt Anglock D-series vises are designed for precision part clamping on basic machine tools such as knee-type mills, grinders, and machining centers. Vises are ideal for extremely high accuracy tool and mold applications and for use in running production parts where datums, flatness and parallelism is important. Anglock design assures the movable jaw does not lift. Semi-hard steel screw, 80,000 psi ductile iron construction. Both are machined, which allows you to indicate alignment during set up. Swivel base (sold separately) allows positioning increments of 1 degrees.

Note: KV-D810 shipped via truck.

Vise Accessories Speed Handles

Aluminum center hub with all steel handles and knobs. Black oxide finish.

111!!!!!!!•-, VSH-5 Fits 4" Vise (Vie" Hex 1

VSH-15 Fits 6" Vise (%" Hex 1 VSH-20 Fits 8" Vise (3/4" Hex 1

Vise Accessories Work Stops

400

KV-360PWS 5 - 6" Wide

41011k

*Fi

r

Mounted on an angle base allowing the vise to be adjusted quickly to any angle from 0 degrees to 90 degrees vertical. Precision locking bolts, linked by side plates of high quality steel, lock the vise securely. It is calibrated for vertical angle readings.

360

3%e 4%

12 17

Anglock® Vises

F

,TH c fl H j_1=

4-11.-3 (4 Places)

11.50 14.32 17.03 .750 13.50 17.25 20.75 .875

8.80 6 16.81 8.75 .725 .688 4.61 78 1 10.00 8 21.81 11.50 1.075 .813 3.31 158 1

Swivel Base Only for KV-D688 1

KV-D688 8.80 KV-D810 10.00

KV-D60-4-SA

KV-KPS6000

Vise Accessories Keys - Stepped

Clamp-On Vise

This portable clamp-on vise allows for use in many different applications. Features a fully enclosed spindle, double lock downs, grooved replace-able jaws and a swivel base.

Item No.

Jaw Width

Max. Opening

Shipping Wgt. Lbs.

Pack Qty.

Vise Accessories Parallel Keeper

.%Nft4,

4

%4It

%

1444,

Pack Qty.

360

Vise

Anglock® Vises

The Kurt Anglock D-series vises are designed for precision part clamping on basic machine tools such as knee-type mills, grinders, and machining centers. Vises are ideal for extremely high accuracy tool and mold applications and for use in running production parts where datums, flatness and parallelism is important. Anglock design assures the movable jaw does not lift. Semi-hard steel screw, 80,000 psi ductile iron construction. Both are machined, which allows you to indicate alignment during set up. Swivel base (sold separately) allows positioning increments of 1 degrees.

Note: KV-D810 shipped via truck.

AFF

H

G (4 Places)

C

Hex

BE

D 2.00

1

3 4

2

Swivel Base

ItemNo.

Max. Capacities

Hex Size

Jaw OpeningMax. A B D E F G

+/-.001H

Wt.Lbs.

PackQty.1 2 3 4

KV-D688 8.80 11.50 14.32 17.03 .750 8.80 6 16.81 8.75 .725 .688 4.61 78 1KV-D810 10.00 13.50 17.25 20.75 .875 10.00 8 21.81 11.50 1.075 .813 3.31 158 1

KV-D60-4-SA Swivel Base Only for KV-D688 1

Vise AccessoriesSpeed Handles

Aluminum center hub with all steel handles and knobs. Black oxide finish.

ItemNo. Description

PackQty.

VSH-5 Fits 4" Vise (9⁄16" Hex) 1VSH-15 Fits 6" Vise (3⁄4" Hex) 1VSH-20 Fits 8" Vise (7⁄8" Hex) 1

Vise AccessoriesWork Stops

ItemNo. Fits Vise Width

PackQty.

KV-D30-45 3 - 4" Wide 1KV-360PWS 5 - 6" Wide 1

Vise AccessoriesParallel Keeper

ItemNo.

Max. Opening Capacity

PackQty.

KV-KPS6000 6" 1

Vise AccessoriesKeys - Stepped

Vise keys are used to align your vise to your milling machine table. All keys are hardened. Step keys are used when keyway in the vise is different than that of the machine T-slot. Sold in pairs.

ItemNo. Key Size Vise Size

PackQty.

KV-D30-33A 1⁄2 x 5⁄8 3" and 4" 1KV-D50-33A 11⁄16 x 5⁄8 5" and 6" 1KV-D50-33B 11⁄16 x 13⁄16 5" and 6" 1

Angled Drill Press Vises

Mounted on an angle base allowing the vise to be adjusted quickly to any angle from 0 degrees to 90 degrees vertical. Precision locking bolts, linked by side plates of high quality steel, lock the vise securely. It is calibrated for vertical angle readings.

ItemNo.

JawWidth

Max.Opening

JawDepth

OverallHeight

ShippingWgt. Lbs.

PackQty.

WLT-250 21⁄2 21⁄2 11⁄2 37⁄16 12 1WLT-255 3 31⁄8 13⁄4 41⁄4 17 1

Clamp-On Vise

This portable clamp-on vise allows for use in many different applications. Features a fully enclosed spindle, double lock downs, grooved replace-able jaws and a swivel base.

ItemNo.

JawWidth

JawDepth

Max.Opening

ShippingWgt. Lbs.

PackQty.

WLT-1130 21⁄2 2 21⁄2 13 1

VISES

FWAHL

SmallO



Jaw Width

Wgt. Lbs.

Pack Qty.

Jaw Opening

2% 3 11 WLT-1210

Toolmaker's Screwless Precision Vises VVILICN

WOW. Features: • Used on milling and drilling machines where quick centering is required • Automatically adjusts workpiece to its center • Made of close-grained cast iron • Swivel base provides positive locking mechanism that adjusts through 360 degrees • Opposite threads for quick, accurate centering

WLT-1235 4 4 1% 32 1

Pow-R-Arm Ergonomic Work Positioner Midget 345 WOW

Pow-R-Arm Ergonomic Work Positioner Veep 344

WLT-300 2% 41/ 1,18-24

Item No.

Base Dia.

Pack Qty.

Overall Hgt.

The horizontal handle is easily accessible. Steel body. '/2" receptacle with set screw for vise, printed circuit board holder or special fixture. 20 lbs. capacity.

Overall Hgt.

Pack Qty.

••

3% 4%

WIDION Pow-R-Arm Ergonomic Work Positioner Junior 343

Base Dia.

Pack Qty.

Overall Hgt.

WLT-310 4% 5%


VISES ._,1

Toolmaker's Precision Vise

is0:060.̀..1.°6

Features: • Made from specially selected alloy steel • Precision ground square and parallel to .0002 in. • Heat treated for hardness • Completely stress relieved

WILION 'rN

Self Centering Precision Vise

These work positioners put the workpiece where you want it and hold it tight for hands free production. Repositions workpieces easily and accurately, eliminating time consuming clamping and unclamping.

Fast on-off action with horizontal handle. All parts are steel. For intricate small work. 6 lbs. capacity.

Item Base Overall Mounting Pack No. Dia. Hgt. Stud Qty.

Pow-R-Arm Ergonomic Work Positioner Mechanical 301

Extra strong, heavy duty positioner with exceptionally fast on-off action. Body is machined steel, all steel parts. Mounting holes are 5/1e-18 on center. Designed for high production assembly lines. 70 lbs. capacity.

WLT-315 6 8

Mounting Hole

Item Table No. Size

Base Size

Work Load Lbs.

Pack Height Qty.

10 WP-4 4x4x% 48 (1/4-20) 1%x 11/4 x%

Universal Work Positioner

This all purpose, all position workholding fixture allows you to move your workpiece to any position, eliminating the need for elaborate setups with clamps, vises, angle plates, etc. It is machined from 6061-T6 aluminum (no castings) and has been hardcoated, adding wear resistance to the work surface and threaded mounting holes. Allows spherical movement of 180 degrees and a table rotation of a full 360 degrees. Only one torque setting is required per setup. Excellent for soldering, welding, brazing, assembly, model making, electronic device mounting, etc.

WIL 1\J

Item No.

Item No.

Jaw Width

Item

Jaw

Jaw

Jaw No. Width

Opening

Depth

Item No.

Features: • All steel body uses rapid positioning notches to obtain positive

downward clamping force • Horizontal and vertical vees in sliding jaws hold workpieces

securely and accurately • Squareness and parallelism to within .0003 in.

Wgt. Lbs.

Jaw Opening

Jaw Depth

Pack Qty.

2 WLT-1215 WLT-1220 3

3% 3%

8 11

Fast on-off action with horizontal moving lock handles. Body is cast aluminum with steel parts. Mounting holes are 1/4-20 on 24" centers. T-bracket. 30 lbs. capacity.

361

Universal Work Positioner

This all purpose, all position workholding fixture allows you to move your workpiece to any position, eliminating the need for elaborate setups with clamps, vises, angle plates, etc. It is machined from 6061-T6 aluminum (no castings) and has been hardcoated, adding wear resistance to the work surface and threaded mounting holes. Allows spherical movement of 180 degrees and a table rotation of a full 360 degrees. Only one torque setting is required per setup. Excellent for soldering, welding, brazing, assembly, model making, electronic device mounting, etc.

ItemNo.

TableSize

MountingHole

BaseSize

WorkLoad Lbs. Height

PackQty.

WP-4 4 x 4 x 3⁄8 48 (1⁄4-20) 11⁄2 x 11⁄2 x 1⁄4 10 37⁄8 1

Toolmaker's Precision Vise

ItemNo.

JawWidth

JawOpening

JawDepth

Wgt.Lbs.

PackQty.

WLT-1210 23⁄4 3 19⁄16 11 1

Toolmaker's Screwless Precision Vises

ItemNo.

JawWidth

JawOpening

JawDepth

Wgt.Lbs.

PackQty.

WLT-1215 2 31⁄8 1 8 1WLT-1220 3 33⁄4 13⁄8 11 1

Self Centering Precision Vise

ItemNo.

JawWidth

JawOpening

JawDepth

Wgt.Lbs.

PackQty.

WLT-1235 4 4 11⁄2 32 1

Features:Made from specially selected alloy steelPrecision ground square and parallel to .0002 in.Heat treated for hardnessCompletely stress relieved

Features:All steel body uses rapid positioning notches to obtain positive downward clamping forceHorizontal and vertical vees in sliding jaws hold workpieces securely and accuratelySquareness and parallelism to within .0003 in.

Features:Used on milling and drilling machines where quick centering is requiredAutomatically adjusts workpiece to its centerMade of close-grained cast ironSwivel base provides positive locking mechanism that adjusts through 360 degreesOpposite threads for quick, accurate centering

These work positioners put the workpiece where you want it and hold it tight for hands free production. Repositions workpieces easily and accurately, eliminating time consuming clamping and unclamping.

Pow-R-Arm Ergonomic Work PositionerMidget 345

Fast on-off action with horizontal handle. All parts are steel. For intricate small work. 6 lbs. capacity.

Pow-R-Arm Ergonomic Work PositionerVeep 344

Pow-R-Arm Ergonomic Work PositionerMechanical 301

The horizontal handle is easily accessible. Steel body. 1⁄2" receptacle with set screw for vise, printed circuit board holder or special fixture. 20 lbs. capacity.

Extra strong, heavy duty positioner with exceptionally fast on-off action. Body is machined steel, all steel parts. Mounting holes are 5⁄16-18 on center. Designed for high production assembly lines. 70 lbs. capacity.

Pow-R-Arm Ergonomic Work PositionerJunior 343

Fast on-off action with horizontal moving lock handles. Body is cast aluminum with steel parts. Mounting holes are 1⁄4-20 on 21⁄4" centers. T-bracket. 30 lbs. capacity.

ItemNo.

BaseDia.

OverallHgt.

MountingStud

PackQty.

WLT-300 21⁄2 41⁄4 5⁄16-24 1 ItemNo.

BaseDia.

OverallHgt.

PackQty.

WLT-305 33⁄4 41⁄4 1

ItemNo.

BaseDia.

OverallHgt.

PackQty.

WLT-310 41⁄4 51⁄4 1

ItemNo.

BaseDia.

OverallHgt.

PackQty.

WLT-315 6 8 1

VISES

FWAHL

SmallO



Buy One or Buy Bulk&SNE


CLAMPS

orgenser." Band Clamp

Length of Band Ft.

Item No.

Pack Qty.

10 15

AC-6210 AC-6215

Quick-Action BandClamps—

Ideal for temporary hose and tube connections, maintenance and repeated use such as testing, filter bags, dust gaiters, molds, etc. Made from 304 stainless steel. Slotted screw adjustment and draw latch for quick clamping. Band is .63" wide.

Throat Depth Clamping Capacity Pack Qty.

BLC-300 BLC-301 BLC-302 BLC-303 BLC-304 BLC-305

1% 1 1% 1%

1'%e 2 1% 2 2% 3

Spring Clamp

a Coated Handles

I •

rY

1111. No Coating 411r

Coated Tips and Handles

Clippix Plastic Spring Clamps

Features: • Made from durable, lightweight polyamide • Ergonomic 2-component handle designed for comfort and a

firm grip

Pressure Adjusting Spring Clamps

Allows pressure adjustment from 1 to 50 pounds of clamping force. The jaws and handles are made of glass filled nylon. Springs are heavy duty tempered steel. Soft, pivoting, plastic jaw pads to hold irregular shaped objects.

Pack Qty.

AC-3251 1 4% 1% AC-3252 2 6% 2%

Bar Clamps DuoKlamps One-Handed Clamping and Spreading

Features: • Change from clamping to spreading by simply twisting the

dial - no disassembly • Handle with pump lever parallel to the rail • Convenient one-handed operation • All around clamping - in front of, behind and at the side of

the rail

Item No. Throat Depth Clamping Capacity Clamping Force

BLC-100 2% 6 180 BLC-101 2% 12 180 BLC-102 3% 6 260 BLC-103 3% 12 260 BLC-104 3% 18 260 BLC-105 3% 24 260

Item No.

Used for clamping large round, rectan-gular and irregular shapes. 2" wide canvas band. Positive hold is afforded by the dual self-locking cast iron cams which allow the band to be pulled tight from either or both sides. Malleable iron coating with orange-baked enamel finish. Crank handle.

Item Dia. Ultimate Pack No. Range Strength Lbs. Qty.

PX-115 2.76 - 4.53 300 PX-135 3.54 - 5.31 300 PX-175 5.12 - 6.89 300 PX-215 6.69 - 8.46 300 PX-255 8.27 - 10.04 300 PX-295 9.84 - 11.61 300 PX-335 11.42 - 13.19 300 PX-375 12.99 - 14.76 300 PX-415 14.57 - 16.34 990 PX-615 22.44 - 24.21 990

Bar Clamp Pipe Clamp Fixture any

One set of fixtures may be used to make any number of bar clamps simply by mounting on different lengths of 34" black pipe. Made of malleable iron with baked enamel finish. Pipe is not included.

IEN±I!!!!! PCF-50 %" Pipe Clamp Fixture

Spring clamps are extra hands. Use on wood, metal, fabrics, plastic or anywhere spring pressure is adequate and fast applica-tion/removal is important. Jaws on the 2" and larger jaw opening sizes are shaped for holding round stock. Poly-vinyl coated tips prevent marring and coated handles provide cushioned grip. Made of cold-finished steel, plated.

Item No. Description

Jaw Opening

Jaw Length

Jaw Pack Reach Qty.

PSC-5 No Coating 4 11/4 PSC-10 Coated Handles 4 11/4 PSC-20 Coated Tips and Handles 1 4 11/4 PSC-25 No Coating 2 6 2 PSC-30 Coated Handles 2 6 2 PSC-40 Coated Tips and Handles 2 6 2 PSC-45 No Coating 3 9 3

362 362

Used for clamping large round, rectan-gular and irregular shapes. 2" wide canvas band. Positive hold is afforded by the dual self-locking cast iron cams which allow the band to be pulled tight from either or both sides. Malleable iron coating with orange-baked enamel finish. Crank handle.

ItemNo.

Length ofBand Ft.

PackQty.

AC-6210 10 1AC-6215 15 1

Quick-Action BandClamps™

Ideal for temporary hose and tube connections, maintenance and repeated use such as testing, filter bags, dust gaiters, molds, etc. Made from 304 stainless steel. Slotted screw adjustment and draw latch for quick clamping. Band is .63" wide.

ItemNo.

Dia.Range

UltimateStrength Lbs.

PackQty.

PX-115 2.76 - 4.53 300 1PX-135 3.54 - 5.31 300 1PX-175 5.12 - 6.89 300 1PX-215 6.69 - 8.46 300 1PX-255 8.27 - 10.04 300 1PX-295 9.84 - 11.61 300 1PX-335 11.42 - 13.19 300 1PX-375 12.99 - 14.76 300 1PX-415 14.57 - 16.34 990 1PX-615 22.44 - 24.21 990 1

Spring Clamp

Coated Tipsand Handles

No Coating

Coated Handles

Spring clamps are extra hands. Use on wood, metal, fabrics, plastic or anywhere spring pressure is adequate and fast applica-tion/removal is important. Jaws on the 2" and larger jaw opening sizes are shaped for holding round stock. Poly-vinyl coated tips prevent marring and coated handles provide cushioned grip. Made of cold-finished steel, plated.

ItemNo. Description

JawOpening

JawLength

JawReach

PackQty.

PSC-5 No Coating 1 4 11⁄4 1PSC-10 Coated Handles 1 4 11⁄4 1PSC-20 Coated Tips and Handles 1 4 11⁄4 1PSC-25 No Coating 2 6 2 1PSC-30 Coated Handles 2 6 2 1PSC-40 Coated Tips and Handles 2 6 2 1PSC-45 No Coating 3 9 3 1

Clippix Plastic Spring Clamps

ItemNo. Throat Depth Clamping Capacity

PackQty.

BLC-300 3⁄4 3⁄4 1BLC-301 11⁄8 1 1BLC-302 11⁄2 13⁄4 1BLC-303 115⁄16 2 1BLC-304 11⁄2 2 1BLC-305 23⁄4 3 1

Pressure Adjusting Spring Clamps

Allows pressure adjustment from 1 to 50 pounds of clamping force. The jaws and handles are made of glass filled nylon. Springs are heavy duty tempered steel. Soft, pivoting, plastic jaw pads to hold irregular shaped objects.

ItemNo.

JawOpening

JawLength

JawReach

PackQty.

AC-3251 1 41⁄2 11⁄4 1AC-3252 2 61⁄2 21⁄8 1

ItemNo. Throat Depth Clamping Capacity Clamping Force

PackQty.

BLC-100 21⁄2 6 180 1BLC-101 21⁄2 12 180 1BLC-102 31⁄4 6 260 1BLC-103 31⁄4 12 260 1BLC-104 31⁄4 18 260 1BLC-105 31⁄4 24 260 1

Bar ClampPipe Clamp Fixture

ItemNo. Description

PackQty.

PCF-50 3⁄4" Pipe Clamp Fixture 1

One set of fixtures may be used to make any number of bar clamps simply by mounting on different lengths of 3⁄4" black pipe. Made of malleable iron with baked enamel finish. Pipe is not included.

Bar ClampsDuoKlampsOne-Handed Clamping and Spreading

CLAMPS

Band Clamp

Features:Made from durable, lightweight polyamideErgonomic 2-component handle designed for comfort and a firm grip

Features:Change from clamping to spreading by simply twisting the dial - no disassemblyHandle with pump lever parallel to the railConvenient one-handed operationAll around clamping - in front of, behind and at the side of the rail

FWAHL

SmallO




C-CLAMPS ._41

2% 3% 4% 5

Vie 3,500 6,200 6,900 6,600

WLT-655 0-3 WLT-660 0-4% WLT-665 0-6%e WLT-670 0-8%

Opening Throat Spindle Min. Proof Pack Capacity Depth Dla. Test Lbs. Qty.

Item No.

WLT-710 0-4 2% 10,000

C-Clamps Regular Duty - Slip-Not


Item No.

C-Clamps Regular Duty - High Visibility

Features: • Drop forged steel frame • High visibility yellow - meets OSHA standards • Tough durable finish • V-grooved anvil prevents slippage


C-Clamp Heavy Duty

Features: • For heavy industrial applications • Forged from superior quality steel • Spindle turned from single piece of square bar stock • Grey lacquer finish

warN

Features: • Drop forged steel frame • Grooved anvil- to grip and hold tight • Serrated pad for sure bite and secure clamping • Plated to resist weld spatter

C-Clamp Pads

Update your Wilton clamps (and other American manufactured C-clamps) with these adapter swivels. Includes pad and C-clip. Installs with a screwdriver.

51122•1_ WLT-1105 Vue and % 1 WLT-1110 % and % 1

WILII

0-3 0-4% 0-6%e

WLT-755 WLT-760 WLT-765

WIIMN

••••••••

2% 3,500 3% 6,200 4% 6,900

WILN

363

Features: • Drop forged steel frame • Tough durable finish • Extra deep throat

WLT-402 0-2% 2% WLT-403 0-3 2% WLT-404 0-4 3% WLT-406 0-6%e 4% WLT-408 0-8% 5 WLT-410 2-10% 6 WLT-412 2-12% 6%e

WININ

EM;JEJ.. Throat Spindle Pack Depth Dia. Oty.

Vue Vue

Ye

C-Clamps Regular Duty

363

C-ClampsRegular Duty

ItemNo.

OpeningCapacity

ThroatDepth

SpindleDia.

PackQty.

WLT-402 0-21⁄2 21⁄4 9⁄16 1WLT-403 0-3 21⁄2 9⁄16 1WLT-404 0-4 31⁄4 3⁄4 1WLT-406 0-61⁄16 41⁄8 3⁄4 1WLT-408 0-81⁄4 5 3⁄4 1WLT-410 2-101⁄8 6 3⁄4 1WLT-412 2-121⁄4 65⁄16 7⁄8 1

C-ClampsRegular Duty - High Visibility

ItemNo.

OpeningCapacity

ThroatDepth

SpindleDia.

Min. ProofTest Lbs.

PackQty.

WLT-655 0-3 21⁄2 9⁄16 3,500 1WLT-660 0-41⁄2 31⁄4 3⁄4 6,200 1WLT-665 0-61⁄16 41⁄8 3⁄4 6,900 1WLT-670 0-81⁄4 5 3⁄4 6,600 1

C-ClampHeavy Duty

ItemNo.

OpeningCapacity

ThroatDepth

SpindleDia.

Min. ProofTest Lbs.

PackQty.

WLT-710 0-4 23⁄8 3⁄4 10,000 1

C-ClampsRegular Duty - Slip-Not

ItemNo.

OpeningCapacity

ThroatDepth

SpindleDia.

Min. ProofTest Lbs.

PackQty.

WLT-755 0-3 21⁄2 5⁄8 3,500 1WLT-760 0-41⁄2 31⁄4 3⁄4 6,200 1WLT-765 0-61⁄16 41⁄8 3⁄4 6,900 1

C-Clamp Pads

Update your Wilton clamps (and other American manufactured C-clamps) with these adapter swivels. Includes pad and C-clip. Installs with a screwdriver.

ItemNo.

ForSpindle

PackQty.

WLT-1105 9⁄16 and 5⁄8 1WLT-1110 3⁄4 and 7⁄8 1

Features:Drop forged steel frameHigh visibility yellow - meets OSHA standardsTough durable finishV-grooved anvil prevents slippage

Features:For heavy industrial applicationsForged from superior quality steelSpindle turned from single piece of square bar stockGrey lacquer finish

Features:Drop forged steel frameGrooved anvil- to grip and hold tightSerrated pad for sure bite and secure clampingPlated to resist weld spatter

Features:Drop forged steel frameTough durable finishExtra deep throat

C-CLAMPS

FWAHL

SmallO



C-Clamps Pony

,

This line of Pony® "C" clamps is an imported product manufac-tured in Pony's exclusive factory under strict guidelines that provides quality at an affordable price. Smoothly cut acme threads are protected with a bright plated finish. Ductile cast iron frames are powder-coated bright Pony® orange for high visibility and lasting protection.

EimlEinmEEEmWMP AC-2610 0-1 AC-2615 0-1% 1% 1 AC-2620 0-2 1 1 AC-2622 0-2% 1% 1 AC-2630 0-3 2 1 AC-2640 0-4 3 1

C-Clamp

Features: • Heat treated ductile iron frame • Square thread screws • Steel internal tooth washers on swivel for holding

Item No.

Opening Capacity

AC-103 0-3 AC-104 0-4 AC-105 0-5 AC-106 0-6 AC-108 0-8

Throat

Screw Normal Load Pack Depth

Dia. Limk Lbs. Qty. 1% Vie 1,800 1 2% % 2,400 1 2% % 2,400 1 2% % 2,400 1 3% % 2,400 1

C-Clamp Deep Throat Pattern

Capacity Throat Depth from Min. Center of Screw

Item No.

Pack Qty. Max.

Pony° C-Clamps Malleable Frames

Knurled

Pony

Thumb Screw

4 6 8 10

0 3% 0 4% 0 5 3 6

ABT-78-404 ABT-78-406 ABT-78-408 ABT-78-410

Sliding Pin

Item Opening Throat Screw Pack No. Size Depth Dia. Type of Handle Qty.

#12 1

1% 1%

1% Vie 1'A

1'A Vie 1'A

3'A Vie 2 1 Vie

2'A 1% 2'A 2% 2'A 49 9/e 3 1%

Knurled Sliding Pin

Thumbscrew Sliding Pin Sliding Pin Sliding Pin Sliding Pin Sliding Pin Sliding Pin Sliding Pin

PC-1 PC-2 PC-4 PC-5 PC-6 PC-7 PC-8 PC-9 PC-10 PC-12


CLAMPS

Buy One or Buy Bulk&SNE

Besseye F-Style All Steel Bar Clamps

GED

Easy to use. Slide moveable arm into position and tighten screw spindle. Provides instant clamping at any opening. Saves time over ordinary C-clamps. Deep throat allows for greater reach.

Item No.

Jaw Opening

Throat Depth

Spindle Dia.

Clamp Pack Pressure Qty.

Regular Duty BLC-15 0-4 4% .563 1,330 Heavy Duty BLC-25 0-8 5% .775 2,600 BLC-50 0-12 5% .775 2,600 BLC-60 0-20 5% .775 2,600 Extra Heavy Duty BLC-70 0-12 7 .850 4,880 BLC-80 0-18 7 .850 4,880 BLC-9O 0-36 7 .850 4,880

364 364

C-Clamps

This line of Pony® "C" clamps is an imported product manufac-tured in Pony's exclusive factory under strict guidelines that provides quality at an affordable price. Smoothly cut acme threads are protected with a bright plated finish. Ductile cast iron frames are powder-coated bright Pony® orange for high visibility and lasting protection.

ItemNo.

OpeningCapacity

ThroatDepth

PackQty.

AC-2610 0-1 1 1AC-2615 0-11⁄2 11⁄2 1AC-2620 0-2 1 1AC-2622 0-21⁄2 13⁄8 1AC-2630 0-3 2 1AC-2640 0-4 3 1

C-Clamp

ItemNo.

OpeningCapacity

ThroatDepth

ScrewDia.

Normal LoadLimit Lbs.

PackQty.

AC-103 0-3 17⁄8 9⁄16 1,800 1AC-104 0-4 21⁄8 5⁄8 2,400 1AC-105 0-5 21⁄2 5⁄8 2,400 1AC-106 0-6 23⁄4 5⁄8 2,400 1AC-108 0-8 31⁄4 3⁄4 2,400 1

C-ClampDeep Throat Pattern

ItemNo.

Capacity Throat Depth fromCenter of Screw

PackQty.Max. Min.

ABT-78-404 4 0 31⁄4 1ABT-78-406 6 0 41⁄8 1ABT-78-408 8 0 5 1ABT-78-410 10 3 6 1

Pony® C-ClampsMalleable Frames

Thumb Screw

Sliding Pin

Knurled

ItemNo.

OpeningSize

ThroatDepth

ScrewDia. Type of Handle

PackQty.

PC-1 5⁄8 7⁄8 #12 Knurled 1PC-2 1 11⁄8 1⁄4 Sliding Pin 1PC-4 11⁄4 13⁄8 5⁄16 Thumbscrew 1PC-5 11⁄2 11⁄2 5⁄16 Sliding Pin 1PC-6 11⁄2 31⁄2 5⁄16 Sliding Pin 1PC-7 2 1 5⁄16 Sliding Pin 1PC-8 21⁄2 13⁄8 3⁄8 Sliding Pin 1PC-9 21⁄2 21⁄2 3⁄8 Sliding Pin 1PC-10 21⁄2 43⁄4 3⁄8 Sliding Pin 1PC-12 3 13⁄8 3⁄8 Sliding Pin 1

Bessey® F-StyleAll Steel Bar Clamps

Easy to use. Slide moveable arm into position and tighten screw spindle. Provides instant clamping at any opening. Saves time over ordinary C-clamps. Deep throat allows for greater reach.

ItemNo.

JawOpening

ThroatDepth

SpindleDia.

ClampPressure

PackQty.

Regular DutyBLC-15 0-4 43⁄4 .563 1,330 1Heavy DutyBLC-25 0-8 51⁄2 .775 2,600 1BLC-50 0-12 51⁄2 .775 2,600 1BLC-60 0-20 51⁄2 .775 2,600 1Extra Heavy DutyBLC-70 0-12 7 .850 4,880 1BLC-80 0-18 7 .850 4,880 1BLC-90 0-36 7 .850 4,880 1

Features:Heat treated ductile iron frameSquare thread screwsSteel internal tooth washers on swivel for holding

CLAMPS

FWAHL

SmallO



EMM .1.11FM

1% KT-410-8 3 KT-415-8 4% 2%

T-Handle

1% KT-510 3 5 5% 1% 1,200 KT-515 4% 2% 6% 7 2% 1,500

Clamps T-Handle and L-Handle - Copper Plated Jaws

L-Handle

T-Handle L-Handle Item Item No. No.

Max. A

Max. Rated Pack Load Qty.

KT-401 — 1%e 1% 2% % 350 KT-405 KT-405-L 2 1% 3% 3% 1% 800 KT-407 KT-407-L 27/le 2 4%e 4% 1'%e 700 KT-410 KT-410-L 3 1% 5 5% 1% 1,500 KT-415 KT-415-L 2% 6% 7 2% 1,700 KT-420 — 6 2% 8% 8% 3% 2,000 KT-421 — 6 4% 10 11 5% 2,000 KT-430 — 9 3% 13 12 5% 2,500 KT-435 — 10 6 15 16 7 3,500

Clamps T-Handle - 303 Stainless Steel

Item Max. Max. Rated Pack No. A B C D E Load City.

Clamps Round Handle - Copper Plated Jaws

Item No.

Max. A

Max. C D E

Rated Pack Load Qty.

KT-396 % 1% 1% spy 200 KT-401-1 1%e 1% 2% 350 KT-405-1 2 1% 3% 3% 1% 800

Clamps T-Handle - Polyurethane Jaws

.44N, v. •

Item Max. Max. B

Rated Pack No. A Load Qty.

5 5% 1% 1,500 6% 7 2% 1,700

Clamp Accessories Handle Grips

GED Iccc=)) For use with T-handle clamps. Made of high quality ABS plastic. Taps easily on and off.

KT-1 % 1% 401 1 KT-2 Wie 2% 405, 407 1 KT-3 % 4 410, 415, 510, 515 1 KT-6 1% 5 420, 421 1


CLAMPS ._„,

The Kant-Twist® multi-purpose clamps combine the best features of ordinary C-clamps and parallel clamps. Lightweight, yet 40% stronger than C-clamps. Designed to eliminate distorting or twist-ing action and the floating jaws always stay parallel. Built-in V-blocks for round stock. Copper plated jaws and screws are ideal for welding clamps.

Quick Acting Hold Down Clamps

For holding where thickness and surface are not exact from part to part. Offers quick-set and release with adjustable pressure after clamping. High tensile strength. Can be bolted or welded down or T-Slot can be used for milling tables. KT-411 and KT-423 do not come with a base plate. KT-411-2 and KT-423-1 come with a T-Slot base and bolt.

Rated Item Load Pack No. A B C D E Lbs. City.

KT-411-2 T-Slot 2% 2% 4% KT-423 2%o 2% 3% 3% 6%

KT-423-1 T-Slot 3% 4 7%

KT-411 1%o 1% 2% 2% 4 1,500 1,500 3,200 3,200

365 365

The Kant-Twist® multi-purpose clamps combine the best features of ordinary C-clamps and parallel clamps. Lightweight, yet 40% stronger than C-clamps. Designed to eliminate distorting or twist-ing action and the floating jaws always stay parallel. Built-in V-blocks for round stock. Copper plated jaws and screws are ideal for welding clamps.

ClampsRound Handle - Copper Plated Jaws

DE

AB

C

ItemNo.

Max.A

Max.B C D E

RatedLoad

PackQty.

KT-396 3⁄4 3⁄8 13⁄8 11⁄2 3⁄8 200 1KT-401-1 11⁄16 1⁄2 13⁄4 21⁄8 1⁄2 350 1KT-405-1 2 11⁄8 31⁄4 31⁄2 11⁄4 800 1

ClampsT-Handle and L-Handle - Copper Plated Jaws

T-Handle L-Handle

Max.A

Max.B C D E

RatedLoad

PackQty.

ItemNo.

ItemNo.

KT-401 — 11⁄16 1⁄2 13⁄4 21⁄8 1⁄2 350 1KT-405 KT-405-L 2 11⁄8 31⁄4 31⁄2 11⁄4 800 1KT-407 KT-407-L 27⁄16 2 41⁄16 41⁄8 113⁄16 700 1KT-410 KT-410-L 3 11⁄4 5 51⁄4 13⁄4 1,500 1KT-415 KT-415-L 41⁄2 21⁄4 63⁄4 7 21⁄2 1,700 1KT-420 — 6 21⁄8 81⁄4 81⁄4 33⁄8 2,000 1KT-421 — 6 41⁄2 10 11 51⁄2 2,000 1KT-430 — 9 33⁄8 13 12 51⁄4 2,500 1KT-435 — 10 6 15 16 7 3,500 1

ClampsT-Handle - Polyurethane Jaws

ItemNo.

Max.A

Max.B C D E

RatedLoad

PackQty.

KT-410-8 3 11⁄4 5 51⁄4 13⁄4 1,500 1KT-415-8 41⁄2 21⁄4 63⁄4 7 21⁄2 1,700 1

ClampsT-Handle - 303 Stainless Steel

ItemNo.

Max.A

Max.B C D E

RatedLoad

PackQty.

KT-510 3 11⁄4 5 51⁄4 13⁄4 1,200 1KT-515 41⁄2 21⁄2 63⁄4 7 21⁄2 1,500 1

Clamp AccessoriesHandle Grips

A

B

For use with T-handle clamps. Made of high quality ABS plastic. Taps easily on and off.

L-Handle

T-Handle

Quick Acting Hold Down Clamps

For holding where thickness and surface are not exact from part to part. Offers quick-set and release with adjustable pressure after clamping. High tensile strength. Can be bolted or welded down or T-Slot can be used for milling tables. KT-411 and KT-423 do not come with a base plate. KT-411-2 and KT-423-1 come with a T-Slot base and bolt.

ItemNo. A B C D E

RatedLoad Lbs.

PackQty.

KT-411 19⁄10 11⁄2 211⁄16 21⁄4 4 1,500 1KT-411-2 T-Slot — 211⁄16 21⁄4 41⁄8 1,500 1KT-423 29⁄10 25⁄8 33⁄4 33⁄4 67⁄8 3,200 1

KT-423-1 T-Slot — 33⁄4 4 71⁄4 3,200 1

ItemNo. A B For Use With Models

PackQty.

KT-1 1⁄2 11⁄2 401 1KT-2 11⁄16 21⁄2 405, 407 1KT-3 7⁄8 4 410, 415, 510, 515 1KT-6 11⁄8 5 420, 421 1

CLAMPS

FWAHL

SmallO




CYLINDRICAL FIXTURE MAGNET ASSEMBLY Buy One or

Buy Bulk&SIO/E

A B C D

E F

G H I J K L Cylindrical fixture magnets provide high holding values in a compact design. They can be used in fixtures, jigs, panel mounts, end of retrieving tools, hold work on machines, catches/latches, insert molding, etc. Use non-ferrous bolts for mounting.

A: Powerful compact magnet that is insulated for press fit or use tapped hole for mounting. B: Extended poles can be lightly machined. Insulated for press fit or use tapped hole for mounting. C: Extended poles can be lightly machined. Insulated for press fit or use thru-hole for mounting. D: Maximum strength in a compact design. Insulated for press fit or use thru-holes for mounting. E: Extended poles can be lightly machined. Press fit for all, some have tapped hole for mounting. F: Extended poles can be lightly machined. Press fit for all, some have tapped hole for mounting. G: Alcomax magnet pressed into a steel cup. Painted red. Supplied with keepers on the face. H: Extremely powerful and compact. Ideal for shallow fixtures. Encased in durable steel cup. I: Extremely powerful magnet designed for press fit applications using metric sizes. J: Extremely powerful flush face magnet. Insulated for press fit or use tapped hole for mounting. K: Extended poles can be lightly machined. Press fit for all, use tapped hole or thru-hole for mounting. L: Alcomax magnet pressed into a steel cup. Painted red. Supplied with keepers on the face.

Magnet Material Specifications: • Ceramic magnets are heat resistant up to 300°F (148°C) • Rare earth magnets are heat resistant up to 200°F (94°C) • Alcomax magnets are heat resistant up to 800°F (427°C)

Hole Depth

Pack item Qty. No. Style

Holding Value (Lbs.) Diameter Length Hole Size

Hole Pack Depth Qty.

Holding item Value No. Style (Lbs.) Diameter Length Hole Size

1 Pole - Rare Earth Magnet - insulated Aluminum Cup -Press Fit or Tapped Blind 3 Pole - Ceramic Magnet - insulated Aluminum Cup -Tapped Blind Hole Hole IM-125 A 0.5 % % 6-32 % 1 MAG-110 F 23 % 1 10-32 3Ae IM-126 A 2.6 % % 8-32 % 1 MAG-112 F 24 % 1% 10-32 3Ae IM-127 A 5.3 'h 'h 10-24 % 1 MAG-114 F 10 1 % %-20 3Ae IM-128 A 8.7 % % 10-24 % 1 MAG-116 F 32 1 % %-20 3Ae IM-129 A 12 % % 10-24 % 1 MAG-118 F 42 1 1 %-20 % IM-130 A 15 1 % %-20 A 1 MAG-120 F 43 1 1% %-20 %

3 Pole - Rare Earth Magnet - insulated Aluminum Cup - Press Fit or Tapped Thru MAG-122 F Hole 45 1 1% %-20 %

IM-131 B 15.5 1 % %-20 — 1 2 Pole - Alcomax ill Magnet - Mild Steel Cup - Press Fit or Tapped Thru Hole IM-132 B 26 1% % 343-18 — 1 829NF G 2 % lem M3 — 1

4 Pole - Rare Earth Magnet - insulated Aluminum Cup - Press Fit or Thru Hole 830NF G 4 % % M4 — 1 IM-133 C 45 2 % % — 1 831NF G 6 "Ae % 10-32 1 IM-134 C 50 2 % % — 1 832NF G 9 '%e % 10-32 1 IM-135 C 60 2 1 % — 1 833NF G 14 1'/e 1 10-32 — 1 IM-136 C 90 2% 1 % — 1 834NF G 44 1% '%e 10-32 — 1

3 Pole - Rare Earth Magnet - insulated Aluminum Cup - Press Fit or Thru Hole 2 Pole - Rare Earth Magnet - Steel Cup - Press Fit or Tapped Blind Hole IM-137 D 145 3 1 % — 1 IM-61 H 6 % % 8-32 .085 1

2 Pole - Ceramic Magnet - insulated Aluminum Cup - Press Fit IM-63 H 16 % % 10-32 .15 1 MAG-2 E 0.4 % % 1 IM-65 H 44 % % 10-32 .15 1 MAG-4 E 0.5 % % 1 IM-67 H 92 1

IM-69 H 102 1% % %e-18 % %-20 .15 1

MAG-6 E 1 % % 1 2 Pole - Rare Earth Magnet - insulated Brass Cup - Press Fit

.15 1 MAG-8 E 2 % % 1

MAG-10 E 2.5 % 1 1 IM-316 I 0.9 6 20 — 1 MAG-12 E 3 % % 1 IM-317 I 4.4 10 20 — 1 MAG-14 E 4 % % — — 1 IM-318 I 6.6 13 20 1 MAG-16 E 5 % 1 — — 1 IM-319 I 13.8 16 20 1

2 Pole - Ceramic Magnet - insulated Aluminum Cup -Tapped Blind Hole IM-321 I 44.1 25 30 — — 1 MAG-62 E 3 % % 8-32 %e 1 IM-71 J 12 % % — — 1 MAG-64 E 7 % % 8-32 %e 1 IM-75 J 36 % 13/e 1/4-20 % 1 MAG-66 E 8 % 1 8-32 %e 1 IM-77 J 86 1 13Ae Y.-20 5/18 1 MAG-68 E 4 3/ % 10-32 %e 1 IM-81 J 204 1% 2%e Me-18 3Ae 1 MAG-70 E 12 % % 10-32 %e 1 IM-83 J 344 2 2% %-16 5/le 1 MAG-72 E 17 % 1 10-32 3Ae 1 3 Pole - Ceramic Magnet - insulated Aluminum Cup -Tapped Thru Hole MAG-74 E 20 % 1% 10-32 3Ae 1 MAG-208 K 10 1 % 8-32 — 1 MAG-76 E 3.3 1 % %-20 % 1 MAG-210 K 27 1 % 8-32 — 1 MAG-78 E 15 1 % %-20 % 1 MAG-212 K 30 1 1 8-32 1 MAG-80 E 23 1 1 %-20 % 1 MAG-214 K 33 1 1% 8-32 1 MAG-84 E 32 1 1% %-20 % 1 MAG-218 K 10 1% % 10-32 1 MAG-86 E 10 1% % %-20 3Ae 1 MAG-220 K 33 1% % 10-32 1 MAG-88 E 24 1% % %-20 3Ae 1 MAG-222 K 50 1% 1 10-32 — 1 MAG-90 E 32 1% 1 %-20 % 1 MAG-224 K 61 1% 1% 10-32 — 1 MAG-92 E 40 1% 1% %-20 % 1 MAG-226 K 66 1% 1% 10-32 — 1 MAG-94 E 48 1% 1% 1/4-20 % 1 2 Pole - Alcomax ill Magnet - Mild Steel Cup -Thru Hole with Keeper

3 Pole - Ceramic Magnet - insulated Aluminum Cup -Tapped Blind Hole 826 L 6.61 % 3Ae V32 - 1 MAG-100 F 8 % % 8-32 %e 1 827 L 11 1% '% 13,6, 1 MAG-102 F 13 % % 8-32 %e 1 828 L 28.7 1% lem leA, 1 MAG-104 F 14 % 1 8-32 3Ae 1 2 Pole - Magnet MAG-106 F 10 % % 10-32 3Ae 1 IM-79 J 120 1% %-20 Vie 1 MAG-108 F 18 % % 10-32 3Ae 1

* Diameter and Length are measured in millimeters (mm)

366

E

Cylindrical fixture magnets provide high holding values in a compact design. They can be used in fixtures, jigs, panel mounts, end of retrieving tools, hold work on machines, catches/latches, insert molding, etc. Use non-ferrous bolts for mounting.

K

F

JH I

DCBA

G L

* Diameter and Length are measured in millimeters (mm)

ItemNo. Style

HoldingValue(Lbs.) Diameter Length Hole Size

HoleDepth

PackQty.

ItemNo. Style

HoldingValue(Lbs.) Diameter Length Hole Size

HoleDepth

PackQty.

1 Pole - Rare Earth Magnet - Insulated Aluminum Cup - Press Fit or Tapped Blind Hole 3 Pole - Ceramic Magnet - Insulated Aluminum Cup - Tapped Blind Hole

IM-125 A 0.5 1⁄4 1⁄2 6-32 1⁄4 1 MAG-110 F 23 3⁄4 1 10-32 3⁄16 1IM-126 A 2.6 3⁄8 1⁄2 8-32 1⁄4 1 MAG-112 F 24 3⁄4 11⁄4 10-32 3⁄16 1IM-127 A 5.3 1⁄2 1⁄2 10-24 1⁄4 1 MAG-114 F 10 1 1⁄2 1⁄4-20 3⁄16 1IM-128 A 8.7 5⁄8 1⁄2 10-24 1⁄4 1 MAG-116 F 32 1 3⁄4 1⁄4-20 3⁄16 1IM-129 A 12 3⁄4 1⁄2 10-24 1⁄4 1 MAG-118 F 42 1 1 1⁄4-20 1⁄4 1IM-130 A 15 1 1⁄2 1⁄4-20 1⁄4 1 MAG-120 F 43 1 11⁄4 1⁄4-20 1⁄4 1

3 Pole - Rare Earth Magnet - Insulated Aluminum Cup - Press Fit or Tapped Thru Hole MAG-122 F 45 1 11⁄2 1⁄4-20 1⁄4 1

IM-131 B 15.5 1 3⁄4 1⁄4-20 — 1 2 Pole - Alcomax III Magnet - Mild Steel Cup - Press Fit or Tapped Thru HoleIM-132 B 26 11⁄4 3⁄4 5⁄16-18 — 1 829NF G 2 3⁄8 19⁄32 M3 — 1

4 Pole - Rare Earth Magnet - Insulated Aluminum Cup - Press Fit or Thru Hole 830NF G 4 1⁄2 5⁄8 M4 — 1IM-133 C 45 2 1⁄2 1⁄4 — 1 831NF G 6 11⁄16 5⁄8 10-32 — 1IM-134 C 50 2 3⁄4 1⁄4 — 1 832NF G 9 13⁄16 3⁄4 10-32 — 1IM-135 C 60 2 1 1⁄4 — 1 833NF G 14 11⁄16 1 10-32 — 1IM-136 C 90 21⁄2 1 1⁄4 — 1 834NF G 44 13⁄8 13⁄16 10-32 — 1

3 Pole - Rare Earth Magnet - Insulated Aluminum Cup - Press Fit or Thru Hole 2 Pole - Rare Earth Magnet - Steel Cup - Press Fit or Tapped Blind HoleIM-137 D 145 3 1 1⁄4 — 1 IM-61 H 6 3⁄8 1⁄2 8-32 .085 1

2 Pole - Ceramic Magnet - Insulated Aluminum Cup - Press Fit IM-63 H 16 1⁄2 1⁄2 10-32 .15 1MAG-2 E 0.4 1⁄4 1⁄2 — — 1 IM-65 H 44 3⁄4 1⁄2 10-32 .15 1MAG-4 E 0.5 1⁄4 3⁄4 — — 1 IM-67 H 92 1 1⁄2 1⁄4-20 .15 1MAG-6 E 1 3⁄8 1⁄2 — — 1 IM-69 H 102 11⁄4 1⁄2 5⁄16-18 .15 1MAG-8 E 2 3⁄8 3⁄4 — — 1 2 Pole - Rare Earth Magnet - Insulated Brass Cup - Press Fit

MAG-10 E 2.5 3⁄8 1 — — 1 IM-316 I 0.9 6 20 — — 1MAG-12 E 3 1⁄2 1⁄2 — — 1 IM-317 I 4.4 10 20 — — 1MAG-14 E 4 1⁄2 3⁄4 — — 1 IM-318 I 6.6 13 20 — — 1MAG-16 E 5 1⁄2 1 — — 1 IM-319 I 13.8 16 20 — — 1

2 Pole - Ceramic Magnet - Insulated Aluminum Cup - Tapped Blind Hole IM-321 I 44.1 25 30 — — 1MAG-62 E 3 5⁄8 1⁄2 8-32 3⁄16 1 IM-71 J 12 1⁄2 1⁄2 — — 1MAG-64 E 7 5⁄8 3⁄4 8-32 3⁄16 1 IM-75 J 36 3⁄4 13⁄16 1⁄4-20 1⁄4 1MAG-66 E 8 5⁄8 1 8-32 3⁄16 1 IM-77 J 86 1 15⁄16 1⁄4-20 5⁄16 1MAG-68 E 4 3⁄4 1⁄2 10-32 3⁄16 1 IM-81 J 204 11⁄2 21⁄16 5⁄16-18 5⁄16 1MAG-70 E 12 3⁄4 3⁄4 10-32 3⁄16 1 IM-83 J 344 2 27⁄8 3⁄8-16 5⁄16 1MAG-72 E 17 3⁄4 1 10-32 3⁄16 1 3 Pole - Ceramic Magnet - Insulated Aluminum Cup - Tapped Thru HoleMAG-74 E 20 3⁄4 11⁄4 10-32 3⁄16 1 MAG-208 K 10 1 1⁄2 8-32 — 1MAG-76 E 3.3 1 1⁄2 1⁄4-20 1⁄4 1 MAG-210 K 27 1 3⁄4 8-32 — 1MAG-78 E 15 1 3⁄4 1⁄4-20 1⁄4 1 MAG-212 K 30 1 1 8-32 — 1MAG-80 E 23 1 1 1⁄4-20 1⁄4 1 MAG-214 K 33 1 11⁄4 8-32 — 1MAG-84 E 32 1 11⁄2 1⁄4-20 1⁄4 1 MAG-218 K 10 11⁄4 1⁄2 10-32 — 1MAG-86 E 10 11⁄4 1⁄2 1⁄4-20 3⁄16 1 MAG-220 K 33 11⁄4 3⁄4 10-32 — 1MAG-88 E 24 11⁄4 3⁄4 1⁄4-20 3⁄16 1 MAG-222 K 50 11⁄4 1 10-32 — 1MAG-90 E 32 11⁄4 1 1⁄4-20 1⁄4 1 MAG-224 K 61 11⁄4 11⁄4 10-32 — 1MAG-92 E 40 11⁄4 11⁄4 1⁄4-20 1⁄4 1 MAG-226 K 66 11⁄4 11⁄2 10-32 — 1MAG-94 E 48 11⁄4 11⁄2 1⁄4-20 1⁄4 1 2 Pole - Alcomax III Magnet - Mild Steel Cup - Thru Hole with Keeper

3 Pole - Ceramic Magnet - Insulated Aluminum Cup - Tapped Blind Hole 826 L 6.61 3⁄4 5⁄16 5⁄32 — 1MAG-100 F 8 5⁄8 1⁄2 8-32 3⁄16 1 827 L 11 11⁄8 11⁄32 13⁄64 — 1MAG-102 F 13 5⁄8 3⁄4 8-32 3⁄16 1 828 L 28.7 11⁄2 13⁄32 16⁄64 — 1MAG-104 F 14 5⁄8 1 8-32 3⁄16 1 2 Pole - MagnetMAG-106 F 10 3⁄4 1⁄2 10-32 3⁄16 1 IM-79 J 120 11⁄4 — 1⁄4-20 5⁄16 1MAG-108 F 18 3⁄4 3⁄4 10-32 3⁄16 1

CYLINDRICAL FIXTURE MAGNET ASSEMBLY

A: Powerful compact magnet that is insulated for press fit or use tapped hole for mounting. B: Extended poles can be lightly machined. Insulated for press fit or use tapped hole for mounting. C: Extended poles can be lightly machined. Insulated for press fit or use thru-hole for mounting. D: Maximum strength in a compact design. Insulated for press fit or use thru-holes for mounting. E: Extended poles can be lightly machined. Press fit for all, some have tapped hole for mounting. F: Extended poles can be lightly machined. Press fit for all, some have tapped hole for mounting. G: Alcomax magnet pressed into a steel cup. Painted red. Supplied with keepers on the face. H: Extremely powerful and compact. Ideal for shallow fixtures. Encased in durable steel cup. I: Extremely powerful magnet designed for press fit applications using metric sizes. J: Extremely powerful flush face magnet. Insulated for press fit or use tapped hole for mounting. K: Extended poles can be lightly machined. Press fit for all, use tapped hole or thru-hole for mounting. L: Alcomax magnet pressed into a steel cup. Painted red. Supplied with keepers on the face.

Magnet Material Specifications:Ceramic magnets are heat resistant up to 300°F (148°C)Rare earth magnets are heat resistant up to 200°F (94°C)Alcomax magnets are heat resistant up to 800°F (427°C)

FWAHL

SmallO



Rare Earth Magnets Ceramic Ring


RARE EARTH MAGNETS ._41

Rare earth magnets are used because of their high strength-to-weight properties.

Rare Earth Magnets Shielded

Magnetic Field Pattern

• The insulator prevents loss of magnetic flux when inserted into steel components or fixtures

• Shielded magnets supply holding force in limited areas of steel tools, dies and fixtures

Item Dia. Lgth. Insulator Max. Pull Pack No. -0.005 -0.015 Thickness Lbs. Qty.

IM-27 Ye 0.018 .20 IM-28 %e 0.032 .54 IM-29 0.032 1.3 IM-30 0.032 1.50 IM-31 5/16 0.032 2.00 IM-32 spy spy 0.032 5.00 IM-33 Yie 0.032 4.30 IM-35 0.062 4.30 IM-36 0.062 7.00 IM-37 spy 0.062 10.00

Rare Earth Magnets Ceramic Block Material

Ceramic magnet is a non-metallic compound of iron oxide, Strontium Ferrite and small quantities of other metal oxides.

Ceramic Features • Low cost, lightweight, high energy material • Non-conductive, hard, brittle material • Performs best at temperatures below 480 degree Fahrenheit

(249 degree Celsius) • Can only be cut with a diamond wheel • Difficult to grind and can't be E.D.M.'d, machined or drilled by

normal methods • Tolerance 0.005 on all dimensions

Item No. Pull (Lbs.) Thickness (In.) Width (In.)

Pack Length (In.) Qty.

IM-467 6.0 .375 1% IM-468 5.0 .250 2 IM-469 7.0 .500 2 IM-470 9.0 .750 2 IM-471 11.0 1.000 2 IM-472 15.0 1.000 2 2 IM-473 6.5 .187 4 4 IM-474 8.5 .250 4 6 IM-475 8.0 .312 4 4 IM-476 10.5 .375 4 4 IM-477 14.0 .500 4 6 IM-478 18.5 .750 4 6 IM-479 23.5 1.000 4 6

Item No. A B C

Pack Qty.

IM-14 IM-16

.750 1.230

.271

.885 .250 .431 C

IM-17 1.623 .705 .187 IM-18 1.723 .705 .250 IM-20 2.800 1.203 .590 IM-21 2.875 .875 .250 IM-23 5.250 2.312 .750

Plug Style Neodymium 35, 40, 50

)) z Magnetic Field )) Pattern

B _ _ -

All Neodymium-Iron-Boron plugs are nickel plated to protect the brittle magnet material and avoid corrosion. They are commonly used in miniature applications such as linear actuators, sensing applications, gyroscopes, flow meters, recording devices, pacemakers, and alternators. Temperature range is -100 to +180 degree Fahrenheit (-73 to 93 degree Celsius) unless noted. All measurements are in inches and tolerances are ±.005. Different shapes (rectangles, rings), sizes, high-temperature, non-coated, and higher strengths are available as special order. Please call for price and delivery.

Item No. A B

Approximate Hokling Value Lbs.

Pack City.

Neodymium 35 MAG-400 .12 .06 .04 1 MAG-402 %e .06 .07 1 MAG-404 .22 .10 1.4 1 MAG-406 .22 2.1 1 MAG-408 .22 2.4 1 MAG-410 .10 1.6 1 MAG-412 1.8 1 MAG-414 .20 2.3 1 MAG-504 2.3 1 MAG-506 3 1 MAG-415 .32 'A 3.8 1 MAG-416 sib .06 3.8 1 MAG-418 sib .10 2.5 1 MAG-420 sib 3 1 MAG-508 sib 'A 5.2 1 MAG-422 sib sb 5.8 1 MAG-510 sib 6.9 1 MAG-424 .06 1.6 1 MAG-426 4.1 1 MAG-428 %e 5.9 1 MAG-430 .20 6.2 1 MAG-512 'A 8.2 1 MAG-432 sb 9.1 1 MAG-514 10.5 1 MAG-516 sb 21 1 MAG-438 19.4 1 MAG-440 1 %e 11.7 1 MAG-522 1 'A 18.1 1 MAG-524 1 34.4 1 Neodymium 42 MAG-442 .12 .06 0.5 1 MAG-444 3/113 .06 0.9 1 MAG-446 .22 .10 1.7 1 MAG-450 .22 % 3 1 MAG-452 % .10 2 1 MAG-454 % % 2.3 1 MAG-456 % .20 3 1 MAG-458 % % 3.2 1 MAG-460 % % 3.8 1 MAG-462 .32 % 4.9 1 MAG-464 % .06 1.7 1 MAG-466 % .10 3.1 1 MAG-468 % % 3.8 1 MAG-470 % % 6.1 1 MAG-472 % % 7.9 1 MAG-474 % .06 2.1 1 MAG-476 % .20 7.9 1 MAG-478 % % 9.3 1 MAG-480 % % 11.6 1 Neodymium 50 MAG-550 %e .06 1.3 1 MAG-552 .22 .10 2.3 1 MAG-554 .10 2.7 1 MAG-556 4.4 1 MAG-558 sib .10 4.2 1 MAG-560 12.7 1

WARNING: Maximum pull pounds are approximate and were attained using laboratory conditions. Size, shape, temperature, condition and finish will affect the actual pull force. Machining and grinding of any pressure formed magnet is not recommended. Never use for lifting over people.

367 367

The insulator prevents loss of magnetic flux when inserted into steel components or fixturesShielded magnets supply holding force in limited areas of steel tools, dies and fixtures

ItemNo.

Dia.-0.005

Lgth.-0.015

InsulatorThickness

Max. PullLbs.

PackQty.

IM-27 1⁄8 1⁄4 0.018 .20 1IM-28 3⁄16 1⁄4 0.032 .54 1IM-29 1⁄4 1⁄4 0.032 1.3 1IM-30 1⁄4 1⁄2 0.032 1.50 1IM-31 5⁄16 1⁄4 0.032 2.00 1IM-32 3⁄8 3⁄8 0.032 5.00 1IM-33 7⁄16 1⁄4 0.032 4.30 1IM-35 1⁄2 1⁄4 0.062 4.30 1IM-36 1⁄2 1⁄2 0.062 7.00 1IM-37 3⁄4 3⁄8 0.062 10.00 1

Rare Earth MagnetsShielded


Ceramic magnet is a non-metallic compound of iron oxide, Strontium Ferrite and small quantities of other metal oxides.

Ceramic FeaturesLow cost, lightweight, high energy materialNon-conductive, hard, brittle materialPerforms best at temperatures below 480 degree Fahrenheit (249 degree Celsius)Can only be cut with a diamond wheelDifficult to grind and can't be E.D.M.'d, machined or drilled by normal methodsTolerance 0.005 on all dimensions

ItemNo. Pull (Lbs.) Thickness (In.) Width (In.) Length (In.)

PackQty.

IM-467 6.0 .375 7⁄8 17⁄8 1IM-468 5.0 .250 1 2 1IM-469 7.0 .500 1 2 1IM-470 9.0 .750 1 2 1IM-471 11.0 1.000 1 2 1IM-472 15.0 1.000 2 2 1IM-473 6.5 .187 4 4 1IM-474 8.5 .250 4 6 1IM-475 8.0 .312 4 4 1IM-476 10.5 .375 4 4 1IM-477 14.0 .500 4 6 1IM-478 18.5 .750 4 6 1IM-479 23.5 1.000 4 6 1

Rare Earth MagnetsCeramic Block Material

ItemNo. A B C

PackQty.

IM-14 .750 .271 .250 1IM-16 1.230 .885 .431 1IM-17 1.623 .705 .187 1IM-18 1.723 .705 .250 1IM-20 2.800 1.203 .590 1IM-21 2.875 .875 .250 1IM-23 5.250 2.312 .750 1

Rare Earth MagnetsCeramic Ring

A

C

B

All Neodymium-Iron-Boron plugs are nickel plated to protect the brittle magnet material and avoid corrosion. They are commonly used in miniature applications such as linear actuators, sensing applications, gyroscopes, flow meters, recording devices, pacemakers, and alternators. Temperature range is -100 to +180 degree Fahrenheit (-73 to 93 degree Celsius) unless noted. All measurements are in inches and tolerances are ±.005. Different shapes (rectangles, rings), sizes, high-temperature, non-coated, and higher strengths are available as special order. Please call for price and delivery.

Rare earth magnets are used because of their high strength-to-weight properties.

Plug Style Neodymium 35, 40, 50


A

B

ItemNo. A B

ApproximateHolding Value Lbs.

PackQty.

Neodymium 35MAG-400 .12 .06 .04 1MAG-402 3⁄16 .06 .07 1MAG-404 .22 .10 1.4 1MAG-406 .22 1⁄4 2.1 1MAG-408 .22 1⁄2 2.4 1MAG-410 1⁄4 .10 1.6 1MAG-412 1⁄4 1⁄8 1.8 1MAG-414 1⁄4 .20 2.3 1MAG-504 1⁄4 1⁄4 2.3 1MAG-506 1⁄4 1⁄2 3 1MAG-415 .32 1⁄4 3.8 1MAG-416 3⁄8 .06 3.8 1MAG-418 3⁄8 .10 2.5 1MAG-420 3⁄8 1⁄8 3 1MAG-508 3⁄8 1⁄4 5.2 1MAG-422 3⁄8 3⁄8 5.8 1MAG-510 3⁄8 1⁄2 6.9 1MAG-424 1⁄2 .06 1.6 1MAG-426 1⁄2 1⁄8 4.1 1MAG-428 1⁄2 3⁄16 5.9 1MAG-430 1⁄2 .20 6.2 1MAG-512 1⁄2 1⁄4 8.2 1MAG-432 1⁄2 3⁄8 9.1 1MAG-514 1⁄2 1⁄2 10.5 1MAG-516 3⁄4 3⁄8 21 1MAG-438 3⁄4 1⁄2 19.4 1MAG-440 1 3⁄16 11.7 1MAG-522 1 1⁄4 18.1 1MAG-524 1 1⁄2 34.4 1Neodymium 42MAG-442 .12 .06 0.5 1MAG-444 3⁄16 .06 0.9 1MAG-446 .22 .10 1.7 1MAG-450 .22 1⁄2 3 1MAG-452 1⁄4 .10 2 1MAG-454 1⁄4 1⁄8 2.3 1MAG-456 1⁄4 .20 3 1MAG-458 1⁄4 1⁄4 3.2 1MAG-460 1⁄4 1⁄2 3.8 1MAG-462 .32 1⁄4 4.9 1MAG-464 3⁄8 .06 1.7 1MAG-466 3⁄8 .10 3.1 1MAG-468 3⁄8 1⁄8 3.8 1MAG-470 3⁄8 1⁄4 6.1 1MAG-472 3⁄8 1⁄2 7.9 1MAG-474 1⁄2 .06 2.1 1MAG-476 1⁄2 .20 7.9 1MAG-478 1⁄2 1⁄4 9.3 1MAG-480 1⁄2 3⁄8 11.6 1Neodymium 50MAG-550 3⁄16 .06 1.3 1MAG-552 .22 .10 2.3 1MAG-554 1⁄4 .10 2.7 1MAG-556 1⁄4 1⁄4 4.4 1MAG-558 3⁄8 .10 4.2 1MAG-560 1⁄2 1⁄4 12.7 1

WARNING: Maximum pull pounds are approximate and were attained using laboratory conditions. Size, shape, temperature, condition and finish will affect the actual pull force. Machining and grinding of any pressure formed magnet is not recommended. Never use for lifting over people.

RARE EARTH MAGNETS

FWAHL

SmallO



C D Item No. A

'A

Supplied with keepers.

B

E801 Me

Pull Pack Lbs. Qty.

3

Side Pole Rotor Cast Alnico 5 and 6

A

Item

Pull Pack No. A

E

Lbs. Qty.


E821

'A

%az 9h2 ly,,, 1.5 E822

7/s2 Wu Me 4 E825 A

% 'A Me 8 E823

1

7/s2 '%s2 Me 8 E824 1%

Me 'A %2 11

A

E844 Wee E845 137/64 E846 22%. 39/0.1 1%.

1

"ea 1 13A, 1


ALNICO MAGNET MATERIAL

Buy One., Buy Bulk SAVE

Alnico permanent magnets are made from an alloy of aluminum (Al), nickel (Ni) and cobalt (Co) with iron, and may contain trace amounts of copper (Cu) and/or titanium (Ti). Alcomax is a trade name for magnets made from Alnico materials. Alnico magnets provide good magnetic performance at a reasonable cost compared to rare-earth magnets, which feature a higher strength-to-weight performance at a higher price. Alnico magnets are hard, but brittle and require special machining techniques. Magnetic performance is superior to steel magnets, at a sacrifice of some mechanical strength.

Rod Sintered Alnico 8H

Item

Pack No. A

B

Qty.

MAG-8105 .120 .375 MAG-8106 .124 .250 MAG-8108 .250 .375

E D C

B

Holding item Alnico No. Force Pack No. Grade Poles A BCD E F Lbs. Qty.

MAG-940 Alnico 5

4 .75 .250 1.000 .500 .500 .250

18 MAG-947 Alnico 5 6 .75 .219 1.250 .625 - .250

30

MAG-941 Alnico 6

6 1.25 .375 1.813 .750 .625 .313

50

Pocket Magnet Alnico

Supplied with keeper.

Item

Pull Pack No. A

B C

D

E

Lbs Qty.

E802

1%

Me '

5

Ring Cast Alnico 5 Magnet Material

r

EMEnilM=MigilM MAG-1429 1.00 .750 .500 3.5 1 MAG-1430 1.50 1.125 .750 8.0 1

Item Pack No. A B Qty.

MAG-110-4 .125 4 MAG-120-6 .250 6 MAG-130-6 .375 6 MAG-140-6 .500 6

Shielded Alnico

Non-Magnetic Brass Insulator

A'L ANEW

Used to supply holding force in limited areas of steel tools, dies and fixtures. The shield prevents undue loss of magnetic strength when inserted directly into steel components.

Item

Insulator Max. Pull Pack No. A B Thickness Lbs. Qty.

IM-38

'A IM-39 IM-41

'A IM-45 IM-47

'A IM-49 IM-51 spy

IM-53

3/4 IM-57

'h IM-59

Cylindrical Bar Magnets Alcomax

A B

Minor Magnet Alnico

.1 A )

E

A

IL- D I.

Round Bar Cast Alnico 5

Magnetic Material

.018

.018

.032

.032

.032

.032

.032

.032

.032

.062

.050

.080

.110

.280

.120

.350

.200

.400

.450

.136

D

D T

Button Magnets Alnico

No keepers.

Item

Pack A B Qty.

E805 Wee E806 89/es E807 1Me

Rectangular Bar Magnets Alcomax

No keeper.

C I B

Pack B C Qty.

Power Magnets Alcomax

Pocket Horseshoe Magnet Alnico

(GENERAL)

0


Item

Pull Pack No. A

B C

D

E

Lbs. Qty.

811 13/m

Me 'hz 10 812 1Me

Me 17 813 1%

Me 23

368

For retrieving small steel parts and screws from hard to reach places.

Item No.

A

GEN-370-1 1 2.25 1

368

ItemNo. A B

PackQty.

MAG-8105 .120 .375 1MAG-8106 .124 .250 1MAG-8108 .250 .375 1

RodSintered Alnico 8H

BA

Alnico permanent magnets are made from an alloy of aluminum (Al), nickel (Ni) and cobalt (Co) with iron, and may contain trace amounts of copper (Cu) and/or titanium (Ti). Alcomax is a trade name for magnets made from Alnico materials. Alnico magnets provide good magnetic performance at a reasonable cost compared to rare-earth magnets, which feature a higher strength-to-weight performance at a higher price. Alnico magnets are hard, but brittle and require special machining techniques. Magnetic performance is superior to steel magnets, at a sacrifice of some mechanical strength.

Side Pole RotorCast Alnico 5 and 6

A

E D C

B

F


ItemNo.

AlnicoGrade

No.Poles A B C D E F

Holding Force Lbs.

PackQty.

MAG-940 Alnico 5 4 .75 .250 1.000 .500 .500 .250 18 1MAG-947 Alnico 5 6 .75 .219 1.250 .625 — .250 30 1MAG-941 Alnico 6 6 1.25 .375 1.813 .750 .625 .313 50 1

Minor MagnetAlnico

Supplied with keeper.

ItemNo. A B C D

PullLbs.

PackQty.

E801 7⁄8 7⁄16 5⁄16 1⁄4 3 1

Pocket Magnet Alnico


ItemNo. A B C D E

PullLbs

PackQty.

E802 7⁄8 11⁄8 1 5⁄16 1⁄4 5 1

Button Magnets Alnico

Supplied with keepers.ItemNo. A B C D E

PullLbs.

PackQty.

811 13⁄16 3⁄4 3⁄4 9⁄16 5⁄32 10 1812 19⁄16 1 1 3⁄4 3⁄16 17 1813 13⁄4 13⁄16 13⁄16 7⁄8 3⁄16 23 1

ItemNo. A B C D E

PullLbs.

PackQty.

E821 1⁄2 3⁄8 5⁄32 9⁄32 11⁄64 1.5 1E822 — 1⁄2 7⁄32 11⁄32 3⁄16 4 1E825 7⁄8 3⁄4 1⁄4 1⁄4 3⁄16 8 1E823 1 5⁄8 7⁄32 11⁄32 3⁄16 8 1E824 11⁄4 1 5⁄16 1⁄2 9⁄32 11 1

Power Magnets Alcomax

Ring Cast Alnico 5 Magnet Material

C

AB

ItemNo. A B C

Holding Force Lbs.

2 Poles 1 FacePackQty.

MAG-1429 1.00 .750 .500 3.5 1MAG-1430 1.50 1.125 .750 8.0 1

Round Bar Cast Alnico 5

BA

ItemNo. A B

PackQty.

MAG-110-4 .125 4 1MAG-120-6 .250 6 1MAG-130-6 .375 6 1MAG-140-6 .500 6 1

Shielded Alnico

Used to supply holding force in limited areas of steel tools, dies and fixtures. The shield prevents undue loss of magnetic strength when inserted directly into steel components.

ItemNo. A B

InsulatorThickness

Max. PullLbs.

PackQty.

IM-38 3⁄16 1⁄4 .018 .050 1IM-39 3⁄16 1⁄2 .018 .080 1IM-41 1⁄4 1⁄4 .032 .110 1IM-45 1⁄4 1⁄2 .032 .280 1IM-47 5⁄16 1⁄4 .032 .120 1IM-49 5⁄16 1⁄2 .032 .350 1IM-51 3⁄8 3⁄8 .032 .200 1IM-53 3⁄8 3⁄4 .032 .400 1IM-57 1⁄2 1⁄2 .032 .450 1IM-59 3⁄4 3⁄4 .062 .136 1

Cylindrical Bar Magnets Alcomax

A

B

No keepers.ItemNo. A B

PackQty.

E805 51⁄64 1⁄4 1E806 63⁄64 5⁄16 1E807 13⁄16 25⁄64 1

Rectangular Bar Magnets Alcomax

BA

C

For retrieving small steel parts and screws from hard to reach places.

ItemNo.

SizeOz. Pull

PackQty.

GEN-370-1 1 2.25 1

No keeper.ItemNo. A B C

PackQty.

E844 51⁄64 25⁄64 13⁄64 1E845 137⁄64 1⁄2 13⁄64 1E846 223⁄64 39⁄64 13⁄64 1

Pocket Horseshoe Magnet Alnico

ALNICO MAGNET MATERIAL

FWAHL

SmallO



Holding Value Lbs.

Item Pack Qty. No. A

185 1

Ceramic IM-76 1%

1%

75

1 Neodymium IM-74 1 1%

Overall Height

Magnet Dia.

Pack Qty.

Item No. Amperage Stud Type

3% 2% 3% 2%

Brass 250 800 Copper

29/63 3% 3% 4% 4% 4% 8

23 55 110 75 75 150 325

3/4 3/4 1% 1%

IM-338 10 Angle 3% IM-339 Standard 3% IM-340 Adjustable 6% IM-341 Standard Heavy Duty 3% IM-342 Covered Heavy Duty 3% IM-343* Extra Heavy Duty 3% IM-344* Super Heavy Duty 8

Style A Style D

A

Style B Style C

A

C

Style A

T

Style B A

o

Item No.

Hole Pull Pack Style A B c D Dia. Lbs. Qty.

CMA-74 CMA-76 CMA-72 CMA-78 D

A B C

1 1 1 2

.312

.625

.250

.312

8 45 7 6

.812 1

.875

.937

.187

.187

.125 2.625 .160

Pack Qty.

Item No. A Holding Value Lbs.

MAG-364 1% 250 1

Rectangular Fixturing Magnet Three Pole

1/2

21/4 11/4

(2) 9/32 Drill 13/32 Dia. C19ore

31/8 L( 7/16 I-4— 4

13/16

Rectangular Fixturing Magnets

41-r, vor

— Style D Style C

Constructed of steel plates or channels with magnets. Mounting holes provide for easy attachment.


Features: • Used for a wide variety of jobs including workholding, welding

and assembly • Ideal for welders that need fast set-up and accurate holding of

steel sheet stock, plate and tubing • IM-343 and IM-344 models feature "Breakaway Handle" • IM-342 and IM-344 models feature weld spatter resistant covers



.1:111\"11

Extra Heavy Duty

Adjustable

Item Pack No. Description Length Height Width Pull Lbs. Qty.

Type D

Type E

•

•

Type A (2) 9/92 Drill - 13/92 Bore

I

4 23/8

T H13/8 N 13/8 23/4

4111111" Type B

23/0 11/2

The

T 1.-13/8

Type C C211.1 — c•

25/3

13/9

43/0 T IF

51/2

Type MAG-302 Me 80 A MAG-306 Me 42 B MAG-310 Me 34 E MAG-316 Me 57 C MAG-320 Me 108 D

tern No. T Holding Value Lbs.

Pack Qty.

Rectangular Fixturing Magnets Ceramic and Neodymium Two Pole

Ideal for holding heavy parts. Effective holding against shear force. High impact epoxy encapsulated. Aluminum insulated. These magnets can be drilled, tapped, milled, sawed or ground at either end for mounting. Do not machine or drill between magnetic poles.

Magnetic Welding Grounds

• Powerful magnet attaches securely to steel surfaces

• Spring loaded '/2" dia. stud assures constant electrical ground contact

• Release handle • Holds 35 lbs.

IM-345 IM-346

OWOFF Magnetic Welding Grounds

The switchable ON/OFF rare earth magnetic grounds let welders set up, weld and move on to the next job in a flash, thanks to this new magnetic technology. Simply place it on a work surface, turn it on and start welding. Makes welding quicker and easier than ever before. Will work on flat or pipe. Featuring magswitch technology.

Item No. Hold (Lbs.) Ht. (In.) Width (in.) Length (in.)

IM-503 30 2% 1% 2% IM-504 56 2% 1% 2% IM-505 104 2% 2% 4

CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING riN • MAGNETS Al

Rectangular Fixturing Magnets Ceramic and Neodymium Two Pole

Pack Amp Qty. 200 300 600

369 369

Features:Used for a wide variety of jobs including workholding, welding and assemblyIdeal for welders that need fast set-up and accurate holding of steel sheet stock, plate and tubingIM-343 and IM-344 models feature "Breakaway Handle"IM-342 and IM-344 models feature weld spatter resistant covers


ItemNo. Description Length Height Width Pull Lbs.

PackQty.

IM-338 10 Angle 33⁄8 29⁄16 1⁄2 23 1IM-339 Standard 33⁄8 33⁄8 5⁄8 55 1IM-340 Adjustable 61⁄8 33⁄8 5⁄8 110 1IM-341 Standard Heavy Duty 33⁄4 43⁄8 3⁄4 75 1IM-342 Covered Heavy Duty 33⁄4 43⁄8 3⁄4 75 1IM-343* Extra Heavy Duty 33⁄4 43⁄8 11⁄2 150 1IM-344* Super Heavy Duty 8 8 15⁄8 325 1


Adjustable

Extra Heavy Duty

Standard

Powerful magnet attaches securely to steel surfacesSpring loaded 1⁄2" dia. stud assures constant electrical ground contactRelease handleHolds 35 lbs.

ItemNo. Amperage Stud Type

MagnetDia.

OverallHeight

PackQty.

IM-345 250 Brass 31⁄2 21⁄4 1IM-346 800 Copper 31⁄2 21⁄4 1

Magnetic Welding Grounds

ON/OFF Magnetic Welding Grounds

The switchable ON/OFF rare earth magnetic grounds let welders set up, weld and move on to the next job in a flash, thanks to this new magnetic technology. Simply place it on a work surface, turn it on and start welding. Makes welding quicker and easier than ever before. Will work on flat or pipe. Featuring magswitch technology.

ItemNo. Hold (Lbs.) Ht. (In.) Width (In.) Length (In.) Amp

PackQty.

IM-503 30 21⁄2 11⁄8 21⁄4 200 1IM-504 56 21⁄2 11⁄2 23⁄4 300 1IM-505 104 23⁄4 23⁄4 4 600 1

Ideal for holding heavy parts. Effective holding against shear force. High impact epoxy encapsulated. Aluminum insulated. These magnets can be drilled, tapped, milled, sawed or ground at either end for mounting. Do not machine or drill between magnetic poles.

ItemNo. A B

HoldingValue Lbs.

PackQty.

CeramicIM-76 11⁄4 11⁄4 75 1NeodymiumIM-74 1 11⁄4 185 1

Rectangular Fixturing MagnetsCeramic and Neodymium Two Pole

ItemNo. T Holding Value Lbs. Type

PackQty.

MAG-302 9⁄16 80 A 1MAG-306 9⁄16 42 B 1MAG-310 9⁄16 34 E 1MAG-316 9⁄16 57 C 1MAG-320 9⁄16 108 D 1

ItemNo. A Holding Value Lbs.

PackQty.

MAG-364 17⁄8 250 1

Rectangular Fixturing MagnetThree Pole

Constructed of steel plates or channels with magnets. Mounting holes provide for easy attachment.

ItemNo. Style A B C D

HoleDia.

PullLbs.

PackQty.

CMA-74 A .812 1 .312 — .187 8 1CMA-76 B 1 1 .625 — .187 45 1CMA-72 C .875 1 .250 — .125 7 1CMA-78 D .937 2 .312 2.625 .160 6 1

MAGNETS

Style C Style D

Style A

Style C

Style B

Style D

Style A Style B

Type A

T

23/811/2

10-32

16

11/8

7/16

13/8

Type B

T

23/82

(2) 9/32 Drill

11/813/4

1

21/4

9/161/4

T

13/81

(2) 9/32 Drill

21/825/8

1/2

31/4

5/16

9/16

Type D

Type E

A

B

2"

41/2"

Rectangular Fixturing MagnetsCeramic and Neodymium Two Pole

Rectangular Fixturing Magnets


Type C

FWAHL

SmallO





CLAMPING SYSTEMS

sulks-sr1 Fixture Clamps

Item Mounting Pack No. Description A B C D F G Screws Qty.

MITss-BPRODUCTSITE Uniform° Clamps

A 7

B

PRODUCTS INc. Machinable Uniform° Clamps

LI I ui,,,,,,

A :"•-• Locking F Plate

E

Compact and economical, uniforce® clamps enable you to fixture more parts on the machine table. The specially designed steel wedge spreads the clamping force uniformly on both sides of the aluminum channel. Minimizes tool changes. Ideal for clamping flat or round work pieces. Please note that these are sold in packages.

Item No. A F

Thread Max. Size Spread

Holding Force Lbs.

Pack Qty.

MB-6025 .240 .250 .320 .210 .140 .250 2-56 .260 200 6 MB-6037 .360 .375 .470 .310 .375 .375 4-40 .390 310 6 MB-6050 .485 .500 .625 .410 .220 .500 8-32 .530 500 8 MB-6075 .735 .750 .940 .635 .375 .750 1/4-20 .785 1,500 6 MB-6100 .980 1.000 1.250 .820 .500 1.000 Vie-18 1.050 2,000 4 MB-6150 1.470 1.500 1.875 1.215 .750 1.500 1/2-13 1.560 3,500 2

Note: A shallow slot a little wider than D dimension will insure clamp remains in line with workpiece. F is the distance needed between workpieces for clamp clearance. Drill and tap mounting hole on the center of F dimension.

The compact clamp is available with extra material on the clamping jaws so it can be machined to conform to the shape of your work piece, enabling you to fixture unusual applications easily. The specially designed steel wedge spreads the clamping force uniformly on both sides of the aluminum channel. A unique locking plate is provided to make the clamp rigid while machin-ing the jaws to your specifications. Order one piece and you will receive one complete assembly with mounting screws and locking plate.

Item No. A E F G H

Pack Qty.

MB-250 1.125 .50 .62 .42 .25 .18 .400 2-56 8-32 MB-750 1.50 .750 .94 .64 .38 .28 .625 6-32 1/4-20 MB-1000 2.00 1.000 1.25 .82 .50 .38 .810 6-32 5/16-18 MB-1500 3.00 1.500 1.87 1.87 .75 .62 1.20 10-32 1/2-13

Note: A is the distance needed between work pieces for clamp clear-ance, drill and tap mounting holes on the center of the A dimension. F dimension is the amount of machinable stock.

370

14111100 41. 111

The Mitee-Bite® clamping system combines strength, versatility and performance with economy and ease of use. Consisting of a cam action socket cap screw with a brass hex washer, set ups are simplified even for hard to hold parts. Its small size allows more parts per load on multiple series jobs. The low profile makes programming easier because there are no clamps to jump over. Fast to use (just 1/4 turn of screw loosens clamp) and no loose parts to set up each time. Economical- all six sides of the hex nut can be used. Available in six sizes for use on multiple part fixtures. Metric sizes are in millimeters. MB-10203 and MB-50207 are stainless steel.

Size Thread Lath.

Hex Size

Hex Ht.

Max. Holding

Force Lbs. Total

Throw Pack

Inch MB-2 8-32 .350 .312 .110 205 .030 10 MB-3 10-32 .340 .500 .160 350 .040 10 MB-4 1/4-20 .470 .625 .190 800 .040 10

MB-10203* 1/4-20 .470 .625 .190 .040 4 MB-5 5/1e-24 .460 .812 .190 750 .040 12

MB-5C 5/1e-18 .460 .812 .190 750 .040 12 MB-6 %-16 .710 .812 .250 2,000 .050 10 MB-8 1/2-13 .900 1.000 .375 4,000 .100 8

Metric MB-50204 M4 9.6 7.93 2.80 93 .76 10 MB-50206 M6 11.2 15.86 4.75 364 1.01 10 MB-50208 M8 15.0 20.61 4.75 340 1.01 12 MB-50210 M10 19.0 20.61 6.35 910 1.52 10 MB-50212 M12 22.8 25.38 9.52 1,818 2.03 8 MB50216* M16 28.5 30.13 12.69 2,720 2.54 4

*Stainless steel

11AFEE-BI:rd PRODUCTS Multi-Fixture Clamps and Stops

Stop

A

Clamp

4 4

Works in plates with tapped hole layouts or T-slot configurations providing flexible set ups for hard to hold parts. Can be mounted vertically or horizontally. Stops locate workpiece for repeat positioning. Tapered mounting slots prevents movement when clamping pressure is applied. Closed slot.

MB-150 Clamp 3.75 1.12 .62 .480 .37 .50 MB-200 Stop 3.75 1.12 .87 .480 .37 .50

C

370

Fixture Clamps

The Mitee-Bite® clamping system combines strength, versatility and performance with economy and ease of use. Consisting of a cam action socket cap screw with a brass hex washer, set ups are simplified even for hard to hold parts. Its small size allows more parts per load on multiple series jobs. The low profile makes programming easier because there are no clamps to jump over. Fast to use (just 1⁄4 turn of screw loosens clamp) and no loose parts to set up each time. Economical- all six sides of the hex nut can be used. Available in six sizes for use on multiple part fixtures. Metric sizes are in millimeters. MB-10203 and MB-50207 are stainless steel.

*Stainless steel

ItemNo.

ScrewSize

ThreadLgth.

HexSize

HexHt.

Max. Holding

Force Lbs.Total

ThrowPackQty.

InchMB-2 8-32 .350 .312 .110 205 .030 10MB-3 10-32 .340 .500 .160 350 .040 10MB-4 1⁄4-20 .470 .625 .190 800 .040 10

MB-10203* 1⁄4-20 .470 .625 .190 — .040 4MB-5 5⁄16-24 .460 .812 .190 750 .040 12

MB-5C 5⁄16-18 .460 .812 .190 750 .040 12MB-6 3⁄8-16 .710 .812 .250 2,000 .050 10MB-8 1⁄2-13 .900 1.000 .375 4,000 .100 8

MetricMB-50204 M4 9.6 7.93 2.80 93 .76 10MB-50206 M6 11.2 15.86 4.75 364 1.01 10MB-50208 M8 15.0 20.61 4.75 340 1.01 12MB-50210 M10 19.0 20.61 6.35 910 1.52 10MB-50212 M12 22.8 25.38 9.52 1,818 2.03 8MB-50216* M16 28.5 30.13 12.69 2,720 2.54 4

Multi-Fixture Clamps and Stops

C

GF

D

BA

Clamp

C

GF

D

B

A

Stop

Works in plates with tapped hole layouts or T-slot configurations providing flexible set ups for hard to hold parts. Can be mounted vertically or horizontally. Stops locate workpiece for repeat positioning. Tapered mounting slots prevents movement when clamping pressure is applied. Closed slot.

ItemNo. Description A B C D F G

MountingScrews

PackQty.

MB-150 Clamp 3.75 1.12 .62 .480 .37 .50 1⁄2 1MB-200 Stop 3.75 1.12 .87 .480 .37 .50 1⁄2 1

Uniforce® Clamps

A

C

D

EB

F

Compact and economical, uniforce® clamps enable you to fixture more parts on the machine table. The specially designed steel wedge spreads the clamping force uniformly on both sides of the aluminum channel. Minimizes tool changes. Ideal for clamping flat or round work pieces. Please note that these are sold in packages.

Note: A shallow slot a little wider than D dimension will insure clamp remains in line with workpiece. F is the distance needed between workpieces for clamp clearance. Drill and tap mounting hole on the center of F dimension.

ItemNo. A B C D E F

ThreadSize

Max.Spread

HoldingForce Lbs.

PackQty.

MB-6025 .240 .250 .320 .210 .140 .250 2-56 .260 200 6MB-6037 .360 .375 .470 .310 .375 .375 4-40 .390 310 6MB-6050 .485 .500 .625 .410 .220 .500 8-32 .530 500 8MB-6075 .735 .750 .940 .635 .375 .750 1⁄4-20 .785 1,500 6MB-6100 .980 1.000 1.250 .820 .500 1.000 5⁄16-18 1.050 2,000 4MB-6150 1.470 1.500 1.875 1.215 .750 1.500 1⁄2-13 1.560 3,500 2

Machinable Uniforce® Clamps

F

D

B

A LockingPlate

E

I

C

H G

The compact clamp is available with extra material on the clamping jaws so it can be machined to conform to the shape of your work piece, enabling you to fixture unusual applications easily. The specially designed steel wedge spreads the clamping force uniformly on both sides of the aluminum channel. A unique locking plate is provided to make the clamp rigid while machin-ing the jaws to your specifications. Order one piece and you will receive one complete assembly with mounting screws and locking plate.

Note: A is the distance needed between work pieces for clamp clear-ance, drill and tap mounting holes on the center of the A dimension. F dimension is the amount of machinable stock.

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H I

PackQty.

MB-250 1.125 .50 .62 .42 .25 .18 .400 2-56 8-32 1MB-750 1.50 .750 .94 .64 .38 .28 .625 6-32 1⁄4-20 1

MB-1000 2.00 1.000 1.25 .82 .50 .38 .810 6-32 5⁄16-18 1MB-1500 3.00 1.500 1.87 1.87 .75 .62 1.20 10-32 1⁄2-13 1

PRODUCTS INC.

PRODUCTS INC.

PRODUCTS INC.

PRODUCTS INC.

CLAMPING SYSTEMS

FWAHL

SmallO



ID Xpansion- Clamps G-.1 • Side-Loc Xpansion Clamps paqisUCTS

pli

DI 17 " A

tB

.'G F

The side-loc xpansion clamp is an ideal way to clamp on the I.D. when the part has a blind bore. It is actuated by turning a socket head cam on the side, which moves a tapered plunger to expand the clamp. The side-loc xpansion clamp is designed in two styles, one for milling operations and one for lathe applications. Presently one size is available for each model. The mill side-loc xpansion clamp can be machined from 1.120 to .710 and the lathe version from 2.09 to .710. The lathe version has a straight mounting shank of 1". Used for Lathe Used for Milling

Peek Qty.

Holding Force Lbs.

Hex Key Size

M6 4,000 M6 4,000

Note: Six mounting screws included.

Machinable PitbuIP Clamps

D


CLAMPING SYSTEMS ...1

Applications: • Ideal for secondary operations on lathe parts • Excellent for palletized setups

Features: • Easily machined to size on lathe or mill • Allows more parts per work cube or fixture plates • Clamp body made of mild steel for machinability • Tighten with hex key or hydraulic pull cylinders

(drill clearance hole for longer bolt into cylinder) • Three mounting screws included

These clamps are ideal to hold multiple parts on an inside diameter for machining on a machining center. These clamps are produced in ten sizes and can hold internal diameters from .16" to 4.06". Expand clamp approximately .005" over relaxed diameter and machine to fit work piece bore.

Item No.

r..000:.002 H Mounting Screws

Peek Qty.

MB-31000 .42 .30 .24 .12 .787 .29 .16 256 on .540 BHC 2-56 .16 MB-31050 .86 .63 .59 .23 1.170 .49 .28 6-32 on .825 BHC 8-32 .30 MB-31100 .98 .75 .59 .23 1.240 .56 .48 6-32 on .910 BHC 1/4-20 .50 MB-31150 .98 .75 .59 .23 1.476 .79 .53 6-32 on 1.140 BHC 5A8-18 .56 MB-31200 1.13 .88 .69 .25 1.968 1.06 .71 8-32 on 1.550 BHC %-16 .71 MB-31250 1.25 1.00 .81 .25 2.205 1.39 .90 8-32 on 1.790 BHC 1/2-13 .71 MB-31300 1.56 1.25 1.06 .31 2.736 1.65 1.15 10-32 on 2.200 BHC %-11 .79 MB-31350 1.56 1.25 1.06 .31 2.972 2.03 1.15 10-32 on 2.515 BHC %-11 .79 MB-31400 1.79 1.48 1.27 .31 4.232 3.06 1.15 1/4-20 on 3.646 BHC %-11 .79 MB-31450 1.79 1.48 1.27 .31 5.232 4.06 1.15 'A-20 on 4.648 BHC %-11 .79 MB-31500 1.79 1.48 1.27 .31 5.232 6.89 1.15 1/4-20 on 4.648 BHC %-11 .79

Note: The G dimension is the minimum diameter that the F dimension can be machined or turned (down) to.

Item No. Used For A C D E F G H

MB-31210 Milling 1.625 .875 .69 .75 1.968 1.13 .71 8-32 on 1.550 BHC MB-31370 Lathe 1.750 1.00 .84 .75 2.10 2.10 .71 1.0

PRODUCTS INC.

This new Pitbull fixture clamp is a machinable version of the popular Pitbull clamp. The clamp has positive down force and a very low gripping profile. The machinable Pitbull clamp is made of tool steel and heat treated to about 43 Rc for long life, yet still machin-able. There is additional material on the clamping face to allow for machining a radius. A dowel pin is included in each package to locate the clamp during the machining process.

MB-26077 Tool Steel, Machinable MB-26088 Tool Steel, Machinable

Note: D is clamp height.

Screw Max. Holding Torque Total Dowel Peek D E Size Force Lbs. In-Lbs. Throw Pin Size Qty.

.400 .450 1.00 .250 .710 1.00 %-16 6,000 360 .050 4

.600 .640 1.50 .375 .770 1.50 1/2-13 12,000 1,300 .075 'I 2

Modular Pitbull Clamps

gairmmTrd

The slotted modular Pitbull® clamp with a step offers increased versatility through its unique riser design. This clamp supports the work piece off the machine table for through milling and drilling. The hardened and ground clamps are designed for use on work cubes, as well as machined tables with tapped holes or T-slot configurations. The compact modular Pitbull® clamp is ideal for clamping work pieces in a series by using the back surface of a clamp to locate the next work piece. The back of the clamp is ground square to the bottom for precise location of parts. The height of the clamp can be adjusted by the depth of the milled slot used to locate the clamp.

Slotted

G H

Max. Movement Holding Peek

Force Lbs. Qty. MB-26220 Medium/Compact 2.25 1.23 98 NA .62 1.50 .024 3,600 MB-26230 Large/Compact 2.70 1.48 1.24 NA .74 1.85 .050 6,000 MB-26240 Medium/Slotted 4.08 1.25 .99 .730 .36 1.70 .50 .024 3,600 MB-26250 Large/Slotted 4.20 1.50 1.61 1.378 .36 1.52 .43 .050 6,000

371 371

CLAMPING SYSTEMS

Side-Loc Xpansion Clamps

The side-loc xpansion clamp is an ideal way to clamp on the I.D. when the part has a blind bore. It is actuated by turning a socket head cam on the side, which moves a tapered plunger to expand the clamp. The side-loc xpansion clamp is designed in two styles, one for milling operations and one for lathe applications. Presently one size is available for each model. The mill side-loc xpansion clamp can be machined from 1.120 to .710 and the lathe version from 2.09 to .710. The lathe version has a straight mounting shank of 1".

Note: Six mounting screws included.

AC B

F

D

H

G

EH

G

E

H

F

CA

B

D

Used for LatheUsed for Milling

ItemNo. Used For A B C D E F G H

Hex KeySize

HoldingForce Lbs.

PackQty.

MB-31210 Milling 1.625 .875 .69 .75 1.968 1.13 .71 8-32 on 1.550 BHC M6 4,000 1MB-31370 Lathe 1.750 1.00 .84 .75 2.10 2.10 .71 1.0 M6 4,000 1

Machinable Pitbull® Clamps

This new Pitbull fixture clamp is a machinable version of the popular Pitbull clamp. The clamp has positive down force and a very low gripping profile. The machinable Pitbull clamp is made of tool steel and heat treated to about 43 Rc for long life, yet still machin-able. There is additional material on the clamping face to allow for machining a radius. A dowel pin is included in each package to locate the clamp during the machining process.

Note: D is clamp height.

D A

B

C

E

Modular Pitbull® Clamps

The slotted modular Pitbull® clamp with a step offers increased versatility through its unique riser design. This clamp supports the work piece off the machine table for through milling and drilling. The hardened and ground clamps are designed for use on work cubes, as well as machined tables with tapped holes or T-slot configurations. The compact modular Pitbull® clamp is ideal for clamping work pieces in a series by using the back surface of a clamp to locate the next work piece. The back of the clamp is ground square to the bottom for precise location of parts. The height of the clamp can be adjusted by the depth of the milled slot used to locate the clamp.

F

BA

C

E

H F

D

C

B

A

G

ECompact

ItemNo. Description A B C D E F G

HMax. Movement

HoldingForce Lbs.

PackQty.

MB-26220 Medium/Compact 2.25 1.23 .98 NA .62 1.50 — .024 3,600 1MB-26230 Large/Compact 2.70 1.48 1.24 NA .74 1.85 — .050 6,000 1MB-26240 Medium/Slotted 4.08 1.25 .99 .730 .36 1.70 .50 .024 3,600 1MB-26250 Large/Slotted 4.20 1.50 1.61 1.378 .36 1.52 .43 .050 6,000 1

ID Xpansion™ Clamps

AC

D

J

B

F

I

E

G

H

Applications:Ideal for secondary operations on lathe partsExcellent for palletized setups

Features:Easily machined to size on lathe or millAllows more parts per work cube or fixture platesClamp body made of mild steel for machinabilityTighten with hex key or hydraulic pull cylinders (drill clearance hole for longer bolt into cylinder)Three mounting screws included

Note: The G dimension is the minimum diameter that the F dimension can be machined or turned (down) to.

ItemNo. A B C D

+.000/-.002E F G

HMounting Screws

IThread J

PackQty.

MB-31000 .42 .30 .24 .12 .787 .29 .16 2-56 on .540 BHC 2-56 .16 1MB-31050 .86 .63 .59 .23 1.170 .49 .28 6-32 on .825 BHC 8-32 .30 1MB-31100 .98 .75 .59 .23 1.240 .56 .48 6-32 on .910 BHC 1⁄4-20 .50 1MB-31150 .98 .75 .59 .23 1.476 .79 .53 6-32 on 1.140 BHC 5⁄16-18 .56 1MB-31200 1.13 .88 .69 .25 1.968 1.06 .71 8-32 on 1.550 BHC 3⁄8-16 .71 1MB-31250 1.25 1.00 .81 .25 2.205 1.39 .90 8-32 on 1.790 BHC 1⁄2-13 .71 1MB-31300 1.56 1.25 1.06 .31 2.736 1.65 1.15 10-32 on 2.200 BHC 5⁄8-11 .79 1MB-31350 1.56 1.25 1.06 .31 2.972 2.03 1.15 10-32 on 2.515 BHC 5⁄8-11 .79 1MB-31400 1.79 1.48 1.27 .31 4.232 3.06 1.15 1⁄4-20 on 3.646 BHC 5⁄8-11 .79 1MB-31450 1.79 1.48 1.27 .31 5.232 4.06 1.15 1⁄4-20 on 4.648 BHC 5⁄8-11 .79 1MB-31500 1.79 1.48 1.27 .31 5.232 6.89 1.15 1⁄4-20 on 4.648 BHC 5⁄8-11 .79 1

These clamps are ideal to hold multiple parts on an inside diameter for machining on a machining center. These clamps are produced in ten sizes and can hold internal diameters from .16" to 4.06". Expand clamp approximately .005" over relaxed diameter and machine to fit work piece bore.

ItemNo. Description A B C D E

ClampWidth

ScrewSize

Max. HoldingForce Lbs.

TorqueIn-Lbs.

TotalThrow

DowelPin Size

PackQty.

MB-26077 Tool Steel, Machinable .400 .450 1.00 .250 .710 1.00 3⁄8-16 6,000 360 .050 1⁄8 4MB-26088 Tool Steel, Machinable .600 .640 1.50 .375 .770 1.50 1⁄2-13 12,000 1,300 .075 1⁄4 2

Slotted

PRODUCTS INC.

PRODUCTS INC.

PRODUCTS INC.

PRODUCTS INC.

FWAHL

SmallO



Cam action, positive down force clamps can be used in series. Clamp base should be installed in a slot to retain location. Clamp base provides for higher clamping; height is determined by depth of slot. Mounting screws included.

Item No.

Total Distance Key Mounting Pack

A B C D E F G of Movement Size Screw Qty.

MB-24106 1.70 .75 .50 1.00 .090 .75 .25 MB-24108 2.12 1.00 .45 1.32 .110 1.00 .38 .100

.050 3/48 Me-18 x 3/4 1 Vie %-16 x % 1

:c> rt,E-Evrd


CLAMPING SYSTEMS

I

A low profile cam action clamp with positive down force. This clamp is mounted in the T-slots of machine tables by sliding the clamp to the work piece and tightening the locking screw. Total distance of movement .100". Two clamping edges, smooth for machined surface, and serrated for rough cut material.

T-Slot Toe Clamps

MB-24128 MB-24148 Ye

Item No. T-Slot Size

1 MB-24168 1

MITE livrd Knife Edge Clamps

Low profile, fast cam action. Hardened steel bites into workpiece for secure clamping for castings and rough cut stock. Follows contour of part for maximum contact.

MB-12584 MB-12588 MB-12592

%-16

%-11

MB-22584 MB-22588 MB-22592

8 8 4

c• MITES-BIPRODUCTS .TE

Replacement Washer

Compact Toe Clamps

\t„

E A

B


ritcserd Pitbull® Clamps

A

iu

C

Knife Edne

Blunt Edge

Steel, Knife

Brass, Blunt

Steel, Blunt

The Pitbull clamp is a revolutionary new fixture clamp with positive down force and a low gripping profile. High vertical and horizontal clamping forces are generated, considering the size of the Pitbull Clamps. It uses a standard cap screw and an oil resis-tant 0-ring. The Pitbull Clamp is available in 5 sizes and several styles, a tool steel knife edge for aggressive stock removal, a tool steel blunt edge for general purpose and a brass version to help prevent marring in the work piece.

Item No. Material/Edge A B C

Screw Size

Max. Holding Force Lbs.

PBCL-2 Steel/Blunt .150 .140 .375 4-40 650 PBCL-3 Brass/Blunt .150 .140 .375 4-40 650 PBCL-4 SteeVKnife .200 .187 .500 8-32 1,500 PBCL-5 Steel/Blunt .200 .187 .500 8-32 1,500 PBCL-6 Brass/Blunt .200 .187 .500 8-32 1,500 PBCL-7 SteeVKnife .300 .280 .750 1/4-20 3,600 PBCL-8 Steel/Blunt .300 .280 .750 1/4-20 3,600 PBCL-9 Brass/Blunt .300 .280 .750 1/4-20 3,600

These hardened and ground clamps can produce holding forces of over 19,000 lbs. The OK-Vise clamp achieves this by its cross-wedge construction, which allows the clamp to lock firmly in every direction as it is tightened down. Jaws with 30-34 HRC can be machined to suit the geometry of the workpiece. Includes mount-ing screws.

3,300 3,300 6,600 6,600

48-52 48-52 48-52 30-34

Pressing Rae Jaw

of Jaws !tartness Pack Lbs. (NC) Q.

Mounting Jaw

Item No. Min. Optimum Mas. B C Cl B E F

A

*Ends of jaws are smooth

OK-Vise Low Profile Clamps Double Wedge

Pull down action towards the work piece.

ou'Es-BI.TE

A max. A min

MITES BITE OK-Vise Low Profile Clamps Single Wedge

A max. A min. 7.1.* 7

J

C

F

Completely free of play.

item No. Min. Optimum Max. BC D E F

MB-471 1.06 1.14 1.22 1.14 .59 .83 .10 .040 MB-479 1.06 1.14 1.22 1.14 .59 .83 .10 .040 MB-472 1.65 1.77 1.93 1.61 .87 1.18 .16 .080 MB-475 2.05 2.17 2.32 1.61 .87 1.18 .16 .080

Peeks Forte Jaw

of Jaws !tartness Pack Lbs. (MC) Qty.

Months New

%e-18 x % Me-18 1/2-13 x 1% 1/2-13 x 1%

MB-477 1.65 1.77 1.93 1.61 1.42 1.18 1.18 .20 .080 1/2-13 x 1% 11,000 48 - 52 1 MB-478 2.24 2.40 2.64 2.20 1.97 1.65 1.65 .20 .120 %-11 x 2% 19,800 48 - 52 1

372

Total Pack Throw Qty.

.0075

.0075

.0160

.0160

.0160

.0240

.0240

.0240

372

T-Slot Toe Clamps

1.12

.62

1.94

.38

1.00

A low profile cam action clamp with positive down force. This clamp is mounted in the T-slots of machine tables by sliding the clamp to the work piece and tightening the locking screw. Total distance of movement .100". Two clamping edges, smooth for machined surface, and serrated for rough cut material.

ItemNo. T-Slot Size

PackQty.

ItemNo. T-Slot Size

PackQty.

MB-24128 9⁄16 1 MB-24168 11⁄16 1MB-24148 5⁄8 1

Knife Edge Clamps

Low profile, fast cam action. Hardened steel bites into workpiece for secure clamping for castings and rough cut stock. Follows contour of part for maximum contact.

SetsReplacement

Washer

ItemNo.

ThreadSize

PackQty.

ItemNo.

MB-22584 3⁄8-16 8 MB-12584MB-22588 1⁄2-13 8 MB-12588MB-22592 5⁄8-11 4 MB-12592

Compact Toe Clamps

D

GF

C

AE

B

Cam action, positive down force clamps can be used in series. Clamp base should be installed in a slot to retain location. Clamp base provides for higher clamping; height is determined by depth of slot. Mounting screws included.


Total Distance

of MovementKeySize

MountingScrew

PackQty.

MB-24106 1.70 .75 .50 1.00 .090 .75 .25 .050 3⁄16 5⁄16-18 x 3⁄4 1MB-24108 2.12 1.00 .45 1.32 .110 1.00 .38 .100 5⁄16 3⁄8-16 x 3⁄4 1

Pitbull® Clamps

Brass, Blunt

B

A

C

O-Ring

Clamp

CapScrew

KnifeEdge

Blunt Edge

The Pitbull clamp is a revolutionary new fixture clamp with positive down force and a low gripping profile. High vertical and horizontal clamping forces are generated, considering the size of the Pitbull Clamps. It uses a standard cap screw and an oil resis-tant O-ring. The Pitbull Clamp is available in 5 sizes and several styles, a tool steel knife edge for aggressive stock removal, a tool steel blunt edge for general purpose and a brass version to help prevent marring in the work piece.

Steel, BluntSteel, Knife

ItemNo. Material/Edge A B C

ScrewSize

Max. HoldingForce Lbs.

TotalThrow

PackQty.

PBCL-2 Steel/Blunt .150 .140 .375 4-40 650 .0075 8PBCL-3 Brass/Blunt .150 .140 .375 4-40 650 .0075 8PBCL-4 Steel/Knife .200 .187 .500 8-32 1,500 .0160 8PBCL-5 Steel/Blunt .200 .187 .500 8-32 1,500 .0160 8PBCL-6 Brass/Blunt .200 .187 .500 8-32 1,500 .0160 8PBCL-7 Steel/Knife .300 .280 .750 1⁄4-20 3,600 .0240 6PBCL-8 Steel/Blunt .300 .280 .750 1⁄4-20 3,600 .0240 6PBCL-9 Brass/Blunt .300 .280 .750 1⁄4-20 3,600 .0240 6

These hardened and ground clamps can produce holding forces of over 19,000 lbs. The OK-Vise clamp achieves this by its cross-wedge construction, which allows the clamp to lock firmly in every direction as it is tightened down. Jaws with 30-34 HRC can be machined to suit the geometry of the workpiece. Includes mount-ing screws.

OK-Vise Low Profile ClampsSingle Wedge

BD

F

OK-VISE A max.A min.

E

C

Completely free of play.

*Ends of jaws are smooth

ItemNo.

A

B C D E FMounting

Screw

Pressing Force

of Jaws Lbs.

JawHardness

(HRC)PackQty.Min. Optimum Max.

MB-471 1.06 1.14 1.22 1.14 .59 .83 .10 .040 5⁄16-18 x 3⁄4 3,300 48-52 1MB-479 1.06 1.14 1.22 1.14 .59 .83 .10 .040 5⁄16-18 x 3⁄4 3,300 48-52 1MB-472 1.65 1.77 1.93 1.61 .87 1.18 .16 .080 1⁄2-13 x 11⁄4 6,600 48-52 1MB-475 2.05 2.17 2.32 1.61 .87 1.18 .16 .080 1⁄2-13 x 11⁄4 6,600 30-34 1

OK-Vise Low Profile ClampsDouble Wedge

BD

F

OK-VISE

A max.A min.

E

CC1

Pull down action towards the work piece.

ItemNo.

A

B C C1 D E FMounting

Screw

Pressing Force

of Jaws Lbs.

JawHardness

(HRC)PackQty.Min. Optimum Max.

MB-477 1.65 1.77 1.93 1.61 1.42 1.18 1.18 .20 .080 1⁄2-13 x 11⁄2 11,000 48 - 52 1MB-478 2.24 2.40 2.64 2.20 1.97 1.65 1.65 .20 .120 5⁄8-11 x 21⁄4 19,800 48 - 52 1

PRODUCTS INC.

PRODUCTS INC.

PRODUCTS INC.

PRODUCTS INC.

PRODUCTS INC.

PRODUCTS INC.

CLAMPING SYSTEMS

FWAHL

SmallO



11111.11•IN Vise Jaw

Grip

mike-urn! PRODUCTS INC

3 31C

mirmarni PRODUCTS INC.

Vise Jaw

Grip

VersaGrip allows you the versatility of clamping standard vise work as well as providing a solution for difficult applications that would normally require fixturing or machining soft-jaws. By simply replacing your current jaws with the VersaGrip system you can securely hold odd shaped parts while machining at speeds and feeds you never thought possible. This system can accommodate a wide range of part sizes as well as holding multiple parts in a single cycle. The hardened (52-54 RC) VersaGrip has penetrating teeth designed to bite into your workpiece preventing lateral and horizontal movements. These grips will hold flame cut parts, castings, even parts with a negative draft.

VersaGrip- Vise Jaws Systems Steel Vise Jaw Sets Set includes 4 VersaGrips-

EMEItm AMIMMI MB-32166 4 / 6 6.00 1.88 1.0 MB-32168 6 8.00 1.88 1.0

VersaGrip- Vise Jaws Systems VersaGrips-

2.5/3.88 .688/.94 1 3.88 .94 1

L_ MB-32175 .750 .375

M5 .060 - .140 2

Cam Action Clamps

A L

B

Standard H I-4-Stud

E

A

Extended

D E

TalonGrip vise jaws systems is a new and innovative product that will increase the versatility of your standard 4" and 6" vises. It is a simple bolt on system that will allow you to perform aggressive machining operations while clamping on as little as .060 of an inch. Ideal for small lot sizes, difficult application or prototype work when building a fixture would not be beneficial. TalonGrips are also available with the Pitbull clamp or soft jaw applications.

TalonGrip"' Vise Jaws Systems Steel Vise Jaw Set Set includes 4 TalonGrips-, 1 stop with M5 screws.

Item

Peek No. Vise Size A

C D E

qty.

MB-32044 4 2.5 .688 1.49 4.0 1.0 MB-32066 4 / 6 2.5/3.88 .688/.94 1.74 6.0 1.0 MB-32068 6 3.88 .94 1.74 8.0 1.0

TalonGrip- Vise Jaw Systems Vise Jaw Grips and Stops

i'MEEEEME1 MB-32050 Grips .75 .500 .250 10.32 .06 - .075 2 MB-33050 Grips .75 .500 .250 M5 .06 - .075 2 MB-32025 Stop 10.32 1 MB-33025 Stop M5 1

TalonGrip- Vise Jaws Systems Fixture Grips

iil!=!NEEEWM MB-32075 .75 .75 .312 10.32 .06 - .120 2 MB-33075 .75 .75 .312 M5 .06 - .120 2 MB-32100 .75 1.00 .312 10.32 .06 - .120 1 MB-33100 .75 1.00 .312 M5 .06 - .120 1


CLAMPING SYSTEMS ...1

Low profile quick action clamp. Jaw pivots forward and downward at the same time when the handle is turned. Locks positively at any position within its 180 degrees turn, so that it will hold parts that vary slightly in dimension. Clamps with extended base allow position adjustment on machine tables.

Item No. Base Stud A B C D E

Peek F G City.

CAC-5 Standard 5',,e-18 1M 1% 1% 5 CAC-10* Extended Me-18 VA 1% 3% 5 CAC-15 Standard 1/2-13 1 1% 2% 2% 7% 54. CAC-20* Extended 1/2-13 1 1% 2% 4% 7% 542 *Stud not included in extended base clamps

373 373

TalonGrip™ Vise Jaws SystemsSteel Vise Jaw SetSet includes 4 TalonGrips™, 1 stop with M5 screws.

C

AD

B

E

Vise Jaw

DC

B A

Grip

TalonGrip vise jaws systems is a new and innovative product that will increase the versatility of your standard 4" and 6" vises. It is a simple bolt on system that will allow you to perform aggressive machining operations while clamping on as little as .060 of an inch. Ideal for small lot sizes, difficult application or prototype work when building a fixture would not be beneficial. TalonGrips are also available with the Pitbull clamp or soft jaw applications.

ItemNo. Vise Size A B C D E

PackQty.

MB-32044 4 2.5 .688 1.49 4.0 1.0 1MB-32066 4 / 6 2.5/3.88 .688/.94 1.74 6.0 1.0 1MB-32068 6 3.88 .94 1.74 8.0 1.0 1

TalonGrip™ Vise Jaw SystemsVise Jaw Grips and Stops

ItemNo. Description A B C D

RecommendedGripping Height

PackQty.

MB-32050 Grips .75 .500 .250 10-32 .06 - .075 2MB-33050 Grips .75 .500 .250 M5 .06 - .075 2MB-32025 Stop — — — 10-32 — 1MB-33025 Stop — — — M5 — 1

TalonGrip™ Vise Jaws SystemsFixture Grips

ItemNo. A B C D


PackQty.

MB-32075 .75 .75 .312 10-32 .06 - .120 2MB-33075 .75 .75 .312 M5 .06 - .120 2MB-32100 .75 1.00 .312 10-32 .06 - .120 1MB-33100 .75 1.00 .312 M5 .06 - .120 1

VersaGrip™ Vise Jaws SystemsSteel Vise Jaw SetsSet includes 4 VersaGrips™

C

B

E

D

A

Vise Jaw

VersaGrip allows you the versatility of clamping standard vise work as well as providing a solution for difficult applications that would normally require fixturing or machining soft-jaws. By simply replacing your current jaws with the VersaGrip system you can securely hold odd shaped parts while machining at speeds and feeds you never thought possible. This system can accommodate a wide range of part sizes as well as holding multiple parts in a single cycle. The hardened (52-54 RC) VersaGrip has penetrating teeth designed to bite into your workpiece preventing lateral and horizontal movements. These grips will hold flame cut parts, castings, even parts with a negative draft.

ItemNo. Vise Size A B C D E

PackQty.

MB-32166 4 / 6 6.00 1.88 1.0 2.5/3.88 .688/.94 1MB-32168 6 8.00 1.88 1.0 3.88 .94 1

VersaGrip™ Vise Jaws SystemsVersaGrips™

ItemNo. A B C


PackQty.

MB-32175 .750 .375 M5 .060 - .140 2

C

Stud

ED

B

A

F

G

C

ED

B

A

F

ExtendedStandard

Low profile quick action clamp. Jaw pivots forward and downward at the same time when the handle is turned. Locks positively at any position within its 180 degrees turn, so that it will hold parts that vary slightly in dimension. Clamps with extended base allow position adjustment on machine tables.

*Stud not included in extended base clamps

ItemNo. Base Stud A B C D E F G

PackQty.

CAC-5 Standard 5⁄16-18 11⁄4 1 15⁄8 13⁄4 5 1⁄8 — 1CAC-10* Extended 5⁄16-18 11⁄4 1 15⁄8 31⁄8 5 1⁄8 1 1CAC-15 Standard 1⁄2-13 17⁄8 11⁄2 21⁄2 23⁄4 71⁄2 5⁄32 — 1CAC-20* Extended 1⁄2-13 17⁄8 11⁄2 21⁄2 43⁄4 71⁄2 5⁄32 11⁄2 1

A

C

B

Grip

PRODUCTS INC. PRODUCTS INC.

CLAMPING SYSTEMS

Cam Action Clamps

FWAHL

SmallO



Very useful in limited space applications. Knob swivel screw assembly allows for quick clamping and release and for protection against marring the work piece. The shoe of the swivel screw stops rotation upon contact with the work piece. To compensate for irregular work surfaces, the shoe swivels approximately three degrees in all directions. Arm may be used for right or left hand swing. Knob and arm are cadmium plated cast iron. All other parts are heat treated steel with black oxide finish.

Swing Clamp Assemblies Reamed Hole Mounting

Swing Clamp Assemblies Flange Base

Alternate Stop Pin Locations

Item No. A B C D E F G H

Thread Pack Travel Qty.

SCA-21202 1% 1 1% 1% #10 Vie-18 .40 SCA-21211 3 1.25 21/4 21/4 1% 1% 1/4 1/2-13 1.00 SCA-21223 4 1.25 21/4 21/4 11/4 1% % %-11 1.25

Hook Clamp Assemblies

Alloy steel, black oxide finish. Ideal for jig and fixture quick build systems. Hook rotates 360 degrees. Screws and springs provided.

EMMEE11. 11.: 1341 HCA-C1 .625 'Vie 'A "/e % 5/e-18 x 1% 1 HCA-S1 .625 'Vie % Vie % 5/e-18 x 2% 1 HCA-C2 .875 1% % 1 % 1/2-13 x 3 1 MA-92 .875 1% % 1 % 1/2-13 x 4 1 HCA-C3 1.125 1% Ye Wie % %-11 x 3% 1 HCA-S3 1.125 1% Ye Wie % %-11 x 5 1

Item ..000/-.001 No. B C

SCA-21205 2 .874 1% SCA-21219 3 1.123 1%

Thread Pack D Travel Qty.

1/2-13

1.00 1.50

Clamp Rest Plates 4-Hole

B A


STEEL CAMS & CLAMPING ASSEMBLIES

Buy One - 13uy Bulk SAVE

Steel Cam Action Clamps

E -

OG

Double Single

These cams provide quick action locking with high holding pressure. Can be used for many types of operations. Heat treated for long life. Black oxide finish. The slot on the double cam is milled. Can be used with our eye bolts or forged rod ends. See pages 438-439 for eye bolts and forged rod ends.

Double ..1•101

DC-1 Vie 1/4 3',e % Vie Vie 1 DC-2 3% % Vie Vet % 'A 'Vie 1 DC-3 5 1% % Wu % % 'Vie 1 DC-4 5% 11/4 % Vie % % 13/e 1

Single SC-0 2% Vie Wee Yee 39/e it 1

SC-15 31/4 1/4 % 1/4 3 lei. . 1 SC-1A 4% % eye, Vie Wee 1 SC-2A 5 % 29/se % 1%e 1

Clamp Rests

Item No. A B C D E

1—/Atik B C

F

A E F

G 1111111111111111111111111111111

Thread Size

Thread Pack G Size Qty

ACA-200 1% Vie Vee OA, 1/4-20 ACA-205 1% 7/32 Yee 1Vie Vie-18 ACA-220 2% Yee 2 1% %-16 ACA-225 2% Ye Me 1% 1/2-13 ACA-230 3% Yee 3% 3Ve %-16 ACA-235 3% Ye 333'e 3 1/2-13 ACA-240 2% Ye 1Wie %-11 ACA-245 Ye % 3% 2W,6 %-11 ACA-250 2% Ye v. Vie 1% %-10 ACA-255 3% 3/4 v. 2% 2% 3/4-10

Clamp Rest Plates 2-Hole

B

D D

H

Its N•

Inch C D E F G H

Pack Qty.

JCA-35901 1 1 2 .475 % #10 1% 1 JCA-35902 1% 1% 2% .60 % % 1/4 2 1 JCA-35904 1 2 3% .720 % % Vie 2% 1 JCA-35905 1 3 4% .720 % % Vie 3% 1 JCA-35906 1 4 5% .720 % % Vie 4% 1 Metric JCA-35951 25 25 50 12 10 13 M5 38 1 JCA-35952 25 38 64 15 13 13 M6 50 1 JCA-35954 25 50 89 18 16 19 M8 70 1

Item No. A B C D E F G H J

Pack Qty.

Inch JCA-35903 2 2 3 .725 % % 1/4 2% % 1 1 Metric JCA-35953 50 50 75 18 12 13 M6 64 13 25 1

374 374

Very useful in limited space applications. Knob swivel screw assembly allows for quick clamping and release and for protection against marring the work piece. The shoe of the swivel screw stops rotation upon contact with the work piece. To compensate for irregular work surfaces, the shoe swivels approximately three degrees in all directions. Arm may be used for right or left hand swing. Knob and arm are cadmium plated cast iron. All other parts are heat treated steel with black oxide finish.

Swing Clamp AssembliesReamed Hole Mounting

C

B

A

D

D

ItemNo. A

+.000/-.001B C D

ThreadTravel

PackQty.

SCA-21205 2 .874 11⁄8 1⁄2-13 1.00 1SCA-21219 3 1.123 13⁄8 5⁄8-11 1.50 1

Swing Clamp AssembliesFlange Base

H

A

E

F

AlternateStop PinLocations

G

B

C

D


ThreadTravel

PackQty.

SCA-21202 11⁄2 1 17⁄16 11⁄2 3⁄4 1 #10 5⁄16-18 .40 1SCA-21211 3 1.25 21⁄4 21⁄4 11⁄8 13⁄8 1⁄4 1⁄2-13 1.00 1SCA-21223 4 1.25 21⁄4 21⁄4 11⁄4 11⁄2 3⁄8 5⁄8-11 1.25 1

Hook Clamp Assemblies

C

B

FCap

Screw

AReam

C

B

FStud

AReam

D

E

Cap Screw

Alloy steel, black oxide finish. Ideal for jig and fixture quick build systems. Hook rotates 360 degrees. Screws and springs provided.

ItemNo. A B C D E F

PackQty.

HCA-C1 .625 15⁄16 1⁄2 11⁄16 3⁄8 5⁄16-18 x 13⁄4 1HCA-S1 .625 15⁄16 1⁄2 11⁄16 3⁄8 5⁄16-18 x 21⁄2 1HCA-C2 .875 15⁄8 5⁄8 1 1⁄2 1⁄2-13 x 3 1HCA-S2 .875 15⁄8 5⁄8 1 1⁄2 1⁄2-13 x 4 1HCA-C3 1.125 113⁄16 7⁄8 17⁄16 3⁄4 5⁄8-11 x 31⁄2 1HCA-S3 1.125 113⁄16 7⁄8 17⁄16 3⁄4 5⁄8-11 x 5 1

Clamp Rests


ThreadSize

PackQty.

ACA-200 11⁄4 7⁄16 5⁄32 5⁄64 11⁄64 1 29⁄32 1⁄4-20 1ACA-205 17⁄8 1⁄2 7⁄32 3⁄16 7⁄32 115⁄32 15⁄16 5⁄16-18 1ACA-220 21⁄2 9⁄16 11⁄32 5⁄32 11⁄32 2 113⁄16 3⁄8-16 1ACA-225 23⁄8 7⁄8 11⁄32 3⁄16 1⁄2 111⁄16 11⁄2 1⁄2-13 1ACA-230 37⁄8 9⁄16 11⁄32 5⁄32 11⁄32 33⁄8 33⁄16 3⁄8-16 1ACA-235 37⁄8 7⁄8 11⁄32 3⁄16 1⁄2 33⁄16 3 1⁄2-13 1ACA-240 25⁄8 7⁄8 11⁄32 3⁄16 1⁄2 115⁄16 111⁄16 5⁄8-11 1ACA-245 327⁄32 7⁄8 11⁄32 3⁄16 1⁄2 35⁄32 215⁄16 5⁄8-11 1ACA-250 23⁄4 7⁄8 11⁄32 3⁄16 1⁄2 21⁄16 17⁄8 3⁄4-10 1ACA-255 31⁄2 7⁄8 11⁄32 3⁄16 1⁄2 213⁄16 23⁄8 3⁄4-10 1

Clamp Rest Plates2-Hole

A

G

D

H

E

BC

F


PackQty.

InchJCA-35901 1 1 2 .475 3⁄8 1⁄2 #10 11⁄2 1JCA-35902 11⁄2 11⁄2 21⁄2 .60 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄4 2 1JCA-35904 1 2 31⁄2 .720 5⁄8 3⁄4 5⁄16 23⁄4 1JCA-35905 1 3 41⁄2 .720 5⁄8 3⁄4 5⁄16 33⁄4 1JCA-35906 1 4 51⁄2 .720 5⁄8 3⁄4 5⁄16 43⁄4 1MetricJCA-35951 25 25 50 12 10 13 M5 38 1JCA-35952 25 38 64 15 13 13 M6 50 1JCA-35954 25 50 89 18 16 19 M8 70 1

Clamp Rest Plates4-Hole

AJ

I

G

B

CF

D

H

E

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H I J

PackQty.

InchJCA-35903 2 2 3 .725 1⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄4 21⁄2 1⁄2 1 1MetricJCA-35953 50 50 75 18 12 13 M6 64 13 25 1

A

F

C

E

B

D

H ØG

Double

AD

E

HØG

B

Single

These cams provide quick action locking with high holding pressure. Can be used for many types of operations. Heat treated for long life. Black oxide finish. The slot on the double cam is milled. Can be used with our eye bolts or forged rod ends.

ItemNo. A B C D F G H

PackQty.

DoubleDC-1 — 9⁄16 1⁄4 3⁄16 3⁄8 3⁄16 9⁄16 1DC-2 31⁄2 5⁄8 5⁄16 9⁄32 1⁄2 1⁄4 11⁄16 1DC-3 5 11⁄8 1⁄2 13⁄32 5⁄8 3⁄8 15⁄16 1DC-4 53⁄8 11⁄4 5⁄8 9⁄16 7⁄8 5⁄8 13⁄16 1

SingleSC-0 23⁄8 3⁄16 — 27⁄64 — 5⁄32 33⁄64 1SC-15 31⁄4 1⁄4 — 1⁄2 — 1⁄4 39⁄64 1SC-1A 41⁄2 3⁄8 — 41⁄64 — 5⁄16 25⁄32 1SC-2A 5 1⁄2 — 29⁄32 — 3⁄8 13⁄32 1

See pages 438-439 for eye bolts and forged rod ends.

STEEL CAMS & CLAMPING ASSEMBLIES

Steel Cam Action Clamps

FWAHL

SmallO



Center Cam Single End Clamp Assemblies

Center Cam Double End Clamp Assemblies

4-1 E

B

D H

See page 374 for additional steel cam handles.

Used where high clamping pressures are needed and vibration could cause loosening. They have a spherical flange nut and washer for greater flexibility. Extra long, true milled slot allows more clearance for placing and removing work.

Item No. A B C D E F G

Pack Thread Qty.

JCA-12701* % % 2 1% 1/4-20 JCA-12703 11/2 3% 1% 2'%e 17/le %-16 JCA-12705 11/2 4% 1% 2'%e 1% %-16 JCA-12707 1% 1% 1% 4% 1% 3 2% 1/2-13 JCA-12710 1% 1% 1% 6 2 3 26 1/2-13 JCA-12711 2% 1% 1% 5 1% e 2% %-11 JCA-12713 2% 1% 1% 7 2% e 3% %-11 JCA-12714 1% 1% 1'/ 5 1% 4% 2% 3/4-10 JCA-12716 1% 1% 1% 7 2% 4% 3% %-10

*Finger handle not included. See page 103 for finger handle. Note: G dimension represents an optimum dimension.

Radius End Flange Nut Clamp Assemblies

•

OP

For heavy duty clamping of plain surfaces with spherical flange nut and washer for angular flexibility. Radius end strap and spring loaded stud for quick release.


Pack Thread City

JCA-14103 2 1% %-20 JCA-14105 1% 1% 3% 1% 2% 17/18 %-16 JCA-14108 1% 1% 4% 1% 3 1/2-13 JCA-14111 3% 1% *A, 5 1% 5Yie 2 %-11 JCA-14114 2% 1% 5 1% 4% 2% %-10

Strap Clamp Assemblies

D

Spherical washers compensate for irregularities between clamp strap and part being clamped allowing for more rigid clamping. Double end clamp straps can be used for clamping flat work pieces or they can be inverted for holding round work pieces in V-blocks or other nesting arrangements. All parts (except jam nuts) are heat treated steel with black oxide finish.

Item

Thread Pack No. A B C D E F G Size City

ACA-107 7A3

2%

2% 7A3 %-20 JCA-13515 1%

3'/2

3% 1% %-16 JCA-13516 13/4 4'/2

3% 1% %-16

B

E

Flange Nut Clamp Assemblies


CLAMP ASSEMBLIES usip,


Item No. A B C D E G H

Pack Thread Qty.

ACA-305 2 2% %-20 ACA-307 2% 2% %-20

JCA-12513 1% *A, 2% 3/4 37/18 Vie-18 JCA-12514 1% *A, 3% 1% 37/18 Vie-18 JCA-12515 1% 1% 3% 1% Wie 37/18 %-16 JCA-12516 1% 1% 4% 1% 17/18 37/18 %-16 ACA-332 1% 1% 4% 1% 1% 5 1/2-13

JCA-12518 1% 1% 6 2 1% 5 1/2-13 JCA-12519 1% 1% 5 1% 1% 5Vie %-11

ACA-350 12523 1% 1% % 4 1% 5 1/2-13 1 ACA-354 12524 1% 1% % 5 1% 5 1/2-13 1 ACA-368 12526 1% 1% 'As 6 1% 5%e %-11 1

Double Cam Clamp Assemblies

Features fast-action, light duty holding of plain surface work where quick movements are required in a restricted space. Long end slot for lateral adjustment. Spring loaded stud member under sturdy double cam lever.

See page 374 for additional steel cam handles. Item Pack No. A B C D E G H Thread Qty.

JCA-12501* % % % 2 % 7A3 2% %-20 1 JCA-12502 Wie 1% 7A3 3% 1% 1Y,e 37/18 %-16 1

*Finger handle not included. See page 103 for finger handle. Note: G dimension represents an optimum dimension.

Radius Swing Clamp Assemblies


Pack Thread Qty.

JCA-14123 2 1 1% % 1/4-20 JCA-14125 1% 1% 3% 1% 215/e 1% %-16 JCA-14128 1% 1% 4% 113/e 3 115/e 1/2-13 JCA-14134 2% 1% 5 2%e 4% 2%e %-10

375 375

StrapClamp Assemblies

Spherical washers compensate for irregularities between clamp strap and part being clamped allowing for more rigid clamping. Double end clamp straps can be used for clamping flat work pieces or they can be inverted for holding round work pieces in V-blocks or other nesting arrangements. All parts (except jam nuts) are heat treated steel with black oxide finish.


ThreadSize

PackQty.

ACA-107 7⁄8 5⁄8 3⁄8 21⁄2 1 21⁄4 7⁄8 1⁄4-20 1JCA-13515 13⁄4 11⁄4 5⁄8 31⁄2 11⁄8 31⁄2 17⁄16 3⁄8-16 1JCA-13516 13⁄4 11⁄4 5⁄8 41⁄2 15⁄8 31⁄2 17⁄16 3⁄8-16 1

Flange NutClamp Assemblies

F

GThreadSize

A

C

B

DE

Used where high clamping pressures are needed and vibration could cause loosening. They have a spherical flange nut and washer for greater flexibility. Extra long, true milled slot allows more clearance for placing and removing work.

ItemNo. A B C D E F G Thread

PackQty.

JCA-12701* 3⁄4 5⁄8 1⁄2 2 5⁄8 15⁄8 7⁄8 1⁄4-20 1JCA-12703 11⁄2 11⁄4 7⁄8 31⁄2 11⁄8 215⁄16 17⁄16 3⁄8-16 1JCA-12705 11⁄2 11⁄4 7⁄8 41⁄2 15⁄8 215⁄16 115⁄16 3⁄8-16 1JCA-12707 11⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄8 41⁄2 11⁄4 3 21⁄8 1⁄2-13 1JCA-12710 11⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄8 6 2 3 27⁄8 1⁄2-13 1JCA-12711 25⁄8 13⁄4 13⁄8 5 11⁄2 51⁄16 21⁄8 5⁄8-11 1JCA-12713 25⁄8 13⁄4 13⁄8 7 21⁄2 51⁄16 31⁄8 5⁄8-11 1JCA-12714 13⁄4 13⁄4 11⁄2 5 11⁄2 43⁄8 21⁄8 3⁄4-10 1JCA-12716 13⁄4 13⁄4 11⁄2 7 21⁄2 43⁄8 31⁄8 3⁄4-10 1

Radius End Flange NutClamp Assemblies

F

GThreadSize

A

C

B

DE

For heavy duty clamping of plain surfaces with spherical flange nut and washer for angular flexibility. Radius end strap and spring loaded stud for quick release.


PackQty.

JCA-14103 7⁄8 5⁄8 3⁄8 2 5⁄8 15⁄8 7⁄8 1⁄4-20 1JCA-14105 13⁄4 11⁄4 5⁄8 31⁄2 11⁄8 215⁄16 17⁄16 3⁄8-16 1JCA-14108 11⁄2 11⁄2 3⁄4 41⁄2 11⁄4 3 17⁄8 1⁄2-13 1JCA-14111 31⁄8 13⁄4 7⁄8 5 11⁄2 51⁄16 2 5⁄8-11 1JCA-14114 21⁄4 13⁄4 1 5 11⁄2 43⁄8 21⁄8 3⁄4-10 1

Center CamSingle EndClamp Assemblies

H

E

D

B

C

A

G

ThreadSize


ItemNo. A B C D E G H Thread

PackQty.

ACA-305 3⁄4 5⁄8 3⁄8 2 5⁄8 7⁄8 21⁄2 1⁄4-20 1ACA-307 3⁄4 5⁄8 3⁄8 21⁄2 1 7⁄8 21⁄2 1⁄4-20 1

JCA-12513 11⁄8 7⁄8 1⁄2 21⁄2 3⁄4 11⁄4 37⁄16 5⁄16-18 1JCA-12514 11⁄8 7⁄8 1⁄2 31⁄2 11⁄4 11⁄4 37⁄16 5⁄16-18 1JCA-12515 11⁄2 11⁄4 5⁄8 31⁄2 11⁄8 17⁄16 37⁄16 3⁄8-16 1JCA-12516 11⁄2 11⁄4 5⁄8 41⁄2 15⁄8 17⁄16 37⁄16 3⁄8-16 1ACA-332 13⁄8 11⁄2 3⁄4 41⁄2 11⁄4 17⁄8 5 1⁄2-13 1

JCA-12518 13⁄8 11⁄2 3⁄4 6 2 17⁄8 5 1⁄2-13 1JCA-12519 15⁄8 13⁄4 7⁄8 5 11⁄2 115⁄16 51⁄16 5⁄8-11 1

Center CamDouble EndClamp Assemblies


ItemNo. Jergens A B C D E H Thread

PackQty.

ACA-350 12523 13⁄8 11⁄2 3⁄4 4 11⁄4 5 1⁄2-13 1ACA-354 12524 13⁄8 11⁄2 3⁄4 5 11⁄4 5 1⁄2-13 1ACA-368 12526 15⁄8 15⁄8 7⁄8 6 11⁄2 51⁄16 5⁄8-11 1

Features fast-action, light duty holding of plain surface work where quick movements are required in a restricted space. Long end slot for lateral adjustment. Spring loaded stud member under sturdy double cam lever.

ItemNo. A B C D E G H Thread

PackQty.

JCA-12501* 5⁄8 5⁄8 1⁄2 2 5⁄8 7⁄8 21⁄2 1⁄4-20 1JCA-12502 15⁄16 11⁄4 7⁄8 31⁄2 11⁄8 17⁄16 37⁄16 3⁄8-16 1

Radius SwingClamp Assemblies

90°

B

DThread Size

F

GE

C

A


PackQty.

JCA-14123 7⁄8 5⁄8 3⁄8 2 1 15⁄8 11⁄16 1⁄4-20 1JCA-14125 13⁄4 11⁄4 5⁄8 31⁄2 11⁄2 215⁄16 11⁄4 3⁄8-16 1JCA-14128 11⁄2 11⁄2 3⁄4 41⁄2 113⁄16 3 115⁄16 1⁄2-13 1JCA-14134 21⁄4 13⁄4 1 5 21⁄16 43⁄8 23⁄16 3⁄4-10 1

CLAMP ASSEMBLIES

Double CamClamp Assemblies

GThreadSize

A

C

B

DE

H


*Finger handle not included. See page 103 for finger handle.Note: G dimension represents an optimum dimension.

*Finger handle not included. See page 103 for finger handle.Note: G dimension represents an optimum dimension.

FWAHL

SmallO




STRAP CLAMPS

Strap Clamps Tempered Steel - Varnished Finish Plain

E

B

Item

Peek No. A Bolt Size B C D E F G Qty.

AMF-9 .43 AMF-10 .55 AMF-12 .71 AMF-13 .71 AMF-14 .87 AMF-15 .71

%, M10 3.15 .59 1.18

%, M12, M14 3.94 .79 1.57

%, M16, M18 4.92 .98 1.97

%, M16, M18 6.30 .98 1.97 %, M20, M22 6.30 1.18 2.36 %, M20, M22 7.87 1.18 2.36

.47 .59 1.18

.55 .83 1.57

.71 1.02 1.77

.71 1.02 2.56

.87 1.18 2.36

.87 1.18 3.15

(=_,A V

-4-0 -44

C -A-

-f D

I

A D I -X

Item Peek

(

B

AMF-34 .87 %, M20, M22 9.84 1.58 2.36 1.38 1.77 2.68 No. A Bolt Size B C D E G H Qty.

7 E

• -;11w-. Air

3.15 .59 1.18

Strap Clamps Radius 304 Stainless Steel D

E C

G

B

-A-A

CSS-1501 1/4 1% CSS-1876 /e 3%

1% 3

CSS-1632 1/4 CSS-1881 'A /e

Strap Clamps Flat 304 Stainless Steel

El= C -K F

E C

G

B

Compatible with universal step blocks AMF-40, 41, and 42. Peek

A Bolt Size B C D E F G Qty.

376

Item Peek No. A B C D E G H J Qty.

CSS-1503 1/4 'A 1% Me % 10-32 %az 'Me 1 CSS-1504 1/4 1/4 1% 71w % 10-32 Yaz 'Me 1 CSS-1629 Me % 2 % Y3 1/4-20 VS Y3 1 CSS-1755 % % 3 % 15/e 5/e-18 Wu 1% 1 CSS-1878 1 / 2 Ye 3 % 15/e %-16 15/e 1

Item Peek No. A B C D E F G Qty.

.47 AMF-18 .55 %, M12, M14 3.94 .79 1.57 .55

.59 1.18 1

.83 1.57 1 %, M10 AMF-17 .43

Peek No. A B C D E G H Qty.

1 1

Item

Me 1

Strap Clamps Tempered Steel - Varnished Finish Single Goose-Neck

Item Peek No. A Bolt Size B C D E F G H J Qty.

AMF-35 .55 %, M12, M14 4.92 .79 1.57 .79 .63 1.57 1.57 1.10 1 AMF-38 .87 %, M20, M22 6.30 1.18 2.36 1.18 .94 2.17 2.17 1.74 1

Strap Clamps Tempered Steel - Varnished Finish Forked Clamp with Shoe

Strap Clamps Tempered Steel - Varnished Finish Step Clamps


Strap Clamps Tapped End Radius

A Stud Size G

Heat Treated Steel

-A- B

Thd.

The specially designed end provides maximum pressure for edge clamping. Long slot allows for lateral adjustment.

Item

Peek No. A B C D E F G N Qty.

CTE-2 1/4 2 % % % 1 7h2 1/4-20 1 CTE-4 1/4 2% % % % 1% 1/22 1/4-20 1 CTE-6 Me 2% % 1 Me 1% 362 5/e-18 1 CTE-8 Me 31/4 % 1 'Me 1% 362 5/e-18 1 CTE-12 % 3 % 1% % 1'Me Me %-16 1 CTE-14 % 4 % 1% 1 23'ie Me %-16 1 CTE-16 % 5 % 1% 1% 2'Me Me %-16 1 CTE-18 ',4 4 % 1% 1 21/4 Me 1/2-13 1 CTE-20 ',4 4% % 11/4 1% 21/4 Me 1/2-13 1 CTE-22 ',4 5 % 1% 1% 21/4 Me 1/2-13 1 CTE-24 ',4 6 % 1% 1% 21/4 Me 1/2-13 1 CTE-26 % 4% % 1% 1 2% % %-11 1 CTE-28 % 5 % 1% 1% 2% % %-11 1 CTE-30 % 6 % 1% 1% 2% % %-11 1

Strap Clamps Single End Radius Finger Grip Heat Treated Steel A Stud Size

G

_t The long slot increases the length of strap, allowing more clamp-ing pressure to be applied to the part. Finger grip on both sides of the clamp allows for easier lateral travel adjustments.

Item Peek No. A B C D E F G H Qty.

CSE-2 1/4 2

1 Me CSE-4 1/4 2%

1% Me CSE-6 Me 2%

1% 1/4 CSE-8 Me 31/4

1% 1/4 CSE-12

3

1%

1'Me

Vet CSE-14

4

1%

2s/,e

Vet CSE-18

4

1%

21/4

Vet CSE-20

4%

1%

21/4

Vet CSE-22

5

1%

21/4

Vet CSE-24

6

1%

21/4

Vet CSE-26 4% % 1%

2%

CSE-30

6

1%

2% CSE-32

6 1

1%

31/4

Vie

Strap Clamps Tapped End Radius 304 Stainless Steel

376

Strap ClampsTapped End RadiusHeat Treated Steel

C

D

FH

Thd.

GA Stud Size

EB

The specially designed end provides maximum pressure for edge clamping. Long slot allows for lateral adjustment.


PackQty.

CTE-2 1⁄4 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 1⁄2 1 7⁄32 1⁄4-20 1CTE-4 1⁄4 21⁄2 3⁄8 5⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄8 7⁄32 1⁄4-20 1CTE-6 5⁄16 23⁄4 1⁄2 1 7⁄16 11⁄2 9⁄32 5⁄16-18 1CTE-8 5⁄16 31⁄4 1⁄2 1 13⁄16 11⁄2 9⁄32 5⁄16-18 1CTE-12 3⁄8 3 5⁄8 11⁄4 3⁄4 111⁄16 5⁄16 3⁄8-16 1CTE-14 3⁄8 4 5⁄8 11⁄4 1 23⁄16 5⁄16 3⁄8-16 1CTE-16 3⁄8 5 5⁄8 11⁄4 11⁄2 211⁄16 5⁄16 3⁄8-16 1CTE-18 1⁄2 4 5⁄8 11⁄4 1 21⁄4 7⁄16 1⁄2-13 1CTE-20 1⁄2 41⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄4 11⁄2 21⁄4 7⁄16 1⁄2-13 1CTE-22 1⁄2 5 5⁄8 11⁄4 11⁄2 21⁄4 7⁄16 1⁄2-13 1CTE-24 1⁄2 6 5⁄8 11⁄4 11⁄2 21⁄4 7⁄16 1⁄2-13 1CTE-26 5⁄8 41⁄2 7⁄8 11⁄2 1 21⁄2 1⁄2 5⁄8-11 1CTE-28 5⁄8 5 7⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄2 21⁄2 1⁄2 5⁄8-11 1CTE-30 5⁄8 6 7⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄2 21⁄2 1⁄2 5⁄8-11 1

Strap ClampsSingle End RadiusHeat Treated Steel

H

G

FEB

C

D

A Stud SizeFinger Grip

The long slot increases the length of strap, allowing more clamp-ing pressure to be applied to the part. Finger grip on both sides of the clamp allows for easier lateral travel adjustments.


PackQty.

CSE-2 1⁄4 2 3⁄8 5⁄8 1⁄2 1 3⁄16 1⁄8 1CSE-4 1⁄4 21⁄2 3⁄8 5⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄8 3⁄16 1⁄8 1CSE-6 5⁄16 23⁄4 1⁄2 1 7⁄16 11⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄16 1CSE-8 5⁄16 31⁄4 1⁄2 1 13⁄16 11⁄2 1⁄4 3⁄16 1

CSE-12 3⁄8 3 5⁄8 11⁄4 3⁄4 111⁄16 3⁄8 9⁄32 1CSE-14 3⁄8 4 5⁄8 11⁄4 1 23⁄16 3⁄8 9⁄32 1CSE-18 1⁄2 4 5⁄8 11⁄4 1 21⁄4 3⁄8 9⁄32 1CSE-20 1⁄2 41⁄2 5⁄8 11⁄4 11⁄2 21⁄4 3⁄8 9⁄32 1CSE-22 1⁄2 5 5⁄8 11⁄4 11⁄2 21⁄4 3⁄8 9⁄32 1CSE-24 1⁄2 6 5⁄8 11⁄4 11⁄2 21⁄4 3⁄8 9⁄32 1CSE-26 5⁄8 41⁄2 7⁄8 11⁄2 1 21⁄2 1⁄2 9⁄32 1CSE-30 5⁄8 6 7⁄8 11⁄2 11⁄2 21⁄2 1⁄2 9⁄32 1CSE-32 3⁄4 6 1 13⁄4 13⁄4 31⁄4 1⁄2 5⁄16 1

Strap ClampsTapped End Radius304 Stainless Steel

GE

B

C

D

A

J

H

ItemNo. A B C D E G H J

PackQty.

CSS-1503 1⁄4 1⁄2 11⁄2 5⁄16 5⁄8 10-32 7⁄32 11⁄16 1CSS-1504 1⁄4 1⁄2 13⁄4 7⁄16 3⁄4 10-32 7⁄32 13⁄16 1CSS-1629 5⁄16 5⁄8 2 1⁄2 7⁄8 1⁄4-20 9⁄32 7⁄8 1CSS-1755 3⁄8 3⁄4 3 7⁄8 15⁄16 5⁄16-18 11⁄32 13⁄8 1CSS-1878 1⁄2 7⁄8 3 3⁄4 15⁄16 3⁄8-16 13⁄32 15⁄16 1

Strap ClampsFlat304 Stainless Steel

G

E

B

C

D

A

F

Item

No. A B C D E F GPackQty.

CSS-1632 1⁄4 5⁄8 13⁄4 1⁄2 3⁄4 9⁄32 1⁄8 1CSS-1881 1⁄2 7⁄8 3 1 13⁄8 13⁄32 1⁄8 1

Strap ClampsRadius304 Stainless Steel

G

E

B

C

D

A

H

ItemNo. A B C D E G H

PackQty.

CSS-1501 1⁄4 1⁄2 13⁄4 7⁄16 3⁄4 3⁄32 7⁄32 1CSS-1876 1⁄2 7⁄8 31⁄2 1 11⁄2 1⁄8 13⁄32 1

Strap ClampsTempered Steel - Varnished FinishPlain

G

E

B

C

DA

F

ItemNo. A Bolt Size B C D E F G

PackQty.

AMF-9 .43 3⁄8, M10 3.15 .59 1.18 .47 .59 1.18 1AMF-10 .55 1⁄2, M12, M14 3.94 .79 1.57 .55 .83 1.57 1AMF-12 .71 5⁄8, M16, M18 4.92 .98 1.97 .71 1.02 1.77 1AMF-13 .71 5⁄8, M16, M18 6.30 .98 1.97 .71 1.02 2.56 1AMF-14 .87 3⁄4, M20, M22 6.30 1.18 2.36 .87 1.18 2.36 1AMF-15 .71 3⁄4, M20, M22 7.87 1.18 2.36 .87 1.18 3.15 1

Strap ClampsTempered Steel - Varnished FinishSingle Goose-Neck

G

E

B

C

DA

F

J

H

ItemNo. A Bolt Size B C D E F G H J

PackQty.

AMF-35 .55 1⁄2, M12, M14 4.92 .79 1.57 .79 .63 1.57 1.57 1.10 1AMF-38 .87 3⁄4, M20, M22 6.30 1.18 2.36 1.18 .94 2.17 2.17 1.74 1

Strap ClampsTempered Steel - Varnished FinishForked Clamp with Shoe

G

E

B

C

DA

H

C/4

ItemNo. A Bolt Size B C D E G H

PackQty.

AMF-34 .87 3⁄4, M20, M22 9.84 1.58 2.36 1.38 1.77 2.68 1

Strap ClampsTempered Steel - Varnished FinishStep Clamps

G

E

B

C

DA

F

Compatible with universal step blocks AMF-40, 41, and 42.

ItemNo. A Bolt Size B C D E F G

PackQty.

AMF-17 .43 3⁄8, M10 3.15 .59 1.18 .47 .59 1.18 1AMF-18 .55 1⁄2, M12, M14 3.94 .79 1.57 .55 .83 1.57 1

STRAP CLAMPS

FWAHL

SmallO



A

Best suited for low work pieces. Clamping height is easily adjusted with adjusting screw. Adjusting screw (included) has knurled screw or socket head. Made from tempered steel, varnished finish. See pages 433 and 435 for T-bolts and nuts.

-.HD H.-

L

AMF-1 3.94 .83 1.58 M12 39 - 1.81 .55 1 AMF-2 4.92 1.02 1.77 M16 .51 - 2.05 .71 1 AMF-3 6.30 1.18 2.36 M20 .63 - 2.56 .87 1

Note: Clamping Range depends on depth of slot and position of fixture nut

Forged from 1030 steel for toughness. Because of draft or taper on forgings minimum dimensions of slot are given.

Drop Forged Steel Strap Clamps Plain Slot Pattern

Drop Forged Steel Strap Clamps Goose Neck Pattern

Item No. Lgth. Width

,46410:14

Slot Neck Pack Thickness Lgth. Width Offset Qty.

L Width Thickness

Slot Pack Qty. Lgth. Width

PS-4 PS-6 PS-8 PS-10

4 6 8 10

1% 1% 2% 2%

1% 1%

1%

2"Vie 3%

G N-4 G N-6 G N-8

4 6 8

1% 1% 2%

1"Yie 1% 1%

Drop Forged Steel Strap Clamps Screw Heel

111110 Drop Forged Steel Strap Clamps U Pattern

mtuMit Item No. Lgth. Width Thickness Lgth.

Slot Width

Pack Qty.

Item No. Lgth. Width Thickness

Slot

Lgth. Width Screw Pack Qty.

UP-4 UP-6 UP-8 UP-10 UP-12

4 6 8 10 12

1% 2

2% 2% 3%

1%

1'%

1%

3% 5% 7% 9 11

Tie

1Yie

PS-12 PS-14 PS-16

4 6 8

1% 1% 2% 1%

"I,e

1"Ae 27/16

1/2-13 x 1% %-11 x 1% %-10 x 1%

1 1 1

Strap Clamp Spring Lifters

Designed to speed set-ups wherever strap clamps are used. Spring lifter slides over T-slot bolt or stud and is held by tightening the set screw on locking collar. The strap clamp rests on the support collar and the spring holds the clamp just above the final tightened height, permitting the work to be quickly and easily slid underneath.

Item Pack item Pack No. Fits Die. Qty. No. Fits Die. Qty.

SCL-801 % 1 SCL-805 % SCL-803 % 1 SCL-806 % SCL-804 .1 / 2 1

Adjustable Clamp Rests

A hat Mr B C D E Pack Qty.

111111111111111111111 CSS-6205 1 .190

% % Vie

% Wie 13,e 1%

10-32 1/4-20 Ye-20 3,e-18

Yie Yee Yee 34e

1 1 1 1

C CSS-6256 1

413-C4DE

CSS-6258 1% CSS-6320 1% CSS-6321 1% CSS-6382 1%

Vie %

1% 1%

3,e-18 %-16

34e %

1 1

CSS-6384 2% % 2% %-16 % 1

Strap Clamp Set Up Wedges

Item Max. Pack No. Lgth. Width Thickness Qty.

SUW-950

3

'A SUW-951

5 SUW-952

6

) CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING "r

STRAP CLAMPS

Strap Clamps Plain with Adjusting Screw

377 377

Forged from 1030 steel for toughness. Because of draft or taper on forgings minimum dimensions of slot are given.

Drop Forged SteelStrap ClampsPlain Slot Pattern

ItemNo. Lgth. Width Thickness

Slot PackQty.Lgth. Width

PS-4 4 15⁄8 3⁄4 13⁄8 11⁄16 1PS-6 6 13⁄4 7⁄8 21⁄16 11⁄16 1PS-8 8 21⁄8 11⁄8 213⁄16 13⁄16 1PS-10 10 21⁄2 13⁄8 311⁄16 15⁄16 1

Drop Forged SteelStrap ClampsScrew Heel


Slot

ScrewPackQty.Lgth. Width

PS-12 4 15⁄8 3⁄4 15⁄16 11⁄16 1⁄2-13 x 11⁄4 1PS-14 6 13⁄4 7⁄8 111⁄16 11⁄16 5⁄8-11 x 11⁄2 1PS-16 8 21⁄8 11⁄8 27⁄16 13⁄16 3⁄4-10 x 13⁄4 1

Drop Forged SteelStrap ClampsGoose Neck Pattern


Slot NeckOffset

PackQty.Lgth. Width

GN-4 4 13⁄8 3⁄4 15⁄16 11⁄16 13⁄16 1GN-6 6 13⁄4 7⁄8 111⁄16 11⁄16 15⁄16 1GN-8 8 21⁄8 11⁄8 27⁄16 13⁄16 11⁄8 1

Drop Forged SteelStrap ClampsU Pattern


Slot PackQty.Lgth. Width

UP-4 4 13⁄4 3⁄4 31⁄2 11⁄16 1UP-6 6 2 7⁄8 51⁄2 11⁄16 1UP-8 8 23⁄8 11⁄8 73⁄8 13⁄16 1UP-10 10 23⁄4 11⁄4 9 15⁄16 1UP-12 12 31⁄4 13⁄8 11 11⁄16 1

Strap Clamp Spring Lifters

Designed to speed set-ups wherever strap clamps are used. Spring lifter slides over T-slot bolt or stud and is held by tightening the set screw on locking collar. The strap clamp rests on the support collar and the spring holds the clamp just above the final tightened height, permitting the work to be quickly and easily slid underneath.

ItemNo. Fits Dia.

PackQty.

ItemNo. Fits Dia.

PackQty.

SCL-801 1⁄4 1 SCL-805 5⁄8 1SCL-803 3⁄8 1 SCL-806 3⁄4 1SCL-804 1⁄2 1

Adjustable Clamp Rests

AC

DE

B

ItemNo. A B C D E

PackQty.

CSS-6205 1 .190 3⁄4 10-32 1⁄16 1CSS-6256 1 1⁄4 11⁄16 1⁄4-20 5⁄64 1CSS-6258 11⁄2 1⁄4 13⁄16 1⁄4-20 5⁄64 1CSS-6320 15⁄8 5⁄16 13⁄8 5⁄16-18 3⁄32 1CSS-6321 17⁄8 5⁄16 15⁄8 5⁄16-18 3⁄32 1CSS-6382 15⁄8 3⁄8 13⁄8 3⁄8-16 1⁄8 1CSS-6384 25⁄8 3⁄8 23⁄8 3⁄8-16 1⁄8 1

ItemNo. Lgth. Width

Max.Thickness

PackQty.

SUW-950 3 1 1⁄4 1SUW-951 5 1 1⁄2 1SUW-952 6 11⁄4 3⁄4 1

Strap ClampsPlain with Adjusting Screw

E B C

DA

Best suited for low work pieces. Clamping height is easily adjusted with adjusting screw. Adjusting screw (included) has knurled screw or socket head. Made from tempered steel, varnished finish. See pages 433 and 435 for T-bolts and nuts.

Note: Clamping Range depends on depth of slot and position of fixture nut

ItemNo. A B C D E Slot Width

PackQty.

AMF-1 3.94 .83 1.58 M12 .39 - 1.81 .55 1AMF-2 4.92 1.02 1.77 M16 .51 - 2.05 .71 1AMF-3 6.30 1.18 2.36 M20 .63 - 2.56 .87 1

STRAP CLAMPS

Strap ClampSet Up Wedges

FWAHL

SmallO



Item No. D E

Pack Qty. A

.75 1.40 2.68

2.01 4.21 8.19

1.30 2.60 5.16

1.50 2.76 5.32

.87 1.54 2.80

AMF-40 AMF-41 AMF-42

Steel Aluminum Item item Pack No. No. Range Width Qty.

1% 1%

1-S 2-S 3-S 4-S 5-S

1-A 2-A 3-A

% to 1% 1% to 2% 2% to 6

1% to 3% 2% to 6

Steel Aluminum Item item Pack No. No. Range Width Qty. 6-S 7-S 8-S 9-S

- to 9 1% - 1% to 3% 2 - 2'h to 6 2 - t0 9 2

Positive Grip Step Setup Blocks Steel or Aluminum

Horizontal Two triangular pieces make up one block. Vertical

Clamp Maximum Pack Width

Adjustment

T-Bolt Dia. Qty. USC-1 5'Ae 1% 2% USC-2 8 1% 4

Note: Bolt Size value is max. t-bolt diameter

Plain and Positive Grip Step Clamps

Plain Grip

Positive Grip

Machined from solid bar stock, case hardened and black oxide finish. When used in conjunction with step setup blocks, positive grip step clamps simplify and quicken setting up operations considerably. Eliminates shimming to obtain the right height.

CP-1 CS-1 Vie or % 2% 1 % 1% 1 CP-2 CS-2 %e or % 4 1 Ye 1% 1 CP-3 CS-3 Vie or % 6 1% % 2% 1 CP-4 CS-4

% 2% 1% % 1% 1 CP-5 CS-5

% 4 1% % 1% 1 CP-6 CS-6

% 6 1% Ye 2% 1 CP-7 CS-7

% 2% 1% Ye 1% 1 CP-8 CS-8

% 4 1% l'e 1% 1 CP-9 CS-9

% 6 1% Ye 2% 1 CP-10 CS-10

% 4 1% % 1% 1 CP-11 CS-11

% 6 1% 1 2% 1 CP-12 CS-12

% 8 1% 1% 3 1

Note: Clamps for Me, %, 1/2 and % bolts work with metric bolts M8, M10, M12 and M16 respectively.

378

Stepless Universal Height Clamps

FD-alFA

Universal Step Blocks

-At

B

1.18k-


ADJUSTABLE STRAP CLAMPS & STEP CLAMPS Buy One or

Buy Bulk&SIO/E

Rite Hite Self Positioning Hold Down Clamps

These clamps have instant adjustment up to 5". The main body of the clamp will move from 0" to whatever the max. height of the particular clamp is, instantly. Two models are

available; longer reach for normal requirements and shorter reach where table space is at a premium. Up to 65,000 lbs. load limits. Clamps have a rocker design which allows for "instant set-ups" when held in place by a T-nut in a T-slot.

Use with T-nuts on page 434 and set-up studs on page 440.

Item Max. Clamping Load Limit

Pack No. Stud Size Range Dimensions Lbs. Qty•

Longer Reach JMC-375 JMC-500 JMC-625 JMC-750

JMC-1000 Shorter Reach JMC-376 JMC-501 JMC-626

Universal Adjustable Strap Clamps

Drop forged from selected hardened carbon steel. Holds work on planers, boring mills, face plates of lathes, milling machines and many other applications.

Quickly adapts to various clamping heights without supports or blocks. Allows for quick set-ups. Holds work on planers, boring mills, milling machines and other applications. Made from hardened steel, yellow passivated.

See pages 433 and 435 for T-bolts and nuts.

AMF-6 2.24 0 - 1.38 .51 1.50 3.47 1.10 1.89 .91 2.68 .55 1 AMF-7 3.54 0 - 2.17 .71 2.21 5.12 1.50 2.91 1.14 3.98 .71 1 AMF-8 4.06 0 - 2.56 .87 2.60 5.51 1.81 3.15 1.26 4.41 .79 1

One Piece Adjustable Clamps

D U @ 1

C

A -2-1.-B

Forged steel clamp offers instant height adjustment without blocks or shims. One piece assembly allows quick setups. Removable brass shims protect machine table and work piece. Clamp swings 90 degrees in either direction for loading clearance. See pages 433 and 435 for T-slot bolts and flange nuts for use with these clamps.

Stud Clamping Pack N • C D

Size Range Qty.

USC-40 1% 1%

0-1% USC-50 2%e 17/16

'h 0-2'Ae

USC-60 3% 2

56 0-3 USC-70 3% 2%

04%

Tempered steel, varnished finish. Step increments are verti-cally .183" and horizontally .091". Step blocks sold individually. For use with AMF step clamps AMF-17 and 18.

56

1

0-5 0-2% 0-3% 0-5 0-5

7,000 8,800 14,500 24,000 65,000

'h 0-1

0-1% 0-2%

1% x 3 1% x 1% x 5%

8,800 13,200 19,000

378

Rite Hite Self Positioning Hold Down Clamps

These clamps have instant adjustment up to 5". The main body of the clamp will move from 0" to whatever the max. height of the particular clamp is, instantly. Two models are

available; longer reach for normal requirements and shorter reach where table space is at a premium. Up to 65,000 lbs. load limits. Clamps have a rocker design which allows for "instant set-ups" when held in place by a T-nut in a T-slot.

Use with T-nuts on page 434 and set-up studs on page 440.

ItemNo.

Max.Stud Size

ClampingRange Dimensions

Load LimitLbs.

PackQty.

Longer ReachJMC-375 3⁄8 0 - 5 11⁄8 x 31⁄2 7,000 1JMC-500 1⁄2 0 - 21⁄2 17⁄16 x 53⁄4 8,800 1JMC-625 5⁄8 0 - 31⁄2 17⁄8 x 63⁄4 14,500 1JMC-750 3⁄4 0 - 5 21⁄8 x 9 24,000 1

JMC-1000 1 0 - 5 27⁄8 x 111⁄8 65,000 1Shorter ReachJMC-376 3⁄8 0 - 1 11⁄8 x 3 8,800 1JMC-501 1⁄2 0 - 13⁄4 13⁄8 x 41⁄4 13,200 1JMC-626 5⁄8 0 - 23⁄4 17⁄8 x 51⁄2 19,000 1

Stepless Universal Height Clamps

JE

D

C

HL

AB

F G

Quickly adapts to various clamping heights without supports or blocks. Allows for quick set-ups. Holds work on planers, boring mills, milling machines and other applications. Made from hardened steel, yellow passivated.

See pages 433 and 435 for T-bolts and nuts.

ItemNo. A B C D E F G H J L

PackQty.

AMF-6 2.24 0 - 1.38 .51 1.50 3.47 1.10 1.89 .91 2.68 .55 1AMF-7 3.54 0 - 2.17 .71 2.21 5.12 1.50 2.91 1.14 3.98 .71 1AMF-8 4.06 0 - 2.56 .87 2.60 5.51 1.81 3.15 1.26 4.41 .79 1

Universal Adjustable Strap Clamps

Drop forged from selected hardened carbon steel. Holds work on planers, boring mills, face plates of lathes, milling machines and many other applications.

Note: Bolt Size value is max. t-bolt diameter

ItemNo. OAL

ClampWidth Adjustment

MaximumT-Bolt Dia.

PackQty.

USC-1 51⁄16 15⁄8 21⁄4 5⁄8 1USC-2 8 13⁄4 4 3⁄4 1

One Piece Adjustable Clamps

C

BA

D

Forged steel clamp offers instant height adjustment without blocks or shims. One piece assembly allows quick setups. Removable brass shims protect machine table and work piece. Clamp swings 90 degrees in either direction for loading clearance.See pages 433 and 435 for T-slot bolts and flange nuts for use with these clamps.

ItemNo. A B C D

StudSize

ClampingRange

PackQty.

USC-40 17⁄8 11⁄8 1 11⁄4 3⁄8 0-13⁄4 1USC-50 25⁄16 17⁄16 17⁄16 15⁄8 1⁄2 0-21⁄16 1USC-60 31⁄4 2 17⁄8 17⁄8 5⁄8 0-3 1USC-70 31⁄2 21⁄8 21⁄4 25⁄8 3⁄4 0-41⁄4 1

1.18

B

C E

DA

Tempered steel, varnished finish. Step increments are verti-cally .183" and horizontally .091". Step blocks sold individually. For use with AMF step clamps AMF-17 and 18.

ItemNo. A B C D E

PackQty.

AMF-40 .87 2.01 1.30 .75 1.50 1AMF-41 1.54 4.21 2.60 1.40 2.76 1AMF-42 2.80 8.19 5.16 2.68 5.32 1

HorizontalVerticalTwo triangular pieces make up one block.

Plain and Positive Grip Step Clamps

Plain Grip

Positive Grip

Machined from solid bar stock, case hardened and black oxide finish. When used in conjunction with step setup blocks, positive grip step clamps simplify and quicken setting up operations considerably. Eliminates shimming to obtain the right height.

Note: Clamps for 5⁄16, 3⁄8, 1⁄2 and 5⁄8 bolts work with metric bolts M8, M10, M12 and M16 respectively.

Plain Positive

BoltSize OAL Width Thickness

SlotLength

PackQty.

ItemNo.

ItemNo.

CP-1 CS-1 5⁄16 or 3⁄8 21⁄2 1 1⁄2 11⁄4 1CP-2 CS-2 5⁄16 or 3⁄8 4 1 5⁄8 17⁄8 1CP-3 CS-3 5⁄16 or 3⁄8 6 11⁄8 3⁄4 25⁄8 1CP-4 CS-4 1⁄2 21⁄2 11⁄8 1⁄2 11⁄4 1CP-5 CS-5 1⁄2 4 11⁄4 3⁄4 17⁄8 1CP-6 CS-6 1⁄2 6 11⁄4 7⁄8 25⁄8 1CP-7 CS-7 5⁄8 21⁄2 11⁄4 5⁄8 11⁄4 1CP-8 CS-8 5⁄8 4 11⁄2 3⁄4 17⁄8 1CP-9 CS-9 5⁄8 6 11⁄2 7⁄8 25⁄8 1CP-10 CS-10 3⁄4 4 11⁄2 3⁄4 17⁄8 1CP-11 CS-11 3⁄4 6 15⁄8 1 23⁄4 1CP-12 CS-12 3⁄4 8 13⁄4 11⁄8 3 1

ADJUSTABLE STRAP CLAMPS & STEP CLAMPS

Universal Step Blocks

Positive Grip Step Setup BlocksSteel or Aluminum

Steel Aluminum

Range WidthPackQty.

ItemNo.

ItemNo.

1-S 1-A 3⁄4 to 11⁄2 1 12-S 2-A 11⁄8 to 21⁄2 1 13-S 3-A 21⁄2 to 6 1 14-S — 13⁄4 to 33⁄4 11⁄2 15-S — 21⁄2 to 6 11⁄2 1

Steel Aluminum

Range WidthPackQty.

ItemNo.

ItemNo.

6-S — 31⁄2 to 9 11⁄2 17-S — 13⁄4 to 33⁄4 2 18-S — 21⁄2 to 6 2 19-S — 31⁄2 to 9 2 1

FWAHL

SmallO



Low Grip

C

A

B

t F.

Thread Size


TOE CLAMPS & JACKS ._,1

Powerful, low profile clamp that grips on the side of the work leaving the top surface open. No interference with cutting tools or reading and measuring instruments. Ideal for use on mills, planers, jig bores, drill presses or faceplates. Heat treated steel, black oxide finish. Toe is moved by an actuating screw. T-wrenches are sold separately. Toe moves on a 45 degree angle, forcing the workpiece down. 3 degree taper prevents back-off. To help prevent possi-ble damage by the anchor screw, a special washer is provided with each clamp.

Toe Clamps Slotted for 5/16 or M8 Socket Head Cap Screw

Steel Toe Brass Toe Item Item No. No. A B C D E F G H

Pack Qty.

Low Grip NTC-41101 NTC-41131 2 % 'Ae % % 1 % 1 NTC-41102 — 2% % Yte 11/4 ',4 % 1 ',4 1 NTC-41103 — 3 % Yte 1% % % 1 ',13 1 High Grip NTC-41110 NTC-41121 2 % Yte % % % 1 % 1 NTC-41111 — 2% % Yte 11/4 % % 1 % 1 NTC-41112 — 3 % Yte 1% % % 1 % 1

Jack Screws

Jack screws are used in fixtures to work pieces, such as castings and to of thinner materials during machining. oxide finish.

Fixture Jacks

Staight Knurl

Item A B C

Peek D E Qty.

3/8 IN No. 1.1111111111111111111

SJS-500 SJS-510

%-16 %-16 1%

1% 1% 21/4 E

SJS-515 %-16 2 1% 2% SJS-520 1/2-13 1% 1 i6

support irregularly shaped SJS-525 1/2-13 1% 1% 21/4 eliminate bowing or warping SJS-530 1/2-13 2 1% 2%

SJS-535 Heat treated steel, black SJS-540 1/2-13 %-11

2% 1%

1% 1%

3% 21/4

SJS-545 %-11 2 1% 2% SJS-550 %-11 2% 1% 3%

Designed as a positive locking jack for irregular clamping to achieve various heights requiring a positive pressure stop on milling fixtures, drill jigs, etc. Adjustable to fit irregularities of milling operations. Available in either smooth round head or hardened serrated gripping surface. Pin construction elevates vertically, no rotation Outer diameter of bushing ground for press fit. Made of ledloy, heat treated. Black oxide finish.

Item 13

No. A B C Mln. Max. E

Radius Head JFJ-24901 % 1 V e 35e %e 11/2 1 J F J -24902 1 1% e Ye 2YA e JFJ-24903 1% 2% l'te Ye 3% 1% Serrated Head JFJ-25101 % 18A e 35e %e 11/2 1 JFJ-25102 1 1% Ye 2Yle 1Vie JFJ-25103 11/4 2% Yte Ye 3% 1%

F G J Peek

Thread Qty.

'A % % % -16 1 '% VA % -11 1 'Ve 'h Vie 1-8 1

'A % % % -16 1 '% VA %-11 1 'Vie 1/4 Vie 1-8 1

Serrated Head

G

C-'H < D

° 3 F

*

45°

E

A

Toe Clamps Slotted for 1/2 or M12 Socket Head Cap Screw

A B C D E F G H Pack Qty.

Low Grip NTC-41001 4Yte 'Ve 2 1/4 743 1% 1/4 1 NTC-41002 5% 'Ve 'h 2% 1/4 743 1% 1/4 1 NTC-41003 TAe 'Ve 1 3% 1/4 743 1% 1/4 1 High Grip NTC-41010 4Yte ',13 2 i6 'A 1% 'A 1 NTC-41011 5% 'Vie 'h 2% 'A 'A 1% 'A 1 NTC-41012 TAe 'Ve 1 3% 743 743 1% 743 1

379

.Vri•

-̀4101* Low Grip

Toe Clamps Slotted for % or M16 Socket Head Cap Screw

High Grip

Item No. A B

Low Grip NTC-41051 4Yte 'Vie NTC-41052 5% 'Vie High Grip NTC-41061 4Yte 'Vie NTC-41062 5% 'Vie

C D E F

'A 2 1/4 'A 'h 2% 1/4 743

'A 2 Ye 'A 'h 2% Ye 7,13

G H Peek Qty.

11/2 'A 1 1% 'A 1

1'Fi i6 1 1'/ 7,13 1

379

Powerful, low profile clamp that grips on the side of the work leaving the top surface open. No interference with cutting tools or reading and measuring instruments. Ideal for use on mills, planers, jig bores, drill presses or faceplates. Heat treated steel, black oxide finish. Toe is moved by an actuating screw. T-wrenches are sold separately. Toe moves on a 45 degree angle, forcing the workpiece down. 3 degree taper prevents back-off. To help prevent possi-ble damage by the anchor screw, a special washer is provided with each clamp.

Toe ClampsSlotted for 5⁄16 or M8 Socket Head Cap Screw

HE

BA

F

C D

3°

45°

G

High GripLow Grip

Steel Toe Brass Toe

A B C D E F G HPackQty.

ItemNo.

ItemNo.

Low GripNTC-41101 NTC-41131 2 1⁄2 1⁄16 3⁄4 1⁄8 5⁄8 1 1⁄8 1NTC-41102 — 21⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄16 11⁄4 1⁄8 5⁄8 1 1⁄8 1NTC-41103 — 3 1⁄2 1⁄16 13⁄4 1⁄8 5⁄8 1 1⁄8 1High GripNTC-41110 NTC-41121 2 1⁄2 1⁄16 3⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 1 5⁄8 1NTC-41111 — 21⁄2 1⁄2 1⁄16 11⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 1 5⁄8 1NTC-41112 — 3 1⁄2 1⁄16 13⁄4 5⁄8 5⁄8 1 5⁄8 1


High Grip

Low Grip


PackQty.

Low GripNTC-41001 41⁄16 13⁄16 1⁄8 2 1⁄4 7⁄8 11⁄2 1⁄4 1NTC-41002 51⁄2 13⁄16 1⁄2 23⁄4 1⁄4 7⁄8 11⁄2 1⁄4 1NTC-41003 77⁄16 13⁄16 1 33⁄4 1⁄4 7⁄8 11⁄2 1⁄4 1High GripNTC-41010 41⁄16 13⁄16 1⁄8 2 7⁄8 7⁄8 11⁄2 7⁄8 1NTC-41011 51⁄2 13⁄16 1⁄2 23⁄4 7⁄8 7⁄8 11⁄2 7⁄8 1NTC-41012 77⁄16 13⁄16 1 33⁄4 7⁄8 7⁄8 11⁄2 7⁄8 1


High GripLow Grip


PackQty.

Low GripNTC-41051 41⁄16 13⁄16 1⁄8 2 1⁄4 7⁄8 11⁄2 1⁄4 1NTC-41052 51⁄2 13⁄16 1⁄2 23⁄4 1⁄4 7⁄8 11⁄2 1⁄4 1High GripNTC-41061 41⁄16 13⁄16 1⁄8 2 7⁄8 7⁄8 11⁄2 7⁄8 1NTC-41062 51⁄2 13⁄16 1⁄2 23⁄4 7⁄8 7⁄8 11⁄2 7⁄8 1

Staight Knurl

E BD

A

C 3/8

Jack screws are used in fixtures to support irregularly shaped work pieces, such as castings and to eliminate bowing or warping of thinner materials during machining. Heat treated steel, black oxide finish.

ItemNo. A B C D E

PackQty.

SJS-500 3⁄8-16 11⁄4 11⁄8 17⁄8 3⁄8 1SJS-510 3⁄8-16 15⁄8 11⁄8 21⁄4 3⁄8 1SJS-515 3⁄8-16 2 11⁄8 25⁄8 3⁄8 1SJS-520 1⁄2-13 11⁄4 11⁄8 17⁄8 3⁄8 1SJS-525 1⁄2-13 15⁄8 11⁄8 21⁄4 3⁄8 1SJS-530 1⁄2-13 2 11⁄8 25⁄8 3⁄8 1SJS-535 1⁄2-13 21⁄2 11⁄8 31⁄8 3⁄8 1SJS-540 5⁄8-11 15⁄8 13⁄8 21⁄4 3⁄8 1SJS-545 5⁄8-11 2 13⁄8 25⁄8 3⁄8 1SJS-550 5⁄8-11 21⁄2 13⁄8 31⁄8 3⁄8 1

F

D

C

E

ThreadSize

G

A

B

J

Designed as a positive locking jack for irregular clamping to achieve various heights requiring a positive pressure stop on milling fixtures, drill jigs, etc. Adjustable to fit irregularities of milling operations. Available in either smooth round head or hardened serrated gripping surface. Pin construction elevates vertically, no rotation Outer diameter of bushing ground for press fit. Made of ledloy, heat treated. Black oxide finish.

ItemNo. A B C

D

E F G J ThreadPackQty.Min. Max.

Radius HeadJFJ-24901 5⁄8 13⁄16 3⁄16 9⁄16 11⁄2 1 1⁄4 5⁄32 3⁄8 3⁄8-16 1JFJ-24902 1 15⁄8 3⁄16 7⁄8 27⁄16 15⁄16 15⁄32 7⁄16 7⁄16 5⁄8-11 1JFJ-24903 11⁄2 23⁄4 3⁄16 7⁄8 31⁄2 13⁄4 13⁄16 1⁄2 9⁄16 1-8 1Serrated HeadJFJ-25101 5⁄8 13⁄16 3⁄16 9⁄16 11⁄2 1 1⁄4 5⁄32 3⁄8 3⁄8-16 1JFJ-25102 1 15⁄8 3⁄16 7⁄8 27⁄16 15⁄16 15⁄32 7⁄16 7⁄16 5⁄8-11 1JFJ-25103 11⁄2 23⁄4 3⁄16 7⁄8 31⁄2 13⁄4 13⁄16 1⁄2 9⁄16 1-8 1

Serrated Head

Radius Head

TOE CLAMPS & JACKS

Jack Screws

Fixture Jacks

FWAHL

SmallO



CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING - Above Board Electronics

Documents

Transcript of CLAMPS & WORKHOLDING - Above Board Electronics